Mixer/hermes-sync
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Sync all skills and memories 2026-04-14 07:27

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Mixer
2026-04-14 07:27:20 +09:00
parent 516bb44fe6
commit 1eba2bca95
386 changed files with 167655 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

3
skills/research/DESCRIPTION.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
---
description: Skills for academic research, paper discovery, literature review, domain reconnaissance, market data, content monitoring, and scientific knowledge retrieval.
---

281
skills/research/arxiv/SKILL.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
---
name: arxiv
description: Search and retrieve academic papers from arXiv using their free REST API. No API key needed. Search by keyword, author, category, or ID. Combine with web_extract or the ocr-and-documents skill to read full paper content.
version: 1.0.0
author: Hermes Agent
license: MIT
metadata:
hermes:
tags: [Research, Arxiv, Papers, Academic, Science, API]
related_skills: [ocr-and-documents]
---
# arXiv Research
Search and retrieve academic papers from arXiv via their free REST API. No API key, no dependencies — just curl.
## Quick Reference
| Action | Command |
|--------|---------|
| Search papers | `curl "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?search_query=all:QUERY&max_results=5"` |
| Get specific paper | `curl "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?id_list=2402.03300"` |
| Read abstract (web) | `web_extract(urls=["https://arxiv.org/abs/2402.03300"])` |
| Read full paper (PDF) | `web_extract(urls=["https://arxiv.org/pdf/2402.03300"])` |
## Searching Papers
The API returns Atom XML. Parse with `grep`/`sed` or pipe through `python3` for clean output.
### Basic search
```bash
curl -s "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?search_query=all:GRPO+reinforcement+learning&max_results=5"
```
### Clean output (parse XML to readable format)
```bash
curl -s "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?search_query=all:GRPO+reinforcement+learning&max_results=5&sortBy=submittedDate&sortOrder=descending" | python3 -c "
import sys, xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
ns = {'a': 'http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom'}
root = ET.parse(sys.stdin).getroot()
for i, entry in enumerate(root.findall('a:entry', ns)):
title = entry.find('a:title', ns).text.strip().replace('\n', ' ')
arxiv_id = entry.find('a:id', ns).text.strip().split('/abs/')[-1]
published = entry.find('a:published', ns).text[:10]
authors = ', '.join(a.find('a:name', ns).text for a in entry.findall('a:author', ns))
summary = entry.find('a:summary', ns).text.strip()[:200]
cats = ', '.join(c.get('term') for c in entry.findall('a:category', ns))
print(f'{i+1}. [{arxiv_id}] {title}')
print(f' Authors: {authors}')
print(f' Published: {published} | Categories: {cats}')
print(f' Abstract: {summary}...')
print(f' PDF: https://arxiv.org/pdf/{arxiv_id}')
print()
"
```
## Search Query Syntax
| Prefix | Searches | Example |
|--------|----------|---------|
| `all:` | All fields | `all:transformer+attention` |
| `ti:` | Title | `ti:large+language+models` |
| `au:` | Author | `au:vaswani` |
| `abs:` | Abstract | `abs:reinforcement+learning` |
| `cat:` | Category | `cat:cs.AI` |
| `co:` | Comment | `co:accepted+NeurIPS` |
### Boolean operators
```
# AND (default when using +)
search_query=all:transformer+attention
# OR
search_query=all:GPT+OR+all:BERT
# AND NOT
search_query=all:language+model+ANDNOT+all:vision
# Exact phrase
search_query=ti:"chain+of+thought"
# Combined
search_query=au:hinton+AND+cat:cs.LG
```
## Sort and Pagination
| Parameter | Options |
|-----------|---------|
| `sortBy` | `relevance`, `lastUpdatedDate`, `submittedDate` |
| `sortOrder` | `ascending`, `descending` |
| `start` | Result offset (0-based) |
| `max_results` | Number of results (default 10, max 30000) |
```bash
# Latest 10 papers in cs.AI
curl -s "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?search_query=cat:cs.AI&sortBy=submittedDate&sortOrder=descending&max_results=10"
```
## Fetching Specific Papers
```bash
# By arXiv ID
curl -s "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?id_list=2402.03300"
# Multiple papers
curl -s "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?id_list=2402.03300,2401.12345,2403.00001"
```
## BibTeX Generation
After fetching metadata for a paper, generate a BibTeX entry:
{% raw %}
```bash
curl -s "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?id_list=1706.03762" | python3 -c "
import sys, xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
ns = {'a': 'http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom', 'arxiv': 'http://arxiv.org/schemas/atom'}
root = ET.parse(sys.stdin).getroot()
entry = root.find('a:entry', ns)
if entry is None: sys.exit('Paper not found')
title = entry.find('a:title', ns).text.strip().replace('\n', ' ')
authors = ' and '.join(a.find('a:name', ns).text for a in entry.findall('a:author', ns))
year = entry.find('a:published', ns).text[:4]
raw_id = entry.find('a:id', ns).text.strip().split('/abs/')[-1]
cat = entry.find('arxiv:primary_category', ns)
primary = cat.get('term') if cat is not None else 'cs.LG'
last_name = entry.find('a:author', ns).find('a:name', ns).text.split()[-1]
print(f'@article{{{last_name}{year}_{raw_id.replace(\".\", \"\")},')
print(f' title = {{{title}}},')
print(f' author = {{{authors}}},')
print(f' year = {{{year}}},')
print(f' eprint = {{{raw_id}}},')
print(f' archivePrefix = {{arXiv}},')
print(f' primaryClass = {{{primary}}},')
print(f' url = {{https://arxiv.org/abs/{raw_id}}}')
print('}')
"
```
{% endraw %}
## Reading Paper Content
After finding a paper, read it:
```
# Abstract page (fast, metadata + abstract)
web_extract(urls=["https://arxiv.org/abs/2402.03300"])
# Full paper (PDF → markdown via Firecrawl)
web_extract(urls=["https://arxiv.org/pdf/2402.03300"])
```
For local PDF processing, see the `ocr-and-documents` skill.
## Common Categories
| Category | Field |
|----------|-------|
| `cs.AI` | Artificial Intelligence |
| `cs.CL` | Computation and Language (NLP) |
| `cs.CV` | Computer Vision |
| `cs.LG` | Machine Learning |
| `cs.CR` | Cryptography and Security |
| `stat.ML` | Machine Learning (Statistics) |
| `math.OC` | Optimization and Control |
| `physics.comp-ph` | Computational Physics |
Full list: https://arxiv.org/category_taxonomy
## Helper Script
The `scripts/search_arxiv.py` script handles XML parsing and provides clean output:
```bash
python scripts/search_arxiv.py "GRPO reinforcement learning"
python scripts/search_arxiv.py "transformer attention" --max 10 --sort date
python scripts/search_arxiv.py --author "Yann LeCun" --max 5
python scripts/search_arxiv.py --category cs.AI --sort date
python scripts/search_arxiv.py --id 2402.03300
python scripts/search_arxiv.py --id 2402.03300,2401.12345
```
No dependencies — uses only Python stdlib.
---
## Semantic Scholar (Citations, Related Papers, Author Profiles)
arXiv doesn't provide citation data or recommendations. Use the **Semantic Scholar API** for that — free, no key needed for basic use (1 req/sec), returns JSON.
### Get paper details + citations
```bash
# By arXiv ID
curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/paper/arXiv:2402.03300?fields=title,authors,citationCount,referenceCount,influentialCitationCount,year,abstract" | python3 -m json.tool
# By Semantic Scholar paper ID or DOI
curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/paper/DOI:10.1234/example?fields=title,citationCount"
```
### Get citations OF a paper (who cited it)
```bash
curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/paper/arXiv:2402.03300/citations?fields=title,authors,year,citationCount&limit=10" | python3 -m json.tool
```
### Get references FROM a paper (what it cites)
```bash
curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/paper/arXiv:2402.03300/references?fields=title,authors,year,citationCount&limit=10" | python3 -m json.tool
```
### Search papers (alternative to arXiv search, returns JSON)
```bash
curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/paper/search?query=GRPO+reinforcement+learning&limit=5&fields=title,authors,year,citationCount,externalIds" | python3 -m json.tool
```
### Get paper recommendations
```bash
curl -s -X POST "https://api.semanticscholar.org/recommendations/v1/papers/" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d '{"positivePaperIds": ["arXiv:2402.03300"], "negativePaperIds": []}' | python3 -m json.tool
```
### Author profile
```bash
curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/author/search?query=Yann+LeCun&fields=name,hIndex,citationCount,paperCount" | python3 -m json.tool
```
### Useful Semantic Scholar fields
`title`, `authors`, `year`, `abstract`, `citationCount`, `referenceCount`, `influentialCitationCount`, `isOpenAccess`, `openAccessPdf`, `fieldsOfStudy`, `publicationVenue`, `externalIds` (contains arXiv ID, DOI, etc.)
---
## Complete Research Workflow
1. **Discover**: `python scripts/search_arxiv.py "your topic" --sort date --max 10`
2. **Assess impact**: `curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/paper/arXiv:ID?fields=citationCount,influentialCitationCount"`
3. **Read abstract**: `web_extract(urls=["https://arxiv.org/abs/ID"])`
4. **Read full paper**: `web_extract(urls=["https://arxiv.org/pdf/ID"])`
5. **Find related work**: `curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/paper/arXiv:ID/references?fields=title,citationCount&limit=20"`
6. **Get recommendations**: POST to Semantic Scholar recommendations endpoint
7. **Track authors**: `curl -s "https://api.semanticscholar.org/graph/v1/author/search?query=NAME"`
## Rate Limits
| API | Rate | Auth |
|-----|------|------|
| arXiv | ~1 req / 3 seconds | None needed |
| Semantic Scholar | 1 req / second | None (100/sec with API key) |
## Notes
- arXiv returns Atom XML — use the helper script or parsing snippet for clean output
- Semantic Scholar returns JSON — pipe through `python3 -m json.tool` for readability
- arXiv IDs: old format (`hep-th/0601001`) vs new (`2402.03300`)
- PDF: `https://arxiv.org/pdf/{id}` — Abstract: `https://arxiv.org/abs/{id}`
- HTML (when available): `https://arxiv.org/html/{id}`
- For local PDF processing, see the `ocr-and-documents` skill
## ID Versioning
- `arxiv.org/abs/1706.03762` always resolves to the **latest** version
- `arxiv.org/abs/1706.03762v1` points to a **specific** immutable version
- When generating citations, preserve the version suffix you actually read to prevent citation drift (a later version may substantially change content)
- The API `<id>` field returns the versioned URL (e.g., `http://arxiv.org/abs/1706.03762v7`)
## Withdrawn Papers
Papers can be withdrawn after submission. When this happens:
- The `<summary>` field contains a withdrawal notice (look for "withdrawn" or "retracted")
- Metadata fields may be incomplete
- Always check the summary before treating a result as a valid paper

114
skills/research/arxiv/scripts/search_arxiv.py Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
"""Search arXiv and display results in a clean format.
Usage:
python search_arxiv.py "GRPO reinforcement learning"
python search_arxiv.py "GRPO reinforcement learning" --max 10
python search_arxiv.py "GRPO reinforcement learning" --sort date
python search_arxiv.py --author "Yann LeCun" --max 5
python search_arxiv.py --category cs.AI --sort date --max 10
python search_arxiv.py --id 2402.03300
python search_arxiv.py --id 2402.03300,2401.12345
"""
import sys
import urllib.request
import urllib.parse
import xml.etree.ElementTree as ET
NS = {'a': 'http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom'}
def search(query=None, author=None, category=None, ids=None, max_results=5, sort="relevance"):
params = {}
if ids:
params['id_list'] = ids
else:
parts = []
if query:
parts.append(f'all:{urllib.parse.quote(query)}')
if author:
parts.append(f'au:{urllib.parse.quote(author)}')
if category:
parts.append(f'cat:{category}')
if not parts:
print("Error: provide a query, --author, --category, or --id")
sys.exit(1)
params['search_query'] = '+AND+'.join(parts)
params['max_results'] = str(max_results)
sort_map = {"relevance": "relevance", "date": "submittedDate", "updated": "lastUpdatedDate"}
params['sortBy'] = sort_map.get(sort, sort)
params['sortOrder'] = 'descending'
url = "https://export.arxiv.org/api/query?" + "&".join(f"{k}={v}" for k, v in params.items())
req = urllib.request.Request(url, headers={'User-Agent': 'HermesAgent/1.0'})
with urllib.request.urlopen(req, timeout=15) as resp:
data = resp.read()
root = ET.fromstring(data)
entries = root.findall('a:entry', NS)
if not entries:
print("No results found.")
return
total = root.find('{http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/}totalResults')
if total is not None:
print(f"Found {total.text} results (showing {len(entries)})\n")
for i, entry in enumerate(entries):
title = entry.find('a:title', NS).text.strip().replace('\n', ' ')
raw_id = entry.find('a:id', NS).text.strip()
full_id = raw_id.split('/abs/')[-1] if '/abs/' in raw_id else raw_id
arxiv_id = full_id.split('v')[0] # base ID for links
published = entry.find('a:published', NS).text[:10]
updated = entry.find('a:updated', NS).text[:10]
authors = ', '.join(a.find('a:name', NS).text for a in entry.findall('a:author', NS))
summary = entry.find('a:summary', NS).text.strip().replace('\n', ' ')
cats = ', '.join(c.get('term') for c in entry.findall('a:category', NS))
version = full_id[len(arxiv_id):] if full_id != arxiv_id else ""
print(f"{i+1}. {title}")
print(f" ID: {arxiv_id}{version} | Published: {published} | Updated: {updated}")
print(f" Authors: {authors}")
print(f" Categories: {cats}")
print(f" Abstract: {summary[:300]}{'...' if len(summary) > 300 else ''}")
print(f" Links: https://arxiv.org/abs/{arxiv_id} | https://arxiv.org/pdf/{arxiv_id}")
print()
if __name__ == "__main__":
args = sys.argv[1:]
if not args or args[0] in ("-h", "--help"):
print(__doc__)
sys.exit(0)
query = None
author = None
category = None
ids = None
max_results = 5
sort = "relevance"
i = 0
positional = []
while i < len(args):
if args[i] == "--max" and i + 1 < len(args):
max_results = int(args[i + 1]); i += 2
elif args[i] == "--sort" and i + 1 < len(args):
sort = args[i + 1]; i += 2
elif args[i] == "--author" and i + 1 < len(args):
author = args[i + 1]; i += 2
elif args[i] == "--category" and i + 1 < len(args):
category = args[i + 1]; i += 2
elif args[i] == "--id" and i + 1 < len(args):
ids = args[i + 1]; i += 2
else:
positional.append(args[i]); i += 1
if positional:
query = " ".join(positional)
search(query=query, author=author, category=category, ids=ids, max_results=max_results, sort=sort)

136
skills/research/blogwatcher/SKILL.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
---
name: blogwatcher
description: Monitor blogs and RSS/Atom feeds for updates using the blogwatcher-cli tool. Add blogs, scan for new articles, track read status, and filter by category.
version: 2.0.0
author: JulienTant (fork of Hyaxia/blogwatcher)
license: MIT
metadata:
hermes:
tags: [RSS, Blogs, Feed-Reader, Monitoring]
homepage: https://github.com/JulienTant/blogwatcher-cli
prerequisites:
commands: [blogwatcher-cli]
---
# Blogwatcher
Track blog and RSS/Atom feed updates with the `blogwatcher-cli` tool. Supports automatic feed discovery, HTML scraping fallback, OPML import, and read/unread article management.
## Installation
Pick one method:
- **Go:** `go install github.com/JulienTant/blogwatcher-cli/cmd/blogwatcher-cli@latest`
- **Docker:** `docker run --rm -v blogwatcher-cli:/data ghcr.io/julientant/blogwatcher-cli`
- **Binary (Linux amd64):** `curl -sL https://github.com/JulienTant/blogwatcher-cli/releases/latest/download/blogwatcher-cli_linux_amd64.tar.gz | tar xz -C /usr/local/bin blogwatcher-cli`
- **Binary (Linux arm64):** `curl -sL https://github.com/JulienTant/blogwatcher-cli/releases/latest/download/blogwatcher-cli_linux_arm64.tar.gz | tar xz -C /usr/local/bin blogwatcher-cli`
- **Binary (macOS Apple Silicon):** `curl -sL https://github.com/JulienTant/blogwatcher-cli/releases/latest/download/blogwatcher-cli_darwin_arm64.tar.gz | tar xz -C /usr/local/bin blogwatcher-cli`
- **Binary (macOS Intel):** `curl -sL https://github.com/JulienTant/blogwatcher-cli/releases/latest/download/blogwatcher-cli_darwin_amd64.tar.gz | tar xz -C /usr/local/bin blogwatcher-cli`
All releases: https://github.com/JulienTant/blogwatcher-cli/releases
### Docker with persistent storage
By default the database lives at `~/.blogwatcher-cli/blogwatcher-cli.db`. In Docker this is lost on container restart. Use `BLOGWATCHER_DB` or a volume mount to persist it:
```bash
# Named volume (simplest)
docker run --rm -v blogwatcher-cli:/data -e BLOGWATCHER_DB=/data/blogwatcher-cli.db ghcr.io/julientant/blogwatcher-cli scan
# Host bind mount
docker run --rm -v /path/on/host:/data -e BLOGWATCHER_DB=/data/blogwatcher-cli.db ghcr.io/julientant/blogwatcher-cli scan
```
### Migrating from the original blogwatcher
If upgrading from `Hyaxia/blogwatcher`, move your database:
```bash
mv ~/.blogwatcher/blogwatcher.db ~/.blogwatcher-cli/blogwatcher-cli.db
```
The binary name changed from `blogwatcher` to `blogwatcher-cli`.
## Common Commands
### Managing blogs
- Add a blog: `blogwatcher-cli add "My Blog" https://example.com`
- Add with explicit feed: `blogwatcher-cli add "My Blog" https://example.com --feed-url https://example.com/feed.xml`
- Add with HTML scraping: `blogwatcher-cli add "My Blog" https://example.com --scrape-selector "article h2 a"`
- List tracked blogs: `blogwatcher-cli blogs`
- Remove a blog: `blogwatcher-cli remove "My Blog" --yes`
- Import from OPML: `blogwatcher-cli import subscriptions.opml`
### Scanning and reading
- Scan all blogs: `blogwatcher-cli scan`
- Scan one blog: `blogwatcher-cli scan "My Blog"`
- List unread articles: `blogwatcher-cli articles`
- List all articles: `blogwatcher-cli articles --all`
- Filter by blog: `blogwatcher-cli articles --blog "My Blog"`
- Filter by category: `blogwatcher-cli articles --category "Engineering"`
- Mark article read: `blogwatcher-cli read 1`
- Mark article unread: `blogwatcher-cli unread 1`
- Mark all read: `blogwatcher-cli read-all`
- Mark all read for a blog: `blogwatcher-cli read-all --blog "My Blog" --yes`
## Environment Variables
All flags can be set via environment variables with the `BLOGWATCHER_` prefix:
| Variable | Description |
|---|---|
| `BLOGWATCHER_DB` | Path to SQLite database file |
| `BLOGWATCHER_WORKERS` | Number of concurrent scan workers (default: 8) |
| `BLOGWATCHER_SILENT` | Only output "scan done" when scanning |
| `BLOGWATCHER_YES` | Skip confirmation prompts |
| `BLOGWATCHER_CATEGORY` | Default filter for articles by category |
## Example Output
```
$ blogwatcher-cli blogs
Tracked blogs (1):
xkcd
URL: https://xkcd.com
Feed: https://xkcd.com/atom.xml
Last scanned: 2026-04-03 10:30
```
```
$ blogwatcher-cli scan
Scanning 1 blog(s)...
xkcd
Source: RSS | Found: 4 | New: 4
Found 4 new article(s) total!
```
```
$ blogwatcher-cli articles
Unread articles (2):
[1] [new] Barrel - Part 13
Blog: xkcd
URL: https://xkcd.com/3095/
Published: 2026-04-02
Categories: Comics, Science
[2] [new] Volcano Fact
Blog: xkcd
URL: https://xkcd.com/3094/
Published: 2026-04-01
Categories: Comics
```
## Notes
- Auto-discovers RSS/Atom feeds from blog homepages when no `--feed-url` is provided.
- Falls back to HTML scraping if RSS fails and `--scrape-selector` is configured.
- Categories from RSS/Atom feeds are stored and can be used to filter articles.
- Import blogs in bulk from OPML files exported by Feedly, Inoreader, NewsBlur, etc.
- Database stored at `~/.blogwatcher-cli/blogwatcher-cli.db` by default (override with `--db` or `BLOGWATCHER_DB`).
- Use `blogwatcher-cli <command> --help` to discover all flags and options.

460
skills/research/llm-wiki/SKILL.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
---
name: llm-wiki
description: "Karpathy's LLM Wiki — build and maintain a persistent, interlinked markdown knowledge base. Ingest sources, query compiled knowledge, and lint for consistency."
version: 2.0.0
author: Hermes Agent
license: MIT
metadata:
hermes:
tags: [wiki, knowledge-base, research, notes, markdown, rag-alternative]
category: research
related_skills: [obsidian, arxiv, agentic-research-ideas]
config:
- key: wiki.path
description: Path to the LLM Wiki knowledge base directory
default: "~/wiki"
prompt: Wiki directory path
---
# Karpathy's LLM Wiki
Build and maintain a persistent, compounding knowledge base as interlinked markdown files.
Based on [Andrej Karpathy's LLM Wiki pattern](https://gist.github.com/karpathy/442a6bf555914893e9891c11519de94f).
Unlike traditional RAG (which rediscovers knowledge from scratch per query), the wiki
compiles knowledge once and keeps it current. Cross-references are already there.
Contradictions have already been flagged. Synthesis reflects everything ingested.
**Division of labor:** The human curates sources and directs analysis. The agent
summarizes, cross-references, files, and maintains consistency.
## When This Skill Activates
Use this skill when the user:
- Asks to create, build, or start a wiki or knowledge base
- Asks to ingest, add, or process a source into their wiki
- Asks a question and an existing wiki is present at the configured path
- Asks to lint, audit, or health-check their wiki
- References their wiki, knowledge base, or "notes" in a research context
## Wiki Location
Configured via `skills.config.wiki.path` in `~/.hermes/config.yaml` (prompted
during `hermes config migrate` or `hermes setup`):
```yaml
skills:
config:
wiki:
path: ~/wiki
```
Falls back to `~/wiki` default. The resolved path is injected when this
skill loads — check the `[Skill config: ...]` block above for the active value.
The wiki is just a directory of markdown files — open it in Obsidian, VS Code, or
any editor. No database, no special tooling required.
## Architecture: Three Layers
```
wiki/
├── SCHEMA.md # Conventions, structure rules, domain config
├── index.md # Sectioned content catalog with one-line summaries
├── log.md # Chronological action log (append-only, rotated yearly)
├── raw/ # Layer 1: Immutable source material
│ ├── articles/ # Web articles, clippings
│ ├── papers/ # PDFs, arxiv papers
│ ├── transcripts/ # Meeting notes, interviews
│ └── assets/ # Images, diagrams referenced by sources
├── entities/ # Layer 2: Entity pages (people, orgs, products, models)
├── concepts/ # Layer 2: Concept/topic pages
├── comparisons/ # Layer 2: Side-by-side analyses
└── queries/ # Layer 2: Filed query results worth keeping
```
**Layer 1 — Raw Sources:** Immutable. The agent reads but never modifies these.
**Layer 2 — The Wiki:** Agent-owned markdown files. Created, updated, and
cross-referenced by the agent.
**Layer 3 — The Schema:** `SCHEMA.md` defines structure, conventions, and tag taxonomy.
## Resuming an Existing Wiki (CRITICAL — do this every session)
When the user has an existing wiki, **always orient yourself before doing anything**:
① **Read `SCHEMA.md`** — understand the domain, conventions, and tag taxonomy.
② **Read `index.md`** — learn what pages exist and their summaries.
③ **Scan recent `log.md`** — read the last 20-30 entries to understand recent activity.
```bash
WIKI="${wiki_path:-$HOME/wiki}"
# Orientation reads at session start
read_file "$WIKI/SCHEMA.md"
read_file "$WIKI/index.md"
read_file "$WIKI/log.md" offset=<last 30 lines>
```
Only after orientation should you ingest, query, or lint. This prevents:
- Creating duplicate pages for entities that already exist
- Missing cross-references to existing content
- Contradicting the schema's conventions
- Repeating work already logged
For large wikis (100+ pages), also run a quick `search_files` for the topic
at hand before creating anything new.
## Initializing a New Wiki
When the user asks to create or start a wiki:
1. Determine the wiki path (from config, env var, or ask the user; default `~/wiki`)
2. Create the directory structure above
3. Ask the user what domain the wiki covers — be specific
4. Write `SCHEMA.md` customized to the domain (see template below)
5. Write initial `index.md` with sectioned header
6. Write initial `log.md` with creation entry
7. Confirm the wiki is ready and suggest first sources to ingest
### SCHEMA.md Template
Adapt to the user's domain. The schema constrains agent behavior and ensures consistency:
```markdown
# Wiki Schema
## Domain
[What this wiki covers — e.g., "AI/ML research", "personal health", "startup intelligence"]
## Conventions
- File names: lowercase, hyphens, no spaces (e.g., `transformer-architecture.md`)
- Every wiki page starts with YAML frontmatter (see below)
- Use `[[wikilinks]]` to link between pages (minimum 2 outbound links per page)
- When updating a page, always bump the `updated` date
- Every new page must be added to `index.md` under the correct section
- Every action must be appended to `log.md`
## Frontmatter
```yaml
---
title: Page Title
created: YYYY-MM-DD
updated: YYYY-MM-DD
type: entity | concept | comparison | query | summary
tags: [from taxonomy below]
sources: [raw/articles/source-name.md]
---
```
## Tag Taxonomy
[Define 10-20 top-level tags for the domain. Add new tags here BEFORE using them.]
Example for AI/ML:
- Models: model, architecture, benchmark, training
- People/Orgs: person, company, lab, open-source
- Techniques: optimization, fine-tuning, inference, alignment, data
- Meta: comparison, timeline, controversy, prediction
Rule: every tag on a page must appear in this taxonomy. If a new tag is needed,
add it here first, then use it. This prevents tag sprawl.
## Page Thresholds
- **Create a page** when an entity/concept appears in 2+ sources OR is central to one source
- **Add to existing page** when a source mentions something already covered
- **DON'T create a page** for passing mentions, minor details, or things outside the domain
- **Split a page** when it exceeds ~200 lines — break into sub-topics with cross-links
- **Archive a page** when its content is fully superseded — move to `_archive/`, remove from index
## Entity Pages
One page per notable entity. Include:
- Overview / what it is
- Key facts and dates
- Relationships to other entities ([[wikilinks]])
- Source references
## Concept Pages
One page per concept or topic. Include:
- Definition / explanation
- Current state of knowledge
- Open questions or debates
- Related concepts ([[wikilinks]])
## Comparison Pages
Side-by-side analyses. Include:
- What is being compared and why
- Dimensions of comparison (table format preferred)
- Verdict or synthesis
- Sources
## Update Policy
When new information conflicts with existing content:
1. Check the dates — newer sources generally supersede older ones
2. If genuinely contradictory, note both positions with dates and sources
3. Mark the contradiction in frontmatter: `contradictions: [page-name]`
4. Flag for user review in the lint report
```
### index.md Template
The index is sectioned by type. Each entry is one line: wikilink + summary.
```markdown
# Wiki Index
> Content catalog. Every wiki page listed under its type with a one-line summary.
> Read this first to find relevant pages for any query.
> Last updated: YYYY-MM-DD | Total pages: N
## Entities
<!-- Alphabetical within section -->
## Concepts
## Comparisons
## Queries
```
**Scaling rule:** When any section exceeds 50 entries, split it into sub-sections
by first letter or sub-domain. When the index exceeds 200 entries total, create
a `_meta/topic-map.md` that groups pages by theme for faster navigation.
### log.md Template
```markdown
# Wiki Log
> Chronological record of all wiki actions. Append-only.
> Format: `## [YYYY-MM-DD] action | subject`
> Actions: ingest, update, query, lint, create, archive, delete
> When this file exceeds 500 entries, rotate: rename to log-YYYY.md, start fresh.
## [YYYY-MM-DD] create | Wiki initialized
- Domain: [domain]
- Structure created with SCHEMA.md, index.md, log.md
```
## Core Operations
### 1. Ingest
When the user provides a source (URL, file, paste), integrate it into the wiki:
① **Capture the raw source:**
- URL → use `web_extract` to get markdown, save to `raw/articles/`
- PDF → use `web_extract` (handles PDFs), save to `raw/papers/`
- Pasted text → save to appropriate `raw/` subdirectory
- Name the file descriptively: `raw/articles/karpathy-llm-wiki-2026.md`
② **Discuss takeaways** with the user — what's interesting, what matters for
the domain. (Skip this in automated/cron contexts — proceed directly.)
③ **Check what already exists** — search index.md and use `search_files` to find
existing pages for mentioned entities/concepts. This is the difference between
a growing wiki and a pile of duplicates.
④ **Write or update wiki pages:**
- **New entities/concepts:** Create pages only if they meet the Page Thresholds
in SCHEMA.md (2+ source mentions, or central to one source)
- **Existing pages:** Add new information, update facts, bump `updated` date.
When new info contradicts existing content, follow the Update Policy.
- **Cross-reference:** Every new or updated page must link to at least 2 other
pages via `[[wikilinks]]`. Check that existing pages link back.
- **Tags:** Only use tags from the taxonomy in SCHEMA.md
⑤ **Update navigation:**
- Add new pages to `index.md` under the correct section, alphabetically
- Update the "Total pages" count and "Last updated" date in index header
- Append to `log.md`: `## [YYYY-MM-DD] ingest | Source Title`
- List every file created or updated in the log entry
⑥ **Report what changed** — list every file created or updated to the user.
A single source can trigger updates across 5-15 wiki pages. This is normal
and desired — it's the compounding effect.
### 2. Query
When the user asks a question about the wiki's domain:
① **Read `index.md`** to identify relevant pages.
② **For wikis with 100+ pages**, also `search_files` across all `.md` files
for key terms — the index alone may miss relevant content.
③ **Read the relevant pages** using `read_file`.
④ **Synthesize an answer** from the compiled knowledge. Cite the wiki pages
you drew from: "Based on [[page-a]] and [[page-b]]..."
⑤ **File valuable answers back** — if the answer is a substantial comparison,
deep dive, or novel synthesis, create a page in `queries/` or `comparisons/`.
Don't file trivial lookups — only answers that would be painful to re-derive.
⑥ **Update log.md** with the query and whether it was filed.
### 3. Lint
When the user asks to lint, health-check, or audit the wiki:
① **Orphan pages:** Find pages with no inbound `[[wikilinks]]` from other pages.
```python
# Use execute_code for this — programmatic scan across all wiki pages
import os, re
from collections import defaultdict
wiki = "<WIKI_PATH>"
# Scan all .md files in entities/, concepts/, comparisons/, queries/
# Extract all [[wikilinks]] — build inbound link map
# Pages with zero inbound links are orphans
```
② **Broken wikilinks:** Find `[[links]]` that point to pages that don't exist.
③ **Index completeness:** Every wiki page should appear in `index.md`. Compare
the filesystem against index entries.
④ **Frontmatter validation:** Every wiki page must have all required fields
(title, created, updated, type, tags, sources). Tags must be in the taxonomy.
⑤ **Stale content:** Pages whose `updated` date is >90 days older than the most
recent source that mentions the same entities.
⑥ **Contradictions:** Pages on the same topic with conflicting claims. Look for
pages that share tags/entities but state different facts.
⑦ **Page size:** Flag pages over 200 lines — candidates for splitting.
⑧ **Tag audit:** List all tags in use, flag any not in the SCHEMA.md taxonomy.
⑨ **Log rotation:** If log.md exceeds 500 entries, rotate it.
⑩ **Report findings** with specific file paths and suggested actions, grouped by
severity (broken links > orphans > stale content > style issues).
⑪ **Append to log.md:** `## [YYYY-MM-DD] lint | N issues found`
## Working with the Wiki
### Searching
```bash
# Find pages by content
search_files "transformer" path="$WIKI" file_glob="*.md"
# Find pages by filename
search_files "*.md" target="files" path="$WIKI"
# Find pages by tag
search_files "tags:.*alignment" path="$WIKI" file_glob="*.md"
# Recent activity
read_file "$WIKI/log.md" offset=<last 20 lines>
```
### Bulk Ingest
When ingesting multiple sources at once, batch the updates:
1. Read all sources first
2. Identify all entities and concepts across all sources
3. Check existing pages for all of them (one search pass, not N)
4. Create/update pages in one pass (avoids redundant updates)
5. Update index.md once at the end
6. Write a single log entry covering the batch
### Archiving
When content is fully superseded or the domain scope changes:
1. Create `_archive/` directory if it doesn't exist
2. Move the page to `_archive/` with its original path (e.g., `_archive/entities/old-page.md`)
3. Remove from `index.md`
4. Update any pages that linked to it — replace wikilink with plain text + "(archived)"
5. Log the archive action
### Obsidian Integration
The wiki directory works as an Obsidian vault out of the box:
- `[[wikilinks]]` render as clickable links
- Graph View visualizes the knowledge network
- YAML frontmatter powers Dataview queries
- The `raw/assets/` folder holds images referenced via `![[image.png]]`
For best results:
- Set Obsidian's attachment folder to `raw/assets/`
- Enable "Wikilinks" in Obsidian settings (usually on by default)
- Install Dataview plugin for queries like `TABLE tags FROM "entities" WHERE contains(tags, "company")`
If using the Obsidian skill alongside this one, set `OBSIDIAN_VAULT_PATH` to the
same directory as the wiki path.
### Obsidian Headless (servers and headless machines)
On machines without a display, use `obsidian-headless` instead of the desktop app.
It syncs vaults via Obsidian Sync without a GUI — perfect for agents running on
servers that write to the wiki while Obsidian desktop reads it on another device.
**Setup:**
```bash
# Requires Node.js 22+
npm install -g obsidian-headless
# Login (requires Obsidian account with Sync subscription)
ob login --email <email> --password '<password>'
# Create a remote vault for the wiki
ob sync-create-remote --name "LLM Wiki"
# Connect the wiki directory to the vault
cd ~/wiki
ob sync-setup --vault "<vault-id>"
# Initial sync
ob sync
# Continuous sync (foreground — use systemd for background)
ob sync --continuous
```
**Continuous background sync via systemd:**
```ini
# ~/.config/systemd/user/obsidian-wiki-sync.service
[Unit]
Description=Obsidian LLM Wiki Sync
After=network-online.target
Wants=network-online.target
[Service]
ExecStart=/path/to/ob sync --continuous
WorkingDirectory=/home/user/wiki
Restart=on-failure
RestartSec=10
[Install]
WantedBy=default.target
```
```bash
systemctl --user daemon-reload
systemctl --user enable --now obsidian-wiki-sync
# Enable linger so sync survives logout:
sudo loginctl enable-linger $USER
```
This lets the agent write to `~/wiki` on a server while you browse the same
vault in Obsidian on your laptop/phone — changes appear within seconds.
## Pitfalls
- **Never modify files in `raw/`** — sources are immutable. Corrections go in wiki pages.
- **Always orient first** — read SCHEMA + index + recent log before any operation in a new session.
Skipping this causes duplicates and missed cross-references.
- **Always update index.md and log.md** — skipping this makes the wiki degrade. These are the
navigational backbone.
- **Don't create pages for passing mentions** — follow the Page Thresholds in SCHEMA.md. A name
appearing once in a footnote doesn't warrant an entity page.
- **Don't create pages without cross-references** — isolated pages are invisible. Every page must
link to at least 2 other pages.
- **Frontmatter is required** — it enables search, filtering, and staleness detection.
- **Tags must come from the taxonomy** — freeform tags decay into noise. Add new tags to SCHEMA.md
first, then use them.
- **Keep pages scannable** — a wiki page should be readable in 30 seconds. Split pages over
200 lines. Move detailed analysis to dedicated deep-dive pages.
- **Ask before mass-updating** — if an ingest would touch 10+ existing pages, confirm
the scope with the user first.
- **Rotate the log** — when log.md exceeds 500 entries, rename it `log-YYYY.md` and start fresh.
The agent should check log size during lint.
- **Handle contradictions explicitly** — don't silently overwrite. Note both claims with dates,
mark in frontmatter, flag for user review.

76
skills/research/polymarket/SKILL.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
---
name: polymarket
description: Query Polymarket prediction market data — search markets, get prices, orderbooks, and price history. Read-only via public REST APIs, no API key needed.
version: 1.0.0
author: Hermes Agent + Teknium
tags: [polymarket, prediction-markets, market-data, trading]
---
# Polymarket — Prediction Market Data
Query prediction market data from Polymarket using their public REST APIs.
All endpoints are read-only and require zero authentication.
See `references/api-endpoints.md` for the full endpoint reference with curl examples.
## When to Use
- User asks about prediction markets, betting odds, or event probabilities
- User wants to know "what are the odds of X happening?"
- User asks about Polymarket specifically
- User wants market prices, orderbook data, or price history
- User asks to monitor or track prediction market movements
## Key Concepts
- **Events** contain one or more **Markets** (1:many relationship)
- **Markets** are binary outcomes with Yes/No prices between 0.00 and 1.00
- Prices ARE probabilities: price 0.65 means the market thinks 65% likely
- `outcomePrices` field: JSON-encoded array like `["0.80", "0.20"]`
- `clobTokenIds` field: JSON-encoded array of two token IDs [Yes, No] for price/book queries
- `conditionId` field: hex string used for price history queries
- Volume is in USDC (US dollars)
## Three Public APIs
1. **Gamma API** at `gamma-api.polymarket.com` — Discovery, search, browsing
2. **CLOB API** at `clob.polymarket.com` — Real-time prices, orderbooks, history
3. **Data API** at `data-api.polymarket.com` — Trades, open interest
## Typical Workflow
When a user asks about prediction market odds:
1. **Search** using the Gamma API public-search endpoint with their query
2. **Parse** the response — extract events and their nested markets
3. **Present** market question, current prices as percentages, and volume
4. **Deep dive** if asked — use clobTokenIds for orderbook, conditionId for history
## Presenting Results
Format prices as percentages for readability:
- outcomePrices `["0.652", "0.348"]` becomes "Yes: 65.2%, No: 34.8%"
- Always show the market question and probability
- Include volume when available
Example: `"Will X happen?" — 65.2% Yes ($1.2M volume)`
## Parsing Double-Encoded Fields
The Gamma API returns `outcomePrices`, `outcomes`, and `clobTokenIds` as JSON strings
inside JSON responses (double-encoded). When processing with Python, parse them with
`json.loads(market['outcomePrices'])` to get the actual array.
## Rate Limits
Generous — unlikely to hit for normal usage:
- Gamma: 4,000 requests per 10 seconds (general)
- CLOB: 9,000 requests per 10 seconds (general)
- Data: 1,000 requests per 10 seconds (general)
## Limitations
- This skill is read-only — it does not support placing trades
- Trading requires wallet-based crypto authentication (EIP-712 signatures)
- Some new markets may have empty price history
- Geographic restrictions apply to trading but read-only data is globally accessible

220
skills/research/polymarket/references/api-endpoints.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
# Polymarket API Endpoints Reference
All endpoints are public REST (GET), return JSON, and need no authentication.
## Gamma API — gamma-api.polymarket.com
### Search Markets
```
GET /public-search?q=QUERY
```
Response structure:
```json
{
"events": [
{
"id": "12345",
"title": "Event title",
"slug": "event-slug",
"volume": 1234567.89,
"markets": [
{
"question": "Will X happen?",
"outcomePrices": "[\"0.65\", \"0.35\"]",
"outcomes": "[\"Yes\", \"No\"]",
"clobTokenIds": "[\"TOKEN_YES\", \"TOKEN_NO\"]",
"conditionId": "0xabc...",
"volume": 500000
}
]
}
],
"pagination": {"hasMore": true, "totalResults": 100}
}
```
### List Events
```
GET /events?limit=N&active=true&closed=false&order=volume&ascending=false
```
Parameters:
- `limit` — max results (default varies)
- `offset` — pagination offset
- `active` — true/false
- `closed` — true/false
- `order` — sort field: `volume`, `createdAt`, `updatedAt`
- `ascending` — true/false
- `tag` — filter by tag slug
- `slug` — get specific event by slug
Response: array of event objects. Each event includes a `markets` array.
Event fields: `id`, `title`, `slug`, `description`, `volume`, `liquidity`,
`openInterest`, `active`, `closed`, `category`, `startDate`, `endDate`,
`markets` (array of market objects).
### List Markets
```
GET /markets?limit=N&active=true&closed=false&order=volume&ascending=false
```
Same filter parameters as events, plus:
- `slug` — get specific market by slug
Market fields: `id`, `question`, `conditionId`, `slug`, `description`,
`outcomes`, `outcomePrices`, `volume`, `liquidity`, `active`, `closed`,
`marketType`, `clobTokenIds`, `endDate`, `category`, `createdAt`.
Important: `outcomePrices`, `outcomes`, and `clobTokenIds` are JSON strings
(double-encoded). Parse with json.loads() in Python.
### List Tags
```
GET /tags
```
Returns array of tag objects: `id`, `label`, `slug`.
Use the `slug` value when filtering events/markets by tag.
---
## CLOB API — clob.polymarket.com
All CLOB price endpoints use `token_id` from the market's `clobTokenIds` field.
Index 0 = Yes outcome, Index 1 = No outcome.
### Current Price
```
GET /price?token_id=TOKEN_ID&side=buy
```
Response: `{"price": "0.650"}`
The `side` parameter: `buy` or `sell`.
### Midpoint Price
```
GET /midpoint?token_id=TOKEN_ID
```
Response: `{"mid": "0.645"}`
### Spread
```
GET /spread?token_id=TOKEN_ID
```
Response: `{"spread": "0.02"}`
### Orderbook
```
GET /book?token_id=TOKEN_ID
```
Response:
```json
{
"market": "condition_id",
"asset_id": "token_id",
"bids": [{"price": "0.64", "size": "500"}, ...],
"asks": [{"price": "0.66", "size": "300"}, ...],
"min_order_size": "5",
"tick_size": "0.01",
"last_trade_price": "0.65"
}
```
Bids and asks are sorted by price. Size is in shares (USDC-denominated).
### Price History
```
GET /prices-history?market=CONDITION_ID&interval=INTERVAL&fidelity=N
```
Parameters:
- `market` — the conditionId (hex string with 0x prefix)
- `interval` — time range: `all`, `1d`, `1w`, `1m`, `3m`, `6m`, `1y`
- `fidelity` — number of data points to return
Response:
```json
{
"history": [
{"t": 1709000000, "p": "0.55"},
{"t": 1709100000, "p": "0.58"}
]
}
```
`t` is Unix timestamp, `p` is price (probability).
Note: Very new markets may return empty history.
### CLOB Markets List
```
GET /markets?limit=N
```
Response:
```json
{
"data": [
{
"condition_id": "0xabc...",
"question": "Will X?",
"tokens": [
{"token_id": "123...", "outcome": "Yes", "price": 0.65},
{"token_id": "456...", "outcome": "No", "price": 0.35}
],
"active": true,
"closed": false
}
],
"next_cursor": "cursor_string",
"limit": 100,
"count": 1000
}
```
---
## Data API — data-api.polymarket.com
### Recent Trades
```
GET /trades?limit=N
GET /trades?market=CONDITION_ID&limit=N
```
Trade fields: `side` (BUY/SELL), `size`, `price`, `timestamp`,
`title`, `slug`, `outcome`, `transactionHash`, `conditionId`.
### Open Interest
```
GET /oi?market=CONDITION_ID
```
---
## Field Cross-Reference
To go from a Gamma market to CLOB data:
1. Get market from Gamma: has `clobTokenIds` and `conditionId`
2. Parse `clobTokenIds` (JSON string): `["YES_TOKEN", "NO_TOKEN"]`
3. Use YES_TOKEN with `/price`, `/book`, `/midpoint`, `/spread`
4. Use `conditionId` with `/prices-history` and Data API endpoints

284
skills/research/polymarket/scripts/polymarket.py Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
"""Polymarket CLI helper — query prediction market data.
Usage:
python3 polymarket.py search "bitcoin"
python3 polymarket.py trending [--limit 10]
python3 polymarket.py market <slug>
python3 polymarket.py event <slug>
python3 polymarket.py price <token_id>
python3 polymarket.py book <token_id>
python3 polymarket.py history <condition_id> [--interval all] [--fidelity 50]
python3 polymarket.py trades [--limit 10] [--market CONDITION_ID]
"""
import json
import sys
import urllib.request
import urllib.parse
import urllib.error
GAMMA = "https://gamma-api.polymarket.com"
CLOB = "https://clob.polymarket.com"
DATA = "https://data-api.polymarket.com"
def _get(url: str) -> dict | list:
"""GET request, return parsed JSON."""
req = urllib.request.Request(url, headers={"User-Agent": "hermes-agent/1.0"})
try:
with urllib.request.urlopen(req, timeout=15) as resp:
return json.loads(resp.read().decode())
except urllib.error.HTTPError as e:
print(f"HTTP {e.code}: {e.reason}", file=sys.stderr)
sys.exit(1)
except urllib.error.URLError as e:
print(f"Connection error: {e.reason}", file=sys.stderr)
sys.exit(1)
def _parse_json_field(val):
"""Parse double-encoded JSON fields (outcomePrices, outcomes, clobTokenIds)."""
if isinstance(val, str):
try:
return json.loads(val)
except (json.JSONDecodeError, TypeError):
return val
return val
def _fmt_pct(price_str: str) -> str:
"""Format price string as percentage."""
try:
return f"{float(price_str) * 100:.1f}%"
except (ValueError, TypeError):
return price_str
def _fmt_volume(vol) -> str:
"""Format volume as human-readable."""
try:
v = float(vol)
if v >= 1_000_000:
return f"${v / 1_000_000:.1f}M"
if v >= 1_000:
return f"${v / 1_000:.1f}K"
return f"${v:.0f}"
except (ValueError, TypeError):
return str(vol)
def _print_market(m: dict, indent: str = ""):
"""Print a market summary."""
question = m.get("question", "?")
prices = _parse_json_field(m.get("outcomePrices", "[]"))
outcomes = _parse_json_field(m.get("outcomes", "[]"))
vol = _fmt_volume(m.get("volume", 0))
closed = m.get("closed", False)
status = " [CLOSED]" if closed else ""
if isinstance(prices, list) and len(prices) >= 2:
outcome_labels = outcomes if isinstance(outcomes, list) else ["Yes", "No"]
price_str = " / ".join(
f"{outcome_labels[i]}: {_fmt_pct(prices[i])}"
for i in range(min(len(prices), len(outcome_labels)))
)
print(f"{indent}{question}{status}")
print(f"{indent} {price_str} | Volume: {vol}")
else:
print(f"{indent}{question}{status} | Volume: {vol}")
slug = m.get("slug", "")
if slug:
print(f"{indent} slug: {slug}")
def cmd_search(query: str):
"""Search for markets."""
q = urllib.parse.quote(query)
data = _get(f"{GAMMA}/public-search?q={q}")
events = data.get("events", [])
total = data.get("pagination", {}).get("totalResults", len(events))
print(f"Found {total} results for \"{query}\":\n")
for evt in events[:10]:
print(f"=== {evt['title']} ===")
print(f" Volume: {_fmt_volume(evt.get('volume', 0))} | slug: {evt.get('slug', '')}")
markets = evt.get("markets", [])
for m in markets[:5]:
_print_market(m, indent=" ")
if len(markets) > 5:
print(f" ... and {len(markets) - 5} more markets")
print()
def cmd_trending(limit: int = 10):
"""Show trending events by volume."""
events = _get(f"{GAMMA}/events?limit={limit}&active=true&closed=false&order=volume&ascending=false")
print(f"Top {len(events)} trending events:\n")
for i, evt in enumerate(events, 1):
print(f"{i}. {evt['title']}")
print(f" Volume: {_fmt_volume(evt.get('volume', 0))} | Markets: {len(evt.get('markets', []))}")
print(f" slug: {evt.get('slug', '')}")
markets = evt.get("markets", [])
for m in markets[:3]:
_print_market(m, indent=" ")
if len(markets) > 3:
print(f" ... and {len(markets) - 3} more markets")
print()
def cmd_market(slug: str):
"""Get market details by slug."""
markets = _get(f"{GAMMA}/markets?slug={urllib.parse.quote(slug)}")
if not markets:
print(f"No market found with slug: {slug}")
return
m = markets[0]
print(f"Market: {m.get('question', '?')}")
print(f"Status: {'CLOSED' if m.get('closed') else 'ACTIVE'}")
_print_market(m)
print(f"\n conditionId: {m.get('conditionId', 'N/A')}")
tokens = _parse_json_field(m.get("clobTokenIds", "[]"))
if isinstance(tokens, list):
outcomes = _parse_json_field(m.get("outcomes", "[]"))
for i, t in enumerate(tokens):
label = outcomes[i] if isinstance(outcomes, list) and i < len(outcomes) else f"Outcome {i}"
print(f" token ({label}): {t}")
desc = m.get("description", "")
if desc:
print(f"\n Description: {desc[:500]}")
def cmd_event(slug: str):
"""Get event details by slug."""
events = _get(f"{GAMMA}/events?slug={urllib.parse.quote(slug)}")
if not events:
print(f"No event found with slug: {slug}")
return
evt = events[0]
print(f"Event: {evt['title']}")
print(f"Volume: {_fmt_volume(evt.get('volume', 0))}")
print(f"Status: {'CLOSED' if evt.get('closed') else 'ACTIVE'}")
print(f"Markets: {len(evt.get('markets', []))}\n")
for m in evt.get("markets", []):
_print_market(m, indent=" ")
print()
def cmd_price(token_id: str):
"""Get current price for a token."""
buy = _get(f"{CLOB}/price?token_id={token_id}&side=buy")
mid = _get(f"{CLOB}/midpoint?token_id={token_id}")
spread = _get(f"{CLOB}/spread?token_id={token_id}")
print(f"Token: {token_id[:30]}...")
print(f" Buy price: {_fmt_pct(buy.get('price', '?'))}")
print(f" Midpoint: {_fmt_pct(mid.get('mid', '?'))}")
print(f" Spread: {spread.get('spread', '?')}")
def cmd_book(token_id: str):
"""Get orderbook for a token."""
book = _get(f"{CLOB}/book?token_id={token_id}")
bids = book.get("bids", [])
asks = book.get("asks", [])
last = book.get("last_trade_price", "?")
print(f"Orderbook for {token_id[:30]}...")
print(f"Last trade: {_fmt_pct(last)} | Tick size: {book.get('tick_size', '?')}")
print(f"\n Top bids ({len(bids)} total):")
# Show bids sorted by price descending (best bids first)
sorted_bids = sorted(bids, key=lambda x: float(x.get("price", 0)), reverse=True)
for b in sorted_bids[:10]:
print(f" {_fmt_pct(b['price']):>7} | Size: {float(b['size']):>10.2f}")
print(f"\n Top asks ({len(asks)} total):")
sorted_asks = sorted(asks, key=lambda x: float(x.get("price", 0)))
for a in sorted_asks[:10]:
print(f" {_fmt_pct(a['price']):>7} | Size: {float(a['size']):>10.2f}")
def cmd_history(condition_id: str, interval: str = "all", fidelity: int = 50):
"""Get price history for a market."""
data = _get(f"{CLOB}/prices-history?market={condition_id}&interval={interval}&fidelity={fidelity}")
history = data.get("history", [])
if not history:
print("No price history available for this market.")
return
print(f"Price history ({len(history)} points, interval={interval}):\n")
from datetime import datetime, timezone
for pt in history:
ts = datetime.fromtimestamp(pt["t"], tz=timezone.utc).strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M")
price = _fmt_pct(pt["p"])
bar = "█" * int(float(pt["p"]) * 40)
print(f" {ts} {price:>7} {bar}")
def cmd_trades(limit: int = 10, market: str = None):
"""Get recent trades."""
url = f"{DATA}/trades?limit={limit}"
if market:
url += f"&market={market}"
trades = _get(url)
if not isinstance(trades, list):
print(f"Unexpected response: {trades}")
return
print(f"Recent trades ({len(trades)}):\n")
for t in trades:
side = t.get("side", "?")
price = _fmt_pct(t.get("price", "?"))
size = t.get("size", "?")
outcome = t.get("outcome", "?")
title = t.get("title", "?")[:50]
ts = t.get("timestamp", "")
print(f" {side:4} {price:>7} x{float(size):>8.2f} [{outcome}] {title}")
def main():
args = sys.argv[1:]
if not args or args[0] in ("-h", "--help", "help"):
print(__doc__)
return
cmd = args[0]
if cmd == "search" and len(args) >= 2:
cmd_search(" ".join(args[1:]))
elif cmd == "trending":
limit = 10
if "--limit" in args:
idx = args.index("--limit")
limit = int(args[idx + 1]) if idx + 1 < len(args) else 10
cmd_trending(limit)
elif cmd == "market" and len(args) >= 2:
cmd_market(args[1])
elif cmd == "event" and len(args) >= 2:
cmd_event(args[1])
elif cmd == "price" and len(args) >= 2:
cmd_price(args[1])
elif cmd == "book" and len(args) >= 2:
cmd_book(args[1])
elif cmd == "history" and len(args) >= 2:
interval = "all"
fidelity = 50
if "--interval" in args:
idx = args.index("--interval")
interval = args[idx + 1] if idx + 1 < len(args) else "all"
if "--fidelity" in args:
idx = args.index("--fidelity")
fidelity = int(args[idx + 1]) if idx + 1 < len(args) else 50
cmd_history(args[1], interval, fidelity)
elif cmd == "trades":
limit = 10
market = None
if "--limit" in args:
idx = args.index("--limit")
limit = int(args[idx + 1]) if idx + 1 < len(args) else 10
if "--market" in args:
idx = args.index("--market")
market = args[idx + 1] if idx + 1 < len(args) else None
cmd_trades(limit, market)
else:
print(f"Unknown command: {cmd}")
print(__doc__)
if __name__ == "__main__":
main()

2375
skills/research/research-paper-writing/SKILL.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

394
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/autoreason-methodology.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
# Autoreason: Iterative Refinement Methodology
Complete reference for the autoreason iterative refinement method, derived from experimental results across subjective writing tasks, competitive programming, and four model tiers. Use this when any output (paper draft, experiment script, analysis, task definition) needs iterative improvement.
**Source**: [NousResearch/autoreason](https://github.com/NousResearch/autoreason) — "Autoreason: When Iterative LLM Refinement Works and Why It Fails"
---
## Strategy Selection Guide
### Decision Tree
```
Is the task objectively verifiable (code, math, factual)?
├── YES → Does the model solve it on the first attempt?
│ ├── YES → Use single pass (no refinement needed)
│ └── NO → Use autoreason (structured analysis → reason-informed revision)
│
└── NO (subjective) → What model tier are you using?
├── Weak (Llama 8B, small models)
│ → Single pass. Model too weak for refinement to help.
│ Invest in generation quality, not iteration.
│
├── Mid-tier (Haiku 3.5, Gemini Flash)
│ → Autoreason with stronger judges. This is the sweet spot.
│ Self-refinement DESTROYS weak model outputs — autoreason prevents this.
│
├── Strong (Sonnet 4)
│ → Autoreason for open-ended tasks. Wins 3/5.
│ Critique-and-revise for concrete technical tasks (2/5).
│
└── Frontier (Sonnet 4.6, Opus)
├── Constrained scope? → Autoreason. Wins 2/3 constrained tasks.
└── Unconstrained? → Critique-and-revise or single pass.
Autoreason FAILS on unconstrained frontier tasks (comes last).
```
### Strategy Comparison Table
| Strategy | Best For | Avoid When | Compute (per iteration) |
|----------|----------|------------|------------------------|
| **Single pass** | Frontier models, template tasks, tight budgets | Mid-tier models where quality ceiling is low | 1 call |
| **Critique-and-revise** | Concrete technical requirements (system design, specifications) | Weak models (degrades output), unconstrained subjective tasks | 2 calls |
| **Autoreason** | Mid-tier models, constrained scope, tasks with genuine tradeoffs | Weak models (Llama 8B), frontier + unconstrained | ~6 calls |
| **Best-of-N** | Almost never recommended | Weak models especially — worse than single pass | N calls |
### Why Each Strategy Fails
| Strategy | Failure Mode | Mechanism |
|----------|-------------|-----------|
| **Single pass** | Quality ceiling | No mechanism to improve beyond first attempt |
| **Critique-and-revise** | Progressive degradation | Model hallucinates problems (sycophancy), scope creeps each pass, never declines to change |
| **Best-of-N** | Random selection | Without good ranking signal, more samples = more mediocre options |
| **Autoreason (unconstrained)** | Synthesis drift | Stronger models produce syntheses so consistently preferred that incumbent never stabilizes |
---
## The Autoreason Loop
### Architecture
```
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ITERATION LOOP │
│ │
│ Incumbent A ──► Critic ──► Author B ──► Synthesizer │
│ │ │ │
│ │ ┌───────────────────────┘ │
│ ▼ ▼ │
│ [A] [AB] [B] │
│ │ │ │ │
│ └──────────────┼────────────┘ │
│ ▼ │
│ Judge Panel (blind) │
│ │ │
│ ▼ │
│ Winner │
│ │ │
│ ┌───────┴───────┐ │
│ ▼ ▼ │
│ A wins k=2 B or AB wins │
│ consecutive? → new incumbent │
│ │ │
│ ▼ │
│ CONVERGED │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
```
### Roles
Every role is a **fresh, isolated agent** with no shared context:
| Role | Input | Output | Key Rule |
|------|-------|--------|----------|
| **Critic** | Task + Incumbent A | List of problems | Find problems ONLY. No fixes. No suggestions. |
| **Author B** | Task + A + Critique | Revised version B | Address each criticism. State which problem each change fixes. |
| **Synthesizer** | Task + X + Y (randomized labels) | Synthesis AB | Take strongest elements of each. Not a compromise. |
| **Judge Panel** | Task + A, AB, B (randomized labels + order) | Ranking | Rank best to worst. No authorship stake. |
### Configuration
| Parameter | Value | Rationale |
|-----------|-------|-----------|
| **Convergence k** | 2 | k=1 premature (94% displaced later). k=2 converges 100%, quality plateaus. k=3 fails 24%, 2x cost, no quality gain. |
| **Author temperature** | 0.7-0.8 | Encourages diverse revisions |
| **Judge temperature** | 0.3 | Encourages consistent evaluation |
| **In-loop judges** | 3 | Balance per-pass cost vs evaluation stability |
| **Final evaluation judges** | 7 | Higher statistical power for final comparison |
| **Max tokens** | 4096 | Standard; 8192 for long-form (papers) |
| **Judge type** | Chain-of-thought | 3x faster convergence on some tasks. Always use. |
| **Tiebreak** | Conservative (incumbent wins) | Prevents false positives — A must be genuinely beaten |
| **Max passes** | 25 (constrained), 50 (remedy) | Safety cap; most converge by pass 10-15 |
### Prompts
#### Critic
```
System: You are a critical reviewer. Your only job is to find real problems.
Be specific and concrete. Do not suggest fixes.
User: Find real problems with this proposal. Focus on:
- Things that won't work as described
- Complexity that doesn't pay for itself
- Assumptions that are wrong
- Missing pieces
Do NOT propose fixes. Just the problems.
```
#### Author B
```
System: You are a senior consultant revising a proposal based on specific
criticisms. Address each valid criticism directly. Do not make changes not
motivated by an identified problem.
User: [TASK] + [VERSION A] + [CRITIC OUTPUT]
Revise to address these problems. For each change, state which problem it fixes.
```
#### Synthesizer
```
System: You are given two versions as equal inputs. Take the strongest elements
from each and produce a coherent synthesis. This is not a compromise.
User: [TASK] + [VERSION X] + [VERSION Y]
(labels randomized — synthesizer doesn't know which is incumbent)
```
#### Judge (Chain-of-Thought) — ALWAYS USE THIS VERSION
```
System: You are an independent evaluator. Think carefully before deciding.
User: [TASK] + Three proposals. For each, think step by step:
1. What does it get right?
2. What does it get wrong or miss?
3. Are numbers and claims defensible?
4. Is detail appropriate or bloated?
After reasoning, rank all three.
RANKING: [best], [second], [worst]
```
#### Baseline Prompts (for comparison experiments)
| Baseline | Prompt |
|----------|--------|
| **Conservative** | "Make minimal improvements while preserving what works. Do not add new sections or significantly expand scope." |
| **Improve this** | "Improve this document." (no further guidance) |
| **Harsh critic** | "Critically evaluate and rewrite, fixing all weaknesses you identify." |
| **Critique & revise** | Step 1: "Produce a structured critique. List specific weaknesses." Step 2: "Revise to address each criticism." |
---
## Scoring: Borda Count
Judges rank candidates. Points awarded by rank position:
| Rank | Points (3 candidates) |
|------|----------------------|
| 1st | 3 |
| 2nd | 2 |
| 3rd | 1 |
**Aggregation**: Sum across all judges. Winner = highest total.
**Tiebreak**: Incumbent (A) wins any tie.
**Example** (3 judges):
- Judge 1: AB > A > B → AB gets 3, A gets 2, B gets 1
- Judge 2: A > AB > B → A gets 3, AB gets 2, B gets 1
- Judge 3: AB > B > A → AB gets 3, B gets 2, A gets 1
- Totals: AB=8, A=6, B=4 → AB wins, becomes new incumbent
**Randomization per judge**:
- Candidate labels randomized (A might be called "Proposal X" for one judge, "Proposal Z" for another)
- Presentation order randomized (AB might appear first or last)
- This prevents position bias and label bias
---
## Model Selection Guide
### Empirical Results by Model Tier
| Model | Autoreason Wins | Autoreason Avg Borda | Best Baseline | Margin | Recommendation |
|-------|----------------|---------------------|---------------|--------|----------------|
| **Llama 3.1 8B** | 1/3 | 23.7 | 25.0 (single) | -1.3 | Skip autoreason. Model too weak for diverse candidates. |
| **Gemini 2.0 Flash** | 2/3 | 25.0 | 20.0 (single) | +5.0 | Good candidate. Moderate gains. |
| **Haiku 3.5** | 3/3 | **42.0** | 33.7 (single) | **+8.3** | **Best candidate.** Perfect scores. Baselines actively destroy quality. |
| **Sonnet 4** | 3/5 | 27.8 | 22.4 (C&R) | +5.4 | Good candidate for open tasks. C&R better for technical tasks. |
| **Sonnet 4.6 (unconstrained)** | 0/1 | 7.0 | 31.0 (C&R) | -24.0 | Do NOT use autoreason without constraints. |
| **Sonnet 4.6 (constrained)** | 2/3 | 29.0 | 27.0 (improve) | +2.0 | Use only with scope constraints. |
### The Generation-Evaluation Gap
The core insight: **autoreason's value depends on the gap between a model's generation capability and its self-evaluation capability.**
```
Weak models (Llama 8B):
Generation: Poor | Self-evaluation: Poor
Gap: Small (both bad) → Autoreason can't help, no diverse candidates
Mid-tier models (Haiku, Flash):
Generation: Decent | Self-evaluation: Poor
Gap: LARGE → Autoreason's sweet spot. External eval bridges the gap.
Strong models (Sonnet 4):
Generation: Good | Self-evaluation: Decent
Gap: Moderate → Autoreason helps on 3/5 tasks
Frontier models (Sonnet 4.6):
Generation: Excellent | Self-evaluation: Good
Gap: Small → Simple methods suffice. Autoreason hurts on unconstrained tasks.
```
**Practical rule**: As model costs drop and capabilities improve, today's frontier becomes tomorrow's mid-tier. The generation-evaluation gap is structural, not temporary. Match refinement architecture to the model's position on the capability curve.
### Judge Selection
| Author Model | Recommended Judge | Rationale |
|-------------|------------------|-----------|
| Llama 8B | Don't use autoreason | Model too weak |
| Gemini Flash | Sonnet 4 | Cross-model evaluation works |
| Haiku 3.5 | Sonnet 4 | Strong external eval is the mechanism |
| Haiku 3.5 | Haiku 3.5 (same) | Still works — tournament structure provides value even without strong judges (20.7 vs 18.3 avg Borda) |
| Sonnet 4 | Sonnet 4 (same) | Same-model judges work at this tier |
| Sonnet 4.6 | Sonnet 4.6 (same) | Only with scope constraints |
---
## Scope Constraint Design
### What Makes Autoreason Work on Constrained Tasks
The same model (Sonnet 4.6) goes from **last place** (unconstrained) to **first place** (constrained) with scope constraints. The constraints bound the improvement space so synthesis drift can't accumulate.
### Effective Constraints
| Constraint Type | Example | Why It Works |
|----------------|---------|-------------|
| **Fixed facts** | "Use only these 8 data points, add nothing else" | Bounds information space |
| **Fixed deliverable** | "500-word startup pitch" (not "improve this") | Defines done condition |
| **Fixed structure** | "Exactly 4 sections, each with 3 numbered items" | Prevents structural drift |
| **Fixed change items** | "Address exactly these 3 reviewer concerns" | Bounds modification scope |
### Ineffective Constraints
| Constraint | Why It Fails | What Happens |
|-----------|-------------|-------------|
| Word count alone | Not a scope constraint | False convergence — rejected for length, not quality |
| "Be concise" | Too vague | Ignored after 2-3 passes |
| "Be comprehensive" | Anti-constraint | Invites scope creep |
| No constraints at all | Unbounded improvement space | Synthesis dominates, no convergence |
### Task Categories
| Task Type | Autoreason Works? | Why |
|-----------|-------------------|-----|
| Tasks with genuine tradeoffs (strategy, policy) | Yes | Multiple valid approaches for tournament to select between |
| Constrained writing (pitch, memo, postmortem) | Mostly (2/3) | Bounded scope, clear evaluation criteria |
| Template-filling (incident postmortem) | No | One correct structure, minimal decision space |
| Competitive programming | Yes | Naturally scoped, test suite provides external verification |
| Open-ended unconstrained + frontier model | No | Synthesis drift, no convergence |
---
## Failure Taxonomy
| Failure Mode | Condition | Detection | Evidence |
|-------------|-----------|-----------|----------|
| **Self-correction unreliable** | No external evaluation signal | Baselines degrade below single pass | Haiku baselines: 16.3 avg vs 33.7 single pass |
| **Drift / synthesis dominance** | Unconstrained scope | A wins <15%, AB dominates | Sonnet 4.6 unconstrained: A wins 12%, AB wins 60%+ |
| **Overfitting to visible feedback** | Shallow revision loop (C&R) | High public/private divergence | C&R overfits 32% on hard code problems |
| **No convergence** | Broken judge pipeline | Parsing failures, <3 valid judges | Mixed panel parser failure: 11+ passes |
| **Model too weak** | Insufficient generation diversity | All candidates look similar | Llama 8B wins only 1/3 tasks |
### Recovery Patterns
| Failure | Recovery |
|---------|----------|
| No convergence (drift) | Add scope constraints to the task |
| No convergence (broken judges) | Fix parser, ensure 3 valid judges before continuing |
| Quality degrades with iteration | Switch to single pass or add constraints |
| Model too weak | Use a stronger model for generation, keep weak model for cheap roles |
| Overfitting (code) | Use structured analysis step, not just test feedback |
---
## Code Domain Adaptation
The autoreason method adapts differently for code vs writing:
### Writing Domain
```
Call 1: Critic (find problems in incumbent)
Call 2: Author B (revise based on critique)
Call 3: Synthesizer (merge A and B)
Calls 4-6: Judge Panel (3 blind judges rank A, B, AB)
```
### Code Domain (6-call budget)
```
Call 1: Initial generation
Call 2: Structured analysis (5 points — NO CODE):
- Problem analysis: what does the problem actually require?
- Approach analysis: what approach did we use, is it correct?
- Failure analysis: why did tests fail?
- Alternative approaches: what else could work?
- Edge cases: what inputs might break the solution?
Calls 3-6: Reason-informed revisions
- Each revision must explain WHY it fixes the issue
- Sees test results from public (visible) test cases
```
**Key difference**: The code strategy replaces the judge panel with test-suite evaluation (objective ground truth). The structured analysis step (Call 2) is what drives recovery — it forces reasoning about *why* the approach failed before attempting fixes.
**Results**: Recovery is the mechanism. Among problems where both autoreason and single-pass failed initially, autoreason recovered 62% vs single-pass's 43% (McNemar p=0.041, Cohen's h=0.32).
---
## Applying Autoreason to Paper Writing
The paper itself was refined using autoreason (Section 8 of the paper):
### Setup
- Model: claude-opus-4
- Judges: 3 Opus judges
- Enhancement: Ground-truth critic (access to actual experimental data)
- Result: Converged in 9 passes
### Key Findings for Paper Refinement
1. **Ground-truth critic is essential**: Without ground-truth access, Opus hallucinated a fabricated ablation study, fake confidence intervals, wrong model names, and incorrect role descriptions. With ground-truth access, the critic caught all four on pass 1.
2. **Judge panel integrity matters**: A broken parser in one judge (Gemini output format mismatch) reduced the panel from 3 to 2 judges. This prevented convergence for 11+ passes. Fixing to 3 working judges, the same incumbent converged in 2 passes. A broken judge doesn't add noise — it prevents equilibrium.
### Recommended Setup for Paper Refinement
```
Critic prompt: "You are reviewing a research paper draft. You have access to the
actual experimental results [GROUND TRUTH DATA]. Find factual errors, unsupported
claims, hallucinated results, and structural problems. Do not suggest fixes."
Author B prompt: "Revise this paper draft to fix the identified problems. For each
change, cite the specific problem it addresses. Do not add claims not supported by
the provided experimental data."
Judge prompt (CoT): "Compare three versions of this paper. For each, evaluate:
1. Factual accuracy against the provided results
2. Clarity of the narrative and contribution
3. Whether claims are properly hedged and supported
4. Writing quality (concision, precision, no filler)
After reasoning, rank all three. RANKING: [best], [second], [worst]"
```
### What to Provide as Ground Truth
- All experimental result JSON files
- Statistical test outputs
- Raw numbers for every table and figure
- Configuration files showing exact hyperparameters
- Code that generated the results (for method description accuracy)
---
## Compute Budget Reference
| Method | Calls per Pass | Typical Passes | Total Calls | Relative Cost |
|--------|---------------|----------------|-------------|---------------|
| Single pass | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1x |
| Best-of-N | N | 1 | N | Nx |
| Critique & revise | 2 | 15 | 30 | 30x |
| Autoreason (in-loop) | ~6 | 10-15 | 60-90 | 60-90x |
| Autoreason (with final eval) | ~6 + 7 | 10-15 + 1 | 67-97 | ~80x |
**Cost-quality tradeoff**: Autoreason uses ~6x more compute per pass and typically runs more passes. This is a real tradeoff. The method trades compute for evaluation quality. On constrained tasks with mid-tier models, this tradeoff is strongly positive. On unconstrained tasks with frontier models, it's negative.
**CoT judges reduce cost**: 1 CoT judge provides evaluation quality comparable to 3 standard judges, at ~40% cost savings. Always use CoT judges.

434
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/checklists.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
# Conference Paper Checklists
This reference documents the mandatory checklist requirements for major ML/AI conferences. All major venues now require paper checklists—missing them results in desk rejection.
---
## Contents
- [NeurIPS Paper Checklist](#neurips-paper-checklist)
- [ICML Paper Checklist](#icml-paper-checklist)
- [ICLR Requirements](#iclr-requirements)
- [ACL Requirements](#acl-requirements)
- [AAAI Requirements](#aaai-requirements)
- [COLM Requirements](#colm-requirements)
- [Universal Pre-Submission Checklist](#universal-pre-submission-checklist)
---
## NeurIPS Paper Checklist
### Mandatory Components
All NeurIPS submissions must include a completed paper checklist. Papers lacking this element face **automatic desk rejection**. The checklist appears after references and supplemental material, outside the page limit.
### 16 Required Checklist Items
#### 1. Claims Alignment
Authors must verify that abstract and introduction claims match theoretical and experimental results, with clearly stated contributions, assumptions, and limitations.
**What to check:**
- [ ] Abstract claims match actual results
- [ ] Introduction doesn't overclaim
- [ ] Contributions are specific and falsifiable
#### 2. Limitations Discussion
Papers should include a dedicated "Limitations" section addressing strong assumptions, robustness to violations, scope constraints, and performance-influencing factors.
**What to include:**
- [ ] Dedicated Limitations section
- [ ] Honest assessment of scope
- [ ] Conditions where method may fail
#### 3. Theory & Proofs
Theoretical contributions require full assumption statements and complete proofs (main paper or appendix with proof sketches for intuition).
**What to check:**
- [ ] All assumptions stated formally
- [ ] Complete proofs provided (main text or appendix)
- [ ] Proof sketches for intuition in main text
#### 4. Reproducibility
Authors must describe steps ensuring results verification through code release, detailed instructions, model access, or checkpoints appropriate to their contribution type.
**What to provide:**
- [ ] Clear reproducibility statement
- [ ] Code availability information
- [ ] Model checkpoints if applicable
#### 5. Data & Code Access
Instructions for reproducing main experimental results should be provided (supplemental material or URLs), including exact commands and environment specifications.
**What to include:**
- [ ] Exact commands to run experiments
- [ ] Environment specifications (requirements.txt, conda env)
- [ ] Data access instructions
#### 6. Experimental Details
Papers must specify training details: data splits, hyperparameters, and selection methods in the main paper or supplementary materials.
**What to document:**
- [ ] Train/val/test split details
- [ ] All hyperparameters used
- [ ] Hyperparameter selection method
#### 7. Statistical Significance
Results require error bars, confidence intervals, or statistical tests with clearly stated calculation methods and underlying assumptions.
**What to include:**
- [ ] Error bars or confidence intervals
- [ ] Number of runs/seeds
- [ ] Calculation method (std dev vs std error)
#### 8. Compute Resources
Specifications needed: compute worker types (CPU/GPU), memory, storage, execution time per run, and total project compute requirements.
**What to document:**
- [ ] GPU type and count
- [ ] Training time per run
- [ ] Total compute used
#### 9. Ethics Code Compliance
Authors confirm adherence to the NeurIPS Code of Ethics, noting any necessary deviations.
**What to verify:**
- [ ] Read NeurIPS Code of Ethics
- [ ] Confirm compliance
- [ ] Note any deviations with justification
#### 10. Broader Impacts
Discussion of potential negative societal applications, fairness concerns, privacy risks, and possible mitigation strategies when applicable.
**What to address:**
- [ ] Potential negative applications
- [ ] Fairness considerations
- [ ] Privacy implications
- [ ] Mitigation strategies
#### 11. Safeguards
High-risk models (language models, internet-scraped datasets) require controlled release mechanisms and usage guidelines.
**What to consider:**
- [ ] Release strategy for sensitive models
- [ ] Usage guidelines if needed
- [ ] Access controls if appropriate
#### 12. License Respect
All existing assets require creator citations, license names, URLs, version numbers, and terms-of-service acknowledgment.
**What to document:**
- [ ] Dataset licenses cited
- [ ] Code licenses respected
- [ ] Version numbers included
#### 13. Asset Documentation
New releases need structured templates documenting training details, limitations, consent procedures, and licensing information.
**For new datasets/models:**
- [ ] Datasheet or model card
- [ ] Training data documentation
- [ ] Known limitations
#### 14. Human Subjects
Crowdsourcing studies must include participant instructions, screenshots, compensation details, and comply with minimum wage requirements.
**What to include:**
- [ ] Task instructions
- [ ] Compensation details
- [ ] Time estimates
#### 15. IRB Approvals
Human subjects research requires documented institutional review board approval or equivalent, with risk descriptions disclosed (maintaining anonymity at submission).
**What to verify:**
- [ ] IRB approval obtained
- [ ] Risk assessment completed
- [ ] Anonymized at submission
#### 16. LLM Declaration
Usage of large language models as core methodology components requires disclosure; writing/editing use doesn't require declaration.
**What to disclose:**
- [ ] LLM used as core methodology component
- [ ] How LLM was used
- [ ] (Writing assistance doesn't require disclosure)
### Response Format
Authors select "yes," "no," or "N/A" per question, with optional 1-2 sentence justifications.
**Important:** Reviewers are explicitly instructed not to penalize honest limitation acknowledgment.
---
## ICML Paper Checklist
### Broader Impact Statement
ICML requires a Broader Impact Statement at the end of the paper, before references. This does NOT count toward the page limit.
**Required elements:**
- Potential positive impacts
- Potential negative impacts
- Mitigation strategies
- Who may be affected
### ICML Specific Requirements
#### Reproducibility Checklist
- [ ] Data splits clearly specified
- [ ] Hyperparameters listed
- [ ] Search ranges documented
- [ ] Selection method explained
- [ ] Compute resources specified
- [ ] Code availability stated
#### Statistical Reporting
- [ ] Error bars on all figures
- [ ] Standard deviation vs standard error specified
- [ ] Number of runs stated
- [ ] Significance tests if comparing methods
#### Anonymization
- [ ] No author names in paper
- [ ] No acknowledgments
- [ ] No grant numbers
- [ ] Prior work cited in third person
- [ ] No identifiable repository URLs
---
## ICLR Requirements
### LLM Disclosure Policy (New for 2026)
ICLR has a specific LLM disclosure requirement:
> "If LLMs played a significant role in research ideation and/or writing to the extent that they could be regarded as a contributor, authors must describe their precise role in a separate appendix section."
**When disclosure is required:**
- LLM used for significant research ideation
- LLM used for substantial writing
- LLM could be considered a contributor
**When disclosure is NOT required:**
- Grammar checking
- Minor editing assistance
- Code completion tools
**Consequences of non-disclosure:**
- Desk rejection
- Potential post-publication issues
### ICLR Specific Requirements
#### Reproducibility Statement (Optional but Recommended)
Add a statement referencing:
- Supporting materials
- Code availability
- Data availability
- Model checkpoints
#### Ethics Statement (Optional)
Address potential concerns in ≤1 page. Does not count toward page limit.
#### Reciprocal Reviewing
- Authors on 3+ papers must serve as reviewers for ≥6 papers
- Each submission needs ≥1 author registered to review ≥3 papers
---
## ACL Requirements
### Limitations Section (Mandatory)
ACL specifically requires a Limitations section:
**What to include:**
- Strong assumptions made
- Scope limitations
- When method may fail
- Generalization concerns
**Important:** The Limitations section does NOT count toward the page limit.
### ACL Specific Checklist
#### Responsible NLP
- [ ] Bias considerations addressed
- [ ] Fairness evaluated if applicable
- [ ] Dual-use concerns discussed
#### Multilingual Considerations
If applicable:
- [ ] Language diversity addressed
- [ ] Non-English languages included
- [ ] Translation quality verified
#### Human Evaluation
If applicable:
- [ ] Annotator details provided
- [ ] Agreement metrics reported
- [ ] Compensation documented
---
## AAAI Requirements
### Formatting (Strictest of All Venues)
AAAI enforces formatting rules more strictly than any other major venue. Papers that deviate from the template are desk-rejected.
- [ ] Use the **exact** AAAI style file without modification — no `\setlength`, no `\vspace` hacks, no font overrides
- [ ] 7 pages main content (8 for camera-ready with author info)
- [ ] Two-column format, Times font (set by template)
- [ ] References and appendices do not count toward page limit
- [ ] Abstract must be a single paragraph
- [ ] Do not modify margins, column widths, or font sizes
### Required Sections
- [ ] Abstract (single paragraph, no math or citations)
- [ ] Introduction with clear contribution statement
- [ ] References in AAAI format (uses `aaai2026.bst`)
- [ ] Appendix (optional, unlimited)
### Ethics and Reproducibility
- [ ] Broader impact statement (encouraged but not always mandatory — check current year's CFP)
- [ ] Reproducibility details (datasets, code availability)
- [ ] Acknowledge use of AI writing tools if applicable
### Key Differences from Other Venues
- **No separate limitations section required** (unlike ACL), but discussing limitations is recommended
- **Strictest formatting enforcement** — the style checker will reject non-compliant PDFs
- **No paper checklist** like NeurIPS has, but the universal checklist below still applies
- **Unified template** covers main paper and supplementary in the same file
---
## COLM Requirements
### Overview
COLM (Conference on Language Modeling) focuses specifically on language model research. Framing must target this community.
### Formatting
- [ ] 9 pages main content (10 for camera-ready)
- [ ] Use COLM template (based on ICLR template with modifications)
- [ ] Double-blind review
- [ ] References and appendices unlimited
### Required Sections
- [ ] Abstract
- [ ] Introduction framed for language modeling community
- [ ] Conclusion
- [ ] References
### Content Expectations
- [ ] Contribution must be relevant to language models (broadly interpreted: training, evaluation, applications, theory, alignment, safety)
- [ ] If the method is general, frame with language model examples
- [ ] Baselines should include recent LM-specific methods where applicable
### Key Differences from Other Venues
- **Narrower scope** than NeurIPS/ICML — must frame for LM community
- **Template derived from ICLR** — similar formatting rules
- **Newer venue** — reviewer norms are still establishing; err on the side of thorough evaluation
- **No mandatory checklist** like NeurIPS, but broader impact discussion is expected
- **LLM disclosure**: If LLMs were used in research (code generation, data annotation, writing assistance), disclose this
---
## Universal Pre-Submission Checklist
### Before Every Submission
#### Paper Content
- [ ] Abstract ≤ word limit (usually 250-300 words)
- [ ] Main content within page limit
- [ ] References complete and verified
- [ ] Limitations section included
- [ ] All figures/tables have captions
- [ ] Captions are self-contained
#### Formatting
- [ ] Correct template used (venue + year specific)
- [ ] Margins not modified
- [ ] Font sizes not modified
- [ ] Double-blind requirements met
- [ ] Page numbers (for review) or none (camera-ready)
#### Technical
- [ ] All claims supported by evidence
- [ ] Error bars included
- [ ] Baselines appropriate
- [ ] Hyperparameters documented
- [ ] Compute resources stated
#### Reproducibility
- [ ] Code will be available (or justification)
- [ ] Data will be available (or justification)
- [ ] Environment documented
- [ ] Commands to reproduce provided
#### Ethics
- [ ] Broader impacts considered
- [ ] Limitations honestly stated
- [ ] Licenses respected
- [ ] IRB obtained if needed
#### Final Checks
- [ ] PDF compiles without errors
- [ ] All figures render correctly
- [ ] All citations resolve
- [ ] Supplementary material organized
- [ ] Conference checklist completed
---
## Quick Reference: Page Limits
| Conference | Main Content | References | Appendix |
|------------|-------------|------------|----------|
| NeurIPS 2025 | 9 pages | Unlimited | Unlimited (checklist separate) |
| ICML 2026 | 8 pages (+1 camera) | Unlimited | Unlimited |
| ICLR 2026 | 9 pages (+1 camera) | Unlimited | Unlimited |
| ACL 2025 | 8 pages (long) | Unlimited | Unlimited |
| AAAI 2026 | 7 pages (+1 camera) | Unlimited | Unlimited |
| COLM 2025 | 9 pages (+1 camera) | Unlimited | Unlimited |
---
## Template Locations
All conference templates are in the `templates/` directory:
```
templates/
├── icml2026/ # ICML 2026 official
├── iclr2026/ # ICLR 2026 official
├── neurips2025/ # NeurIPS 2025
├── acl/ # ACL style files
├── aaai2026/ # AAAI 2026
└── colm2025/ # COLM 2025
```

564
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/citation-workflow.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,564 @@
# Citation Management & Hallucination Prevention
This reference provides a complete workflow for managing citations programmatically, preventing AI-generated citation hallucinations, and maintaining clean bibliographies.
---
## Contents
- [Why Citation Verification Matters](#why-citation-verification-matters)
- [Citation APIs Overview](#citation-apis-overview)
- [Verified Citation Workflow](#verified-citation-workflow)
- [Python Implementation](#python-implementation)
- [BibTeX Management](#bibtex-management)
- [Common Citation Formats](#common-citation-formats)
- [Troubleshooting](#troubleshooting)
---
## Why Citation Verification Matters
### The Hallucination Problem
Research has documented significant issues with AI-generated citations:
- **~40% error rate** in AI-generated citations (Enago Academy research)
- NeurIPS 2025 found **100+ hallucinated citations** slipped through review
- Common errors include:
- Fabricated paper titles with real author names
- Wrong publication venues or years
- Non-existent papers with plausible metadata
- Incorrect DOIs or arXiv IDs
### Consequences
- Desk rejection at some venues
- Loss of credibility with reviewers
- Potential retraction if published
- Wasted time chasing non-existent sources
### Solution
**Never generate citations from memory—always verify programmatically.**
---
## Citation APIs Overview
### Primary APIs
| API | Coverage | Rate Limits | Best For |
|-----|----------|-------------|----------|
| **Semantic Scholar** | 214M papers | 1 RPS (free key) | ML/AI papers, citation graphs |
| **CrossRef** | 140M+ DOIs | Polite pool with mailto | DOI lookup, BibTeX retrieval |
| **arXiv** | Preprints | 3-second delays | ML preprints, PDF access |
| **OpenAlex** | 240M+ works | 100K/day, 10 RPS | Open alternative to MAG |
### API Selection Guide
```
Need ML paper search? → Semantic Scholar
Have DOI, need BibTeX? → CrossRef content negotiation
Looking for preprint? → arXiv API
Need open data, bulk access? → OpenAlex
```
### No Official Google Scholar API
Google Scholar has no official API. Scraping violates ToS. Use SerpApi ($75-275/month) only if Semantic Scholar coverage is insufficient.
---
## Verified Citation Workflow
### 5-Step Process
```
1. SEARCH → Query Semantic Scholar with specific keywords
↓
2. VERIFY → Confirm paper exists in 2+ sources
↓
3. RETRIEVE → Get BibTeX via DOI content negotiation
↓
4. VALIDATE → Confirm the claim appears in source
↓
5. ADD → Add verified entry to .bib file
```
### Step 1: Search
Use Semantic Scholar for ML/AI papers:
```python
from semanticscholar import SemanticScholar
sch = SemanticScholar()
results = sch.search_paper("transformer attention mechanism", limit=10)
for paper in results:
print(f"Title: {paper.title}")
print(f"Year: {paper.year}")
print(f"DOI: {paper.externalIds.get('DOI', 'N/A')}")
print(f"arXiv: {paper.externalIds.get('ArXiv', 'N/A')}")
print(f"Citation count: {paper.citationCount}")
print("---")
```
### Step 2: Verify Existence
Confirm paper exists in at least two sources:
```python
import requests
def verify_paper(doi=None, arxiv_id=None, title=None):
"""Verify paper exists in multiple sources."""
sources_found = []
# Check Semantic Scholar
sch = SemanticScholar()
if doi:
paper = sch.get_paper(f"DOI:{doi}")
if paper:
sources_found.append("Semantic Scholar")
# Check CrossRef (via DOI)
if doi:
resp = requests.get(f"https://api.crossref.org/works/{doi}")
if resp.status_code == 200:
sources_found.append("CrossRef")
# Check arXiv
if arxiv_id:
resp = requests.get(
f"http://export.arxiv.org/api/query?id_list={arxiv_id}"
)
if "<entry>" in resp.text:
sources_found.append("arXiv")
return len(sources_found) >= 2, sources_found
```
### Step 3: Retrieve BibTeX
Use DOI content negotiation for guaranteed accuracy:
```python
import requests
def doi_to_bibtex(doi: str) -> str:
"""Get verified BibTeX from DOI via CrossRef content negotiation."""
response = requests.get(
f"https://doi.org/{doi}",
headers={"Accept": "application/x-bibtex"},
allow_redirects=True
)
response.raise_for_status()
return response.text
# Example: "Attention Is All You Need"
bibtex = doi_to_bibtex("10.48550/arXiv.1706.03762")
print(bibtex)
```
### Step 4: Validate Claims
Before citing a paper for a specific claim, verify the claim exists:
```python
def get_paper_abstract(doi):
"""Get abstract to verify claims."""
sch = SemanticScholar()
paper = sch.get_paper(f"DOI:{doi}")
return paper.abstract if paper else None
# Verify claim appears in abstract
abstract = get_paper_abstract("10.48550/arXiv.1706.03762")
claim = "attention mechanism"
if claim.lower() in abstract.lower():
print("Claim appears in paper")
```
### Step 5: Add to Bibliography
Add verified entry to your .bib file with consistent key format:
```python
def generate_citation_key(bibtex: str) -> str:
"""Generate consistent citation key: author_year_firstword."""
import re
# Extract author
author_match = re.search(r'author\s*=\s*\{([^}]+)\}', bibtex, re.I)
if author_match:
first_author = author_match.group(1).split(',')[0].split()[-1]
else:
first_author = "unknown"
# Extract year
year_match = re.search(r'year\s*=\s*\{?(\d{4})\}?', bibtex, re.I)
year = year_match.group(1) if year_match else "0000"
# Extract title first word
title_match = re.search(r'title\s*=\s*\{([^}]+)\}', bibtex, re.I)
if title_match:
first_word = title_match.group(1).split()[0].lower()
first_word = re.sub(r'[^a-z]', '', first_word)
else:
first_word = "paper"
return f"{first_author.lower()}_{year}_{first_word}"
```
---
## Python Implementation
### Complete Citation Manager Class
{% raw %}
```python
"""
Citation Manager - Verified citation workflow for ML papers.
"""
import requests
import time
from typing import Optional, List, Dict, Tuple
from dataclasses import dataclass
try:
from semanticscholar import SemanticScholar
except ImportError:
print("Install: pip install semanticscholar")
SemanticScholar = None
@dataclass
class Paper:
title: str
authors: List[str]
year: int
doi: Optional[str]
arxiv_id: Optional[str]
venue: Optional[str]
citation_count: int
abstract: Optional[str]
class CitationManager:
"""Manage citations with verification."""
def __init__(self, api_key: Optional[str] = None):
self.sch = SemanticScholar(api_key=api_key) if SemanticScholar else None
self.verified_papers: Dict[str, Paper] = {}
def search(self, query: str, limit: int = 10) -> List[Paper]:
"""Search for papers using Semantic Scholar."""
if not self.sch:
raise RuntimeError("Semantic Scholar not available")
results = self.sch.search_paper(query, limit=limit)
papers = []
for r in results:
paper = Paper(
title=r.title,
authors=[a.name for a in (r.authors or [])],
year=r.year or 0,
doi=r.externalIds.get('DOI') if r.externalIds else None,
arxiv_id=r.externalIds.get('ArXiv') if r.externalIds else None,
venue=r.venue,
citation_count=r.citationCount or 0,
abstract=r.abstract
)
papers.append(paper)
return papers
def verify(self, paper: Paper) -> Tuple[bool, List[str]]:
"""Verify paper exists in multiple sources."""
sources = []
# Already found in Semantic Scholar via search
sources.append("Semantic Scholar")
# Check CrossRef if DOI available
if paper.doi:
try:
resp = requests.get(
f"https://api.crossref.org/works/{paper.doi}",
timeout=10
)
if resp.status_code == 200:
sources.append("CrossRef")
except Exception:
pass
# Check arXiv if ID available
if paper.arxiv_id:
try:
resp = requests.get(
f"http://export.arxiv.org/api/query?id_list={paper.arxiv_id}",
timeout=10
)
if "<entry>" in resp.text and "<title>" in resp.text:
sources.append("arXiv")
except Exception:
pass
return len(sources) >= 2, sources
def get_bibtex(self, paper: Paper) -> Optional[str]:
"""Get BibTeX for verified paper."""
if paper.doi:
try:
resp = requests.get(
f"https://doi.org/{paper.doi}",
headers={"Accept": "application/x-bibtex"},
timeout=10,
allow_redirects=True
)
if resp.status_code == 200:
return resp.text
except Exception:
pass
# Fallback: generate from paper data
return self._generate_bibtex(paper)
def _generate_bibtex(self, paper: Paper) -> str:
"""Generate BibTeX from paper metadata."""
# Generate citation key
first_author = paper.authors[0].split()[-1] if paper.authors else "unknown"
first_word = paper.title.split()[0].lower().replace(',', '').replace(':', '')
key = f"{first_author.lower()}_{paper.year}_{first_word}"
# Format authors
authors = " and ".join(paper.authors) if paper.authors else "Unknown"
bibtex = f"""@article{{{key},
title = {{{paper.title}}},
author = {{{authors}}},
year = {{{paper.year}}},
{'doi = {' + paper.doi + '},' if paper.doi else ''}
{'eprint = {' + paper.arxiv_id + '},' if paper.arxiv_id else ''}
{'journal = {' + paper.venue + '},' if paper.venue else ''}
}}"""
return bibtex
def cite(self, query: str) -> Optional[str]:
"""Full workflow: search, verify, return BibTeX."""
# Search
papers = self.search(query, limit=5)
if not papers:
return None
# Take top result
paper = papers[0]
# Verify
verified, sources = self.verify(paper)
if not verified:
print(f"Warning: Could only verify in {sources}")
# Get BibTeX
bibtex = self.get_bibtex(paper)
# Cache
if bibtex:
self.verified_papers[paper.title] = paper
return bibtex
# Usage example
if __name__ == "__main__":
cm = CitationManager()
# Search and cite
bibtex = cm.cite("attention is all you need transformer")
if bibtex:
print(bibtex)
```
{% endraw %}
### Quick Functions
```python
def quick_cite(query: str) -> str:
"""One-liner citation."""
cm = CitationManager()
return cm.cite(query)
def batch_cite(queries: List[str], output_file: str = "references.bib"):
"""Cite multiple papers and save to file."""
cm = CitationManager()
bibtex_entries = []
for query in queries:
print(f"Processing: {query}")
bibtex = cm.cite(query)
if bibtex:
bibtex_entries.append(bibtex)
time.sleep(1) # Rate limiting
with open(output_file, 'w') as f:
f.write("\n\n".join(bibtex_entries))
print(f"Saved {len(bibtex_entries)} citations to {output_file}")
```
---
## BibTeX Management
### BibTeX vs BibLaTeX
| Feature | BibTeX | BibLaTeX |
|---------|--------|----------|
| Unicode support | Limited | Full |
| Entry types | Standard | Extended (@online, @dataset) |
| Customization | Limited | Highly flexible |
| Backend | bibtex | Biber (recommended) |
**Recommendation**: Use natbib with BibTeX for conference submissions — all major venue templates (NeurIPS, ICML, ICLR, ACL, AAAI, COLM) ship with natbib and `.bst` files. BibLaTeX with Biber is an option for journals or personal projects where you control the template.
### LaTeX Setup
```latex
% In preamble
\usepackage[
backend=biber,
style=numeric,
sorting=none
]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{references.bib}
% In document
\cite{vaswani_2017_attention}
% At end
\printbibliography
```
### Citation Commands
```latex
\cite{key} % Numeric: [1]
\citep{key} % Parenthetical: (Author, 2020)
\citet{key} % Textual: Author (2020)
\citeauthor{key} % Just author name
\citeyear{key} % Just year
```
### Consistent Citation Keys
Use format: `author_year_firstword`
```
vaswani_2017_attention
devlin_2019_bert
brown_2020_language
```
---
## Common Citation Formats
### Conference Paper
```bibtex
@inproceedings{vaswani_2017_attention,
title = {Attention Is All You Need},
author = {Vaswani, Ashish and Shazeer, Noam and Parmar, Niki and
Uszkoreit, Jakob and Jones, Llion and Gomez, Aidan N and
Kaiser, Lukasz and Polosukhin, Illia},
booktitle = {Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems},
volume = {30},
year = {2017},
publisher = {Curran Associates, Inc.}
}
```
### Journal Article
```bibtex
@article{hochreiter_1997_long,
title = {Long Short-Term Memory},
author = {Hochreiter, Sepp and Schmidhuber, J{\"u}rgen},
journal = {Neural Computation},
volume = {9},
number = {8},
pages = {1735--1780},
year = {1997},
publisher = {MIT Press}
}
```
### arXiv Preprint
```bibtex
@misc{brown_2020_language,
title = {Language Models are Few-Shot Learners},
author = {Brown, Tom and Mann, Benjamin and Ryder, Nick and others},
year = {2020},
eprint = {2005.14165},
archiveprefix = {arXiv},
primaryclass = {cs.CL}
}
```
---
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
**Issue: Semantic Scholar returns no results**
- Try more specific keywords
- Check spelling of author names
- Use quotation marks for exact phrases
**Issue: DOI doesn't resolve to BibTeX**
- DOI may be registered but not linked to CrossRef
- Try arXiv ID instead if available
- Generate BibTeX from metadata manually
**Issue: Rate limiting errors**
- Add delays between requests (1-3 seconds)
- Use API key if available
- Cache results to avoid repeat queries
**Issue: Encoding problems in BibTeX**
- Use proper LaTeX escaping: `{\"u}` for ü
- Ensure file is UTF-8 encoded
- Use BibLaTeX with Biber for better Unicode
### Verification Checklist
Before adding a citation:
- [ ] Paper found in at least 2 sources
- [ ] DOI or arXiv ID verified
- [ ] BibTeX retrieved (not generated from memory)
- [ ] Entry type correct (@inproceedings vs @article)
- [ ] Author names complete and correctly formatted
- [ ] Year and venue verified
- [ ] Citation key follows consistent format
---
## Additional Resources
**APIs:**
- Semantic Scholar: https://api.semanticscholar.org/api-docs/
- CrossRef: https://www.crossref.org/documentation/retrieve-metadata/rest-api/
- arXiv: https://info.arxiv.org/help/api/basics.html
- OpenAlex: https://docs.openalex.org/
**Python Libraries:**
- `semanticscholar`: https://pypi.org/project/semanticscholar/
- `arxiv`: https://pypi.org/project/arxiv/
- `habanero` (CrossRef): https://github.com/sckott/habanero
**Verification Tools:**
- Citely: https://citely.ai/citation-checker
- ReciteWorks: https://reciteworks.com/

728
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/experiment-patterns.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,728 @@
# Experiment Design Patterns
Patterns and best practices distilled from running research experiments at scale with the Hermes agent. These cover experiment infrastructure, evaluation protocols, monitoring, and failure recovery.
---
## Experiment Infrastructure
### Directory Structure
Organize experiments with a consistent structure:
```
workspace/
experiments/
run_main.py # Core experiment runner
run_baselines.py # Baseline comparison
run_ablation.py # Ablation studies
strategies.py # Method implementations
config.yaml # Shared configuration
results/
<experiment_name>/
<task_or_problem>/
<strategy>/
result.json # Final metrics
final_output.md # Final output artifact
history.json # Full trajectory/log
pass_01/ # Per-iteration artifacts (if iterative)
intermediate.md
analysis/
analyze_results.py # Statistical analysis
compute_stats.py # Significance tests
make_charts.py # Visualization
paper/
paper.tex # LaTeX source
fig_*.pdf # Generated figures
```
### Script Design Principles
**1. Incremental Saving (Crash Recovery)**
Every experiment script should save results after each unit of work, and skip already-completed work on restart:
```python
import json, os
from pathlib import Path
def run_experiment(problems, strategies, output_dir):
for problem in problems:
for strategy in strategies:
result_path = Path(output_dir) / problem["id"] / strategy / "result.json"
if result_path.exists():
print(f"Skipping {problem['id']}/{strategy} (already done)")
continue
# Run the experiment
result = execute_strategy(problem, strategy)
# Save immediately
result_path.parent.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
with open(result_path, 'w') as f:
json.dump(result, f, indent=2)
```
This pattern makes re-runs safe and efficient. If a process crashes at problem 47/150, restarting skips the first 46.
**2. Artifact Preservation**
Save all intermediate outputs, not just final results. This enables post-hoc analysis without re-running:
```python
def save_pass_artifacts(output_dir, pass_num, artifacts):
"""Save all artifacts from a single pass of an iterative method."""
pass_dir = Path(output_dir) / f"pass_{pass_num:02d}"
pass_dir.mkdir(parents=True, exist_ok=True)
for name, content in artifacts.items():
with open(pass_dir / f"{name}.md", 'w') as f:
f.write(content)
```
**3. Configuration Management**
Use YAML configs for reproducibility:
```yaml
# config.yaml
model: anthropic/claude-sonnet-4-20250514
author_temperature: 0.8
judge_temperature: 0.3
max_tokens: 4096
num_judges: 3
max_passes: 15
convergence_k: 2
```
```python
import yaml
with open("config.yaml") as f:
config = yaml.safe_load(f)
```
**4. Separation of Concerns**
Keep generation, evaluation, and visualization in separate scripts:
| Script | Purpose |
|--------|---------|
| `run_experiment.py` | Core method execution |
| `run_baselines.py` | Baseline comparisons at same compute |
| `run_eval.py` | Blind evaluation / judge panels |
| `analyze_results.py` | Statistical analysis |
| `make_charts.py` | Figure generation |
This lets you re-run evaluation without re-running expensive generation, and regenerate figures without re-running analysis.
---
## Evaluation Protocols
### Blind Judge Panels (for Subjective Tasks)
When evaluating subjective outputs (writing, analysis, recommendations), use a blind judge panel:
```python
import random
def run_blind_evaluation(outputs: dict, task_prompt: str, num_judges: int = 7):
"""
Run blind evaluation of multiple method outputs.
Args:
outputs: {"method_name": "output_text", ...}
task_prompt: The original task description
num_judges: Number of independent judge evaluations
"""
rankings = []
for judge_i in range(num_judges):
# Randomize labels and presentation order per judge
methods = list(outputs.keys())
random.shuffle(methods)
labels = {m: chr(65 + i) for i, m in enumerate(methods)} # A, B, C...
# Present to judge with randomized labels
prompt = f"Task: {task_prompt}\n\n"
for method in methods:
prompt += f"--- Proposal {labels[method]} ---\n{outputs[method]}\n\n"
prompt += "Rank all proposals from best to worst. Format: RANKING: [best], [second], [worst]"
ranking = call_judge(prompt)
rankings.append({"labels": labels, "ranking": ranking})
# Aggregate via Borda count
return compute_borda(rankings)
def compute_borda(rankings, n_methods=3):
"""Borda count: 3/2/1 points for 1st/2nd/3rd."""
scores = {}
points = {0: n_methods, 1: n_methods - 1, 2: n_methods - 2} # Adjust for n_methods
for r in rankings:
for position, method in enumerate(r["ranking"]):
scores[method] = scores.get(method, 0) + points.get(position, 0)
return scores
```
Key design decisions:
- **Randomize both labels AND order** per judge to prevent position bias
- **Use odd number of judges** (3, 5, 7) to break ties
- **Conservative tiebreak**: Incumbent/baseline wins ties (prevents false positives)
- **CoT judges** match non-CoT quality at ~40% cost (1 CoT judge ≈ 3 standard judges)
### Code/Objective Evaluation
For tasks with ground-truth evaluation (code, math, factual):
```python
import subprocess
def evaluate_code(solution: str, test_cases: list, timeout: int = 30):
"""Run code solution against test cases with sandboxed execution."""
results = {"public": [], "private": []}
for test in test_cases:
try:
proc = subprocess.run(
["python3", "-c", solution],
input=test["input"],
capture_output=True,
timeout=timeout,
text=True
)
actual = proc.stdout.strip()
expected = test["expected"].strip()
passed = actual == expected
except subprocess.TimeoutExpired:
passed = False
category = "public" if test.get("public") else "private"
results[category].append(passed)
return {
"public_pass_rate": sum(results["public"]) / max(len(results["public"]), 1),
"private_pass_rate": sum(results["private"]) / max(len(results["private"]), 1),
}
```
### Compute-Matched Comparison
Always compare methods at equal compute budget. If your method uses N API calls, baselines get N calls too:
| Method | Call Budget | Allocation |
|--------|-----------|------------|
| Single pass | 6 calls | 6 independent generations |
| Critique & revise | 6 calls | 1 generate + 5 revise rounds |
| Autoreason | 6 calls | 1 generate + 1 analysis + 4 revisions |
| Best-of-N | 6 calls | 6 independent, pick best on public test |
### Human Evaluation Design
Many ML/NLP papers require human evaluation, especially for subjective tasks (text generation, summarization, dialogue, creative writing). Poorly designed human evals are a common rejection reason.
#### When Human Evaluation Is Required
| Task Type | Required? | Notes |
|-----------|-----------|-------|
| Text generation (open-ended) | Yes | LLM-as-judge alone is insufficient for acceptance at ACL/EMNLP |
| Summarization | Usually | At minimum for a subset of outputs |
| Dialogue systems | Yes | User studies or annotation |
| Code generation | No | Test suites are objective ground truth |
| Classification | No | Standard metrics suffice |
| Any task with subjective quality | Strongly recommended | Strengthens the paper significantly |
#### Annotation Protocol Design
```
Human Evaluation Protocol:
1. Define the evaluation dimensions (fluency, relevance, factual accuracy, etc.)
2. Create annotation guidelines with examples of each score level
3. Run a pilot with 2-3 annotators on 20-30 examples
4. Compute pilot inter-annotator agreement — if low, revise guidelines
5. Run full evaluation
6. Report: annotator count, agreement metrics, compensation, time per item
```
**Evaluation dimensions** (pick relevant subset):
| Dimension | Definition | Scale |
|-----------|-----------|-------|
| Fluency | Grammaticality and naturalness | 1-5 Likert |
| Relevance | Does it address the task? | 1-5 Likert |
| Factual accuracy | Are stated facts correct? | Binary or 1-5 |
| Coherence | Logical flow and consistency | 1-5 Likert |
| Informativeness | Does it provide useful information? | 1-5 Likert |
| Overall preference | Which output is better? | A/B/Tie (pairwise) |
**Pairwise comparison** (preferred over absolute scoring — more reliable):
- Present two outputs side-by-side (randomize left/right position)
- Ask: "Which is better? A / B / Tie"
- More discriminative and less susceptible to annotator calibration drift
#### Inter-Annotator Agreement
Always report agreement metrics. Without them, reviewers assume your annotations are unreliable.
```python
# Krippendorff's alpha (preferred — handles missing data, any scale)
# pip install krippendorffs-alpha
import krippendorff
# Ratings: rows = annotators, columns = items, values = scores
ratings = [
[3, 4, 1, 2, 5, None, 3], # Annotator 1
[3, 5, 1, 3, 5, 2, 3], # Annotator 2
[4, 4, 2, 2, 4, 2, None], # Annotator 3
]
alpha = krippendorff.alpha(reliability_data=ratings, level_of_measurement="ordinal")
print(f"Krippendorff's alpha: {alpha:.3f}")
# Interpretation: >0.80 good, 0.67-0.80 acceptable, <0.67 questionable
```
```python
# Cohen's kappa (for exactly 2 annotators, categorical data)
from sklearn.metrics import cohen_kappa_score
annotator_1 = [1, 2, 3, 1, 2, 3, 2]
annotator_2 = [1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 3, 2]
kappa = cohen_kappa_score(annotator_1, annotator_2)
print(f"Cohen's kappa: {kappa:.3f}")
# Interpretation: >0.80 excellent, 0.60-0.80 substantial, 0.40-0.60 moderate
```
| Metric | When to Use | Annotators | Scale |
|--------|------------|-----------|-------|
| Krippendorff's alpha | Default choice | Any number | Any (ordinal, nominal, ratio) |
| Cohen's kappa | 2 annotators, categorical | Exactly 2 | Nominal/ordinal |
| Fleiss' kappa | 3+ annotators, categorical | 3+ | Nominal |
| Pearson/Spearman | Continuous scores | 2 | Interval/ratio |
#### Crowdsourcing Platforms
| Platform | Best For | Cost | Quality |
|----------|----------|------|---------|
| **Prolific** | Academic research, higher quality | $8-15/hr | High — academic participant pool |
| **MTurk** | Large-scale, fast turnaround | $2-10/hr | Variable — use qualifications |
| **Surge AI** | NLP-specific annotations | Premium | High — trained annotators |
| **Expert annotators** | Domain-specific (medical, legal) | Highest | Highest — but slow |
**Ethics requirements**:
- Report compensation rate (must be at minimum local minimum wage)
- Describe annotator demographics if relevant
- Obtain IRB/ethics approval if required by your institution
- ACL venues explicitly require compensation documentation
#### What to Report in the Paper
```
Human Evaluation Section Checklist:
- [ ] Number of annotators
- [ ] Annotator qualifications / recruitment method
- [ ] Number of items evaluated
- [ ] Evaluation dimensions with definitions
- [ ] Scale used (Likert, pairwise, binary)
- [ ] Inter-annotator agreement (Krippendorff's alpha or Cohen's kappa)
- [ ] Compensation rate
- [ ] Time per annotation item
- [ ] Whether annotators saw model identities (should be blind)
- [ ] Randomization of presentation order
```
---
## Statistical Analysis
### Required Tests
| Test | When to Use | Python |
|------|------------|--------|
| McNemar's test | Comparing two methods on same problems | `scipy.stats.binomtest` for small n |
| Two-proportion z-test | Comparing success rates | Custom or `statsmodels` |
| Fisher's exact test | Small sample pairwise comparison | `scipy.stats.fisher_exact` |
| Bootstrapped CI | Confidence intervals for any metric | Custom bootstrap |
| Cohen's h | Effect size for proportions | Manual calculation |
### Standard Analysis Script
```python
import numpy as np
from scipy import stats
from pathlib import Path
import json
def load_all_results(results_dir):
"""Load all results into a structured format."""
results = {}
for result_file in Path(results_dir).rglob("result.json"):
parts = result_file.relative_to(results_dir).parts
if len(parts) >= 3:
experiment, task, strategy = parts[0], parts[1], parts[2]
data = json.loads(result_file.read_text())
results.setdefault(experiment, {}).setdefault(strategy, {})[task] = data
return results
def pairwise_mcnemar(method_a_results, method_b_results):
"""McNemar's test for paired binary outcomes."""
a_win_b_lose = sum(1 for a, b in zip(method_a_results, method_b_results) if a and not b)
b_win_a_lose = sum(1 for a, b in zip(method_a_results, method_b_results) if b and not a)
n = a_win_b_lose + b_win_a_lose
if n < 25:
# Use exact binomial for small samples
result = stats.binomtest(a_win_b_lose, n, 0.5)
p_value = result.pvalue
else:
# Chi-squared approximation
chi2 = (abs(a_win_b_lose - b_win_a_lose) - 1)**2 / (a_win_b_lose + b_win_a_lose)
p_value = 1 - stats.chi2.cdf(chi2, df=1)
return {
"a_wins": a_win_b_lose,
"b_wins": b_win_a_lose,
"n_discordant": n,
"p_value": p_value,
"significant": p_value < 0.05
}
def bootstrap_ci(data, n_bootstrap=10000, ci=0.95):
"""Bootstrap confidence interval for mean."""
means = []
for _ in range(n_bootstrap):
sample = np.random.choice(data, size=len(data), replace=True)
means.append(np.mean(sample))
lower = np.percentile(means, (1 - ci) / 2 * 100)
upper = np.percentile(means, (1 + ci) / 2 * 100)
return {"mean": np.mean(data), "ci_lower": lower, "ci_upper": upper}
def cohens_h(p1, p2):
"""Cohen's h effect size for two proportions."""
return 2 * np.arcsin(np.sqrt(p1)) - 2 * np.arcsin(np.sqrt(p2))
```
### Reporting Standards
Always include in the paper:
- **Sample sizes**: n=X problems/tasks
- **Number of runs**: K independent runs if applicable
- **Error bars**: Specify standard deviation or standard error
- **Confidence intervals**: 95% CI for key results
- **Significance tests**: p-values for key comparisons
- **Effect sizes**: Cohen's d or h for practical significance
---
## Monitoring (Cron Pattern)
### Cron Prompt Template
For each experiment batch, create a monitoring prompt:
```
Check the status of the [EXPERIMENT_NAME] experiment:
1. Process check: ps aux | grep [PROCESS_PATTERN]
2. Log check: tail -30 [LOG_FILE]
3. Results check: ls [RESULT_DIR]/eval/ (or appropriate result location)
4. If results are available:
- Read the result JSON files
- Report metrics in a table (Borda scores, accuracy, etc.)
- Compute key comparisons between methods
5. If all experiments in this batch are complete:
- git add -A && git commit -m "[COMMIT_MESSAGE]" && git push
- Report final summary
6. Key question: [SPECIFIC ANALYTICAL QUESTION]
If nothing has changed since the last check, respond with [SILENT].
```
### Monitoring Best Practices
1. **Check processes first** — don't read results if the experiment is still running and results are incomplete
2. **Read the log tail** — look for errors, progress indicators, completion messages
3. **Count completed vs expected** — "45/150 problems done" is more useful than "some results exist"
4. **Report in structured tables** — always include key metrics in a table
5. **Answer the key question** — each experiment should have a specific analytical question to answer when done
6. **[SILENT] for no-news** — suppress notifications when nothing has changed
7. **Commit on completion** — every completed batch gets committed with a descriptive message
### Example Monitoring Report
```
## Code Experiments (Haiku 3.5) - COMPLETE
| Strategy | Pass Rate (150 problems) | vs Single |
|----------|------------------------|-----------|
| single_pass | 38.0% | — |
| critique_revise | 35.2% | -2.8pp |
| **autoreason** | **40.0%** | **+2.0pp** |
| best_of_6 | 31.0% | -7.0pp |
Key finding: Autoreason shows +2pp improvement over single pass, while
best-of-6 collapses due to single-public-test selection issue.
Committed: `git commit -m "Add Haiku code results (150 problems, 4 strategies)"`
Next: Run significance tests on these results.
```
---
## Failure Recovery
### Common Failures and Recovery
| Failure | Detection | Recovery |
|---------|-----------|----------|
| **API credit exhaustion** | 402 errors in logs, incomplete results | Top up credits, re-run (skips completed work automatically) |
| **Rate limiting** | 429 errors, slow progress | Add retry logic with exponential backoff |
| **Process crash** | PID gone, log stops mid-problem | Re-run script (resumes from last checkpoint) |
| **Wrong model ID** | Model not found errors | Fix ID (e.g., `claude-opus-4-6` not `claude-opus-4.6`) |
| **Parallel slowdown** | Each experiment taking 2x longer | Reduce parallel experiments to 2-3 max |
| **Security scan blocks** | Commands blocked by security | Use `execute_code` instead of piped `terminal` commands |
| **Delegation failures** | `delegate_task` returns errors | Fall back to doing work directly |
| **Timeout on hard problems** | Process stuck, no log progress | Kill, skip problem, note in results |
| **Dataset path mismatch** | File not found errors | Verify paths before launching |
### Retry Naming Convention
When re-running failed experiments, use a suffix to track rounds:
```
logs/experiment_haiku_0_50.log # Round 1
logs/experiment_haiku_0_50_r2.log # Round 2 (after credit exhaustion)
logs/experiment_haiku_0_50_r3.log # Round 3 (after bug fix)
```
### Pre-Flight Checklist
Before launching any experiment batch:
```
Pre-Flight:
- [ ] API credits sufficient for estimated calls
- [ ] Model IDs correct (test with 1 problem first)
- [ ] Output directory exists and is writable
- [ ] Resume logic works (re-run won't overwrite existing results)
- [ ] Log file path is unique (won't overwrite previous logs)
- [ ] Dataset/task files are accessible
- [ ] Config matches intended experiment
```
---
## Task/Benchmark Design
### Open-Ended Tasks (Subjective Evaluation)
Design tasks that have clear objectives but subjective quality:
```markdown
# Task: [Title]
## Context
[Specific scenario with concrete details: company size, constraints, timeline]
## Deliverable
[Exact format and structure required]
## Requirements
- [Specific, measurable requirements]
- [Not vague — "be comprehensive" is bad, "include exactly 6 sections" is good]
```
### Constrained Tasks (for Testing Scope Effects)
Constrained tasks test whether methods respect scope boundaries. Design with:
- **Fixed facts**: "Use only these N data points, add nothing else"
- **Fixed deliverable**: Specific format (pitch, postmortem, memo — not "improve this")
- **Fixed structure**: "These sections in this order, do not add/remove"
- **Fixed change items**: "Address exactly these N points, nothing else"
**Do NOT use word count as a scope constraint.** Word limits cause false convergence — outputs get rejected for length, not quality. Constrain scope (what to include) not length.
### Example: Good vs Bad Constraints
| Bad Constraint | Why | Good Constraint |
|---------------|-----|-----------------|
| "Max 500 words" | Judges reject for length | "Exactly 4 sections, each with 3 numbered items" |
| "Be concise" | Too vague | "Each prohibition must reference a specific base fact" |
| "Improve this" | Unbounded scope | "Write a 600-word incident postmortem with this exact structure" |
| "Make it better" | No clear criterion | "Address exactly these 3 reviewer concerns" |
---
## Visualization Best Practices
### Setup: SciencePlots + matplotlib
Install SciencePlots for publication-ready defaults:
```bash
pip install SciencePlots matplotlib numpy
```
**Option A: SciencePlots styles** (recommended — handles most defaults automatically):
```python
import matplotlib.pyplot as plt
import scienceplots # registers the styles
# Pick a style:
# 'science' — clean, serif fonts, suitable for most venues
# 'science+ieee' — IEEE-style (good for two-column papers)
# 'science+nature' — Nature-style
# Add 'no-latex' if LaTeX is not installed on the machine generating plots
with plt.style.context(['science', 'no-latex']):
fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(3.5, 2.5)) # single-column width
# ... plot ...
fig.savefig('paper/fig_results.pdf', bbox_inches='tight')
```
**Option B: Manual rcParams** (when you need full control):
```python
import matplotlib.pyplot as plt
plt.rcParams.update({
'font.size': 10,
'font.family': 'serif',
'axes.labelsize': 11,
'axes.titlesize': 11,
'xtick.labelsize': 9,
'ytick.labelsize': 9,
'legend.fontsize': 9,
'figure.figsize': (3.5, 2.5), # single-column default
'figure.dpi': 300,
'savefig.dpi': 300,
'savefig.bbox': 'tight',
'savefig.pad_inches': 0.05,
'axes.linewidth': 0.8,
'lines.linewidth': 1.5,
'lines.markersize': 5,
'axes.grid': True,
'grid.alpha': 0.3,
'grid.linewidth': 0.5,
})
```
### Standard Figure Sizes (Two-Column Format)
| Use Case | figsize | Notes |
|----------|---------|-------|
| Single column | `(3.5, 2.5)` | Fits in one column of two-column layout |
| Double column | `(7.0, 3.0)` | Spans full page width |
| Square (heatmap, confusion matrix) | `(3.5, 3.5)` | Single column |
| Tall single (many rows) | `(3.5, 5.0)` | Use sparingly |
### Colorblind-Safe Palette (Okabe-Ito)
Use this palette for all paper figures. It is distinguishable by people with all common forms of color vision deficiency:
```python
COLORS = {
'blue': '#0072B2',
'orange': '#E69F00',
'green': '#009E73',
'red': '#D55E00',
'purple': '#CC79A7',
'cyan': '#56B4E9',
'yellow': '#F0E442',
'black': '#000000',
}
# As a list for cycling:
COLOR_CYCLE = ['#0072B2', '#D55E00', '#009E73', '#E69F00', '#CC79A7', '#56B4E9']
```
Also differentiate lines by **marker and linestyle**, not just color:
```python
STYLES = [
{'color': '#0072B2', 'marker': 'o', 'linestyle': '-'},
{'color': '#D55E00', 'marker': 's', 'linestyle': '--'},
{'color': '#009E73', 'marker': '^', 'linestyle': '-.'},
{'color': '#E69F00', 'marker': 'D', 'linestyle': ':'},
]
```
### Complete Example: Method Comparison Bar Chart
```python
import matplotlib.pyplot as plt
import numpy as np
try:
import scienceplots
style = ['science', 'no-latex']
except ImportError:
style = 'default'
with plt.style.context(style):
methods = ['Single Pass', 'Critique+Revise', 'Best-of-N', 'Ours']
scores = [73.2, 74.1, 68.5, 77.0]
errors = [2.1, 1.8, 3.2, 1.5]
colors = ['#56B4E9', '#E69F00', '#CC79A7', '#0072B2']
fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(3.5, 2.5))
bars = ax.bar(methods, scores, yerr=errors, capsize=3,
color=colors, edgecolor='black', linewidth=0.5)
# Highlight "Ours"
bars[-1].set_edgecolor('#0072B2')
bars[-1].set_linewidth(1.5)
ax.set_ylabel('Pass Rate (%)')
ax.set_ylim(60, 85)
ax.spines['top'].set_visible(False)
ax.spines['right'].set_visible(False)
fig.savefig('paper/fig_comparison.pdf', bbox_inches='tight')
```
### Complete Example: Convergence/Trajectory Line Chart
```python
with plt.style.context(style):
fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(3.5, 2.5))
passes = np.arange(1, 16)
ours = [65, 72, 78, 82, 85, 87, 88, 89, 89.5, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90]
baseline = [65, 68, 70, 71, 69, 67, 66, 65, 64, 63, 62, 61, 60, 59, 58]
ax.plot(passes, ours, **STYLES[0], label='Ours', markersize=4)
ax.plot(passes, baseline, **STYLES[1], label='Critique+Revise', markersize=4)
# Mark convergence point
ax.axvline(x=10, color='gray', linestyle=':', alpha=0.5, linewidth=0.8)
ax.annotate('Converged', xy=(10, 90), fontsize=8, ha='center',
xytext=(10, 93), arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle='->', color='gray'))
ax.set_xlabel('Iteration')
ax.set_ylabel('Quality Score')
ax.legend(loc='lower right')
ax.spines['top'].set_visible(False)
ax.spines['right'].set_visible(False)
fig.savefig('paper/fig_trajectory.pdf', bbox_inches='tight')
```
### Output Rules
- **Always save as PDF**: `fig.savefig('fig.pdf')` — vector graphics, sharp at any zoom
- **Never save as PNG** for paper figures — raster PNGs look blurry when printed/zoomed
- **Exception**: Screenshots, photographs, or pixel-art visualizations → PNG at 600 DPI
- **Verify grayscale**: Print to grayscale PDF and check all information is still visible
### Chart Types for Common Comparisons
| Comparison Type | Chart | Notes |
|----------------|-------|-------|
| Method vs method | Grouped bar chart | Include error bars |
| Across model sizes | Line chart with CI bands | Log scale for model size axis |
| Ablation study | Stacked/grouped bar | Highlight removed component |
| Trajectory/convergence | Line chart over iterations | Show winner per iteration |
| Per-task breakdown | Heatmap or grouped bar | Show variance across tasks |

476
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/human-evaluation.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
# Human Evaluation Guide for ML/AI Research
Comprehensive guide for designing, running, and reporting human evaluations in ML/AI papers. Human evaluation is the primary evidence for many NLP, HCI, and alignment papers, and is increasingly expected as complementary evidence at all ML venues.
---
## Contents
- [When Human Evaluation Is Needed](#when-human-evaluation-is-needed)
- [Study Design](#study-design)
- [Annotation Guidelines](#annotation-guidelines)
- [Platforms and Recruitment](#platforms-and-recruitment)
- [Quality Control](#quality-control)
- [Agreement Metrics](#agreement-metrics)
- [Statistical Analysis for Human Eval](#statistical-analysis-for-human-eval)
- [Reporting Requirements](#reporting-requirements)
- [IRB and Ethics](#irb-and-ethics)
- [Common Pitfalls](#common-pitfalls)
---
## When Human Evaluation Is Needed
| Scenario | Human Eval Required? | Notes |
|----------|---------------------|-------|
| Text generation quality (fluency, coherence) | **Yes** | Automated metrics (BLEU, ROUGE) correlate poorly with human judgment |
| Factual accuracy of generated text | **Strongly recommended** | Automated fact-checking is unreliable |
| Safety/toxicity evaluation | **Yes for nuanced cases** | Classifiers miss context-dependent harm |
| Preference between two systems | **Yes** | Most reliable method for comparing LLM outputs |
| Summarization quality | **Yes** | ROUGE doesn't capture faithfulness or relevance well |
| Task completion (UI, agents) | **Yes** | User studies are the gold standard |
| Classification accuracy | **Usually no** | Ground truth labels suffice; human eval adds cost without insight |
| Perplexity or loss comparisons | **No** | Automated metrics are the correct evaluation |
---
## Study Design
### Evaluation Types
| Type | When to Use | Pros | Cons |
|------|-------------|------|------|
| **Pairwise comparison** | Comparing two systems | Most reliable, minimizes scale bias | Only compares pairs, quadratic in systems |
| **Likert scale** (1-5 or 1-7) | Rating individual outputs | Easy to aggregate | Subjective anchoring, scale compression |
| **Ranking** | Ordering 3+ systems | Captures full preference order | Cognitive load increases with items |
| **Best-worst scaling** | Comparing many systems efficiently | More reliable than Likert, linear in items | Requires careful item selection |
| **Binary judgment** | Yes/no decisions (grammatical? factual?) | Simple, high agreement | Loses nuance |
| **Error annotation** | Identifying specific error types | Rich diagnostic information | Expensive, requires trained annotators |
**Recommendation for most ML papers**: Pairwise comparison is the most defensible. Reviewers rarely question its validity. For Likert scales, always report both mean and distribution.
### Sample Size Planning
**Minimum viable sample sizes:**
| Study Type | Minimum Items | Minimum Annotators | Notes |
|------------|--------------|-------------------|-------|
| Pairwise comparison | 100 pairs | 3 per pair | Detects ~10% win rate difference at p<0.05 |
| Likert rating | 100 items | 3 per item | Enough for meaningful averages |
| Ranking | 50 sets | 3 per set | Each set contains all systems being compared |
| Error annotation | 200 items | 2 per item | Higher agreement expected for structured schemes |
**Power analysis** (for planning more precisely):
```python
from scipy import stats
import numpy as np
def sample_size_pairwise(effect_size=0.10, alpha=0.05, power=0.80):
"""
Estimate sample size for pairwise comparison (sign test).
effect_size: expected win rate difference from 0.50
"""
p_expected = 0.50 + effect_size
# Normal approximation to binomial
z_alpha = stats.norm.ppf(1 - alpha / 2)
z_beta = stats.norm.ppf(power)
n = ((z_alpha * np.sqrt(0.25) + z_beta * np.sqrt(p_expected * (1 - p_expected))) ** 2) / (effect_size ** 2)
return int(np.ceil(n))
print(f"Sample size for 10% effect: {sample_size_pairwise(0.10)}") # ~200
print(f"Sample size for 15% effect: {sample_size_pairwise(0.15)}") # ~90
print(f"Sample size for 20% effect: {sample_size_pairwise(0.20)}") # ~50
```
### Controlling for Bias
| Bias | Mitigation |
|------|-----------|
| **Order bias** (first item preferred) | Randomize presentation order for each annotator |
| **Length bias** (longer = better) | Control for length or analyze separately |
| **Anchoring** (first annotation sets scale) | Include warm-up items (not counted) |
| **Fatigue** (quality drops over time) | Limit session length (30-45 min max), randomize item order |
| **Annotator expertise** | Report annotator background; use qualification tasks |
---
## Annotation Guidelines
Well-written annotation guidelines are the single biggest factor in evaluation quality. Invest significant time here.
### Structure of Good Guidelines
```markdown
# [Task Name] Annotation Guidelines
## Overview
[1-2 sentences describing the task]
## Definitions
[Define every term annotators will use in their judgments]
- Quality: [specific definition for this study]
- Fluency: [specific definition]
- Factuality: [specific definition]
## Rating Scale
[For each scale point, provide:]
- Numeric value
- Label (e.g., "Excellent", "Good", "Acceptable", "Poor", "Unacceptable")
- Definition of what qualifies for this rating
- 1-2 concrete examples at this level
## Examples
### Example 1: [Rating = 5]
Input: [exact input]
Output: [exact output]
Rating: 5
Explanation: [why this is a 5]
### Example 2: [Rating = 2]
Input: [exact input]
Output: [exact output]
Rating: 2
Explanation: [why this is a 2]
[Include at least 2 examples per rating level, covering edge cases]
## Edge Cases
- If the output is [ambiguous case]: [instruction]
- If the input is [unusual case]: [instruction]
## Common Mistakes
- Don't [common annotator error]
- Don't let [bias] influence your rating
```
### Pilot Testing
**Always run a pilot** before the full study:
1. 3-5 annotators, 20-30 items
2. Compute agreement metrics
3. Discuss disagreements in group session
4. Revise guidelines based on confusion points
5. Run second pilot if agreement was poor (<0.40 kappa)
---
## Platforms and Recruitment
| Platform | Best For | Cost | Quality |
|----------|----------|------|---------|
| **Prolific** | General annotation, surveys | $8-15/hr | High (academic-focused pool) |
| **Amazon MTurk** | Large-scale simple tasks | $5-12/hr | Variable (needs strong QC) |
| **Surge AI** | NLP-specific annotation | $15-25/hr | Very high (trained annotators) |
| **Scale AI** | Production-quality labeling | Varies | High (managed workforce) |
| **Internal team** | Domain expertise required | Varies | Highest for specialized tasks |
| **Upwork/contractors** | Long-term annotation projects | $10-30/hr | Depends on hiring |
**Fair compensation**: Always pay at least the equivalent of local minimum wage for the annotator's location. Many conferences (ACL in particular) now ask about annotator compensation. Paying below minimum wage is an ethics risk.
**Prolific setup (recommended for most ML papers):**
1. Create study on prolific.co
2. Set prescreening filters (language, country, approval rate >95%)
3. Estimate time per task from pilot → set fair payment
4. Use Prolific's built-in attention checks or add your own
5. Collect Prolific IDs for quality tracking (but don't share in paper)
---
## Quality Control
### Attention Checks
Include items where the correct answer is unambiguous:
```python
# Types of attention checks
attention_checks = {
"instructed_response": "For this item, please select 'Strongly Agree' regardless of content.",
"obvious_quality": "Rate this clearly ungrammatical text: 'The cat dog house green yesterday.'", # Should get lowest score
"gold_standard": "Items where expert consensus exists (pre-annotated by authors)",
"trap_question": "What color is the sky on a clear day? (embedded in annotation interface)"
}
# Recommended: 10-15% of total items should be checks
# Exclusion criterion: fail 2+ attention checks → exclude annotator
```
### Annotator Qualification
For tasks requiring expertise:
```
Qualification Task Design:
1. Create a set of 20-30 items with known-correct labels
2. Require annotators to complete this before the main task
3. Set threshold: ≥80% agreement with gold labels to qualify
4. Record qualification scores for reporting
```
### Monitoring During Collection
```python
# Real-time quality monitoring
def monitor_quality(annotations):
"""Check for annotation quality issues during collection."""
issues = []
# 1. Check for straight-lining (same answer for everything)
for annotator_id, items in annotations.groupby('annotator'):
if items['rating'].nunique() <= 1:
issues.append(f"Annotator {annotator_id}: straight-lining detected")
# 2. Check time per item (too fast = not reading)
median_time = annotations['time_seconds'].median()
fast_annotators = annotations.groupby('annotator')['time_seconds'].median()
for ann_id, time in fast_annotators.items():
if time < median_time * 0.3:
issues.append(f"Annotator {ann_id}: suspiciously fast ({time:.0f}s vs median {median_time:.0f}s)")
# 3. Check attention check performance
checks = annotations[annotations['is_attention_check']]
for ann_id, items in checks.groupby('annotator'):
accuracy = (items['rating'] == items['gold_rating']).mean()
if accuracy < 0.80:
issues.append(f"Annotator {ann_id}: failing attention checks ({accuracy:.0%})")
return issues
```
---
## Agreement Metrics
### Which Metric to Use
| Metric | When to Use | Interpretation |
|--------|-------------|---------------|
| **Cohen's kappa (κ)** | Exactly 2 annotators, categorical | Chance-corrected agreement |
| **Fleiss' kappa** | 3+ annotators, all rate same items, categorical | Multi-annotator extension of Cohen's |
| **Krippendorff's alpha (α)** | Any number of annotators, handles missing data | Most general; recommended default |
| **ICC (Intraclass Correlation)** | Continuous ratings (Likert) | Consistency among raters |
| **Percent agreement** | Reporting alongside kappa/alpha | Raw agreement (not chance-corrected) |
| **Kendall's W** | Rankings | Concordance among rankers |
**Always report at least two**: one chance-corrected metric (kappa or alpha) AND raw percent agreement.
### Interpretation Guide
| Value | Krippendorff's α / Cohen's κ | Quality |
|-------|-------------------------------|---------|
| > 0.80 | Excellent agreement | Reliable for most purposes |
| 0.67 - 0.80 | Good agreement | Acceptable for most ML papers |
| 0.40 - 0.67 | Moderate agreement | Borderline; discuss in paper |
| < 0.40 | Poor agreement | Revise guidelines and redo annotation |
**Note**: Krippendorff recommends α > 0.667 as minimum for tentative conclusions. NLP tasks with subjective judgments (fluency, helpfulness) typically achieve 0.40-0.70.
### Implementation
```python
import numpy as np
from sklearn.metrics import cohen_kappa_score
import krippendorff # pip install krippendorff
def compute_agreement(annotations_matrix):
"""
annotations_matrix: shape (n_items, n_annotators)
Values: ratings (int or float). Use np.nan for missing.
"""
results = {}
# Krippendorff's alpha (handles missing data, any number of annotators)
results['krippendorff_alpha'] = krippendorff.alpha(
annotations_matrix.T, # krippendorff expects (annotators, items)
level_of_measurement='ordinal' # or 'nominal', 'interval', 'ratio'
)
# Pairwise Cohen's kappa (for 2 annotators at a time)
n_annotators = annotations_matrix.shape[1]
kappas = []
for i in range(n_annotators):
for j in range(i + 1, n_annotators):
mask = ~np.isnan(annotations_matrix[:, i]) & ~np.isnan(annotations_matrix[:, j])
if mask.sum() > 0:
k = cohen_kappa_score(
annotations_matrix[mask, i].astype(int),
annotations_matrix[mask, j].astype(int)
)
kappas.append(k)
results['mean_pairwise_kappa'] = np.mean(kappas) if kappas else None
# Raw percent agreement
agree_count = 0
total_count = 0
for item in range(annotations_matrix.shape[0]):
ratings = annotations_matrix[item, ~np.isnan(annotations_matrix[item, :])]
if len(ratings) >= 2:
# All annotators agree
if len(set(ratings.astype(int))) == 1:
agree_count += 1
total_count += 1
results['percent_agreement'] = agree_count / total_count if total_count > 0 else None
return results
```
---
## Statistical Analysis for Human Eval
### Pairwise Comparisons
```python
from scipy import stats
def analyze_pairwise(wins_a, wins_b, ties=0):
"""
Analyze pairwise comparison results.
wins_a: number of times system A won
wins_b: number of times system B won
ties: number of ties (excluded from sign test)
"""
n = wins_a + wins_b # exclude ties
# Sign test (exact binomial)
p_value = stats.binom_test(wins_a, n, 0.5, alternative='two-sided')
# Win rate with 95% CI (Wilson score interval)
win_rate = wins_a / n if n > 0 else 0.5
z = 1.96
denominator = 1 + z**2 / n
center = (win_rate + z**2 / (2 * n)) / denominator
margin = z * np.sqrt((win_rate * (1 - win_rate) + z**2 / (4 * n)) / n) / denominator
ci_lower = center - margin
ci_upper = center + margin
return {
'win_rate_a': win_rate,
'win_rate_b': 1 - win_rate,
'p_value': p_value,
'ci_95': (ci_lower, ci_upper),
'significant': p_value < 0.05,
'n_comparisons': n,
'ties': ties,
}
```
### Likert Scale Analysis
```python
def analyze_likert(ratings_a, ratings_b):
"""Compare Likert ratings between two systems (paired)."""
# Wilcoxon signed-rank test (non-parametric, paired)
stat, p_value = stats.wilcoxon(ratings_a, ratings_b, alternative='two-sided')
# Effect size (rank-biserial correlation)
n = len(ratings_a)
r = 1 - (2 * stat) / (n * (n + 1))
return {
'mean_a': np.mean(ratings_a),
'mean_b': np.mean(ratings_b),
'std_a': np.std(ratings_a),
'std_b': np.std(ratings_b),
'wilcoxon_stat': stat,
'p_value': p_value,
'effect_size_r': r,
'significant': p_value < 0.05,
}
```
### Multiple Comparisons Correction
When comparing more than two systems:
```python
from statsmodels.stats.multitest import multipletests
# After computing p-values for all pairs
p_values = [0.03, 0.001, 0.08, 0.04, 0.15, 0.002]
rejected, corrected_p, _, _ = multipletests(p_values, method='holm')
# Use corrected p-values in your paper
```
---
## Reporting Requirements
Reviewers at NLP venues (ACL, EMNLP, NAACL) check for all of these. ML venues (NeurIPS, ICML) increasingly expect them too.
### Mandatory Reporting
```latex
% In your paper's human evaluation section:
\paragraph{Annotators.} We recruited [N] annotators via [platform].
[Describe qualifications or screening.] Annotators were paid
\$[X]/hour, above the [country] minimum wage.
\paragraph{Agreement.} Inter-annotator agreement was [metric] = [value]
(Krippendorff's $\alpha$ = [value]; raw agreement = [value]\%).
[If low: explain why the task is subjective and how you handle disagreements.]
\paragraph{Evaluation Protocol.} Each [item type] was rated by [N]
annotators on a [scale description]. We collected [total] annotations
across [N items]. [Describe randomization and blinding.]
```
### What Goes in the Appendix
```
Appendix: Human Evaluation Details
- Full annotation guidelines (verbatim)
- Screenshot of annotation interface
- Qualification task details and threshold
- Attention check items and failure rates
- Per-annotator agreement breakdown
- Full results table (not just averages)
- Compensation calculation
- IRB approval number (if applicable)
```
---
## IRB and Ethics
### When IRB Approval Is Needed
| Situation | IRB Required? |
|-----------|---------------|
| Crowdworkers rating text quality | **Usually no** (not "human subjects research" at most institutions) |
| User study with real users | **Yes** at most US/EU institutions |
| Collecting personal information | **Yes** |
| Studying annotator behavior/cognition | **Yes** (they become the subject) |
| Using existing annotated data | **Usually no** (secondary data analysis) |
**Check your institution's policy.** The definition of "human subjects research" varies. When in doubt, submit an IRB protocol — the review is often fast for minimal-risk studies.
### Ethics Checklist for Human Evaluation
```
- [ ] Annotators informed about task purpose (not deceptive)
- [ ] Annotators can withdraw at any time without penalty
- [ ] No personally identifiable information collected beyond platform ID
- [ ] Content being evaluated does not expose annotators to harm
(if it does: content warnings + opt-out + higher compensation)
- [ ] Fair compensation (>= equivalent local minimum wage)
- [ ] Data stored securely, access limited to research team
- [ ] IRB approval obtained if required by institution
```
---
## Common Pitfalls
| Pitfall | Problem | Fix |
|---------|---------|-----|
| Too few annotators (1-2) | No agreement metric possible | Minimum 3 annotators per item |
| No attention checks | Can't detect low-quality annotations | Include 10-15% attention checks |
| Not reporting compensation | Reviewers flag as ethics concern | Always report hourly rate |
| Using only automated metrics for generation | Reviewers will ask for human eval | Add at least pairwise comparison |
| Not piloting guidelines | Low agreement, wasted budget | Always pilot with 3-5 people first |
| Reporting only averages | Hides annotator disagreement | Report distribution and agreement |
| Not controlling for order/position | Position bias inflates results | Randomize presentation order |
| Conflating annotator agreement with ground truth | High agreement doesn't mean correct | Validate against expert judgments |

481
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/paper-types.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
# Paper Types Beyond Empirical ML
Guide for writing non-standard paper types: theory papers, survey/tutorial papers, benchmark/dataset papers, and position papers. Each type has distinct structure, evidence standards, and venue expectations.
---
## Contents
- [Theory Papers](#theory-papers)
- [Survey and Tutorial Papers](#survey-and-tutorial-papers)
- [Benchmark and Dataset Papers](#benchmark-and-dataset-papers)
- [Position Papers](#position-papers)
- [Reproducibility and Replication Papers](#reproducibility-and-replication-papers)
---
## Theory Papers
### When to Write a Theory Paper
Your paper should be a theory paper if:
- The main contribution is a theorem, bound, impossibility result, or formal characterization
- Experiments are supplementary validation, not the core evidence
- The contribution advances understanding rather than achieving state-of-the-art numbers
### Structure
```
1. Introduction (1-1.5 pages)
- Problem statement and motivation
- Informal statement of main results
- Comparison to prior theoretical work
- Contribution bullets (state theorems informally)
2. Preliminaries (0.5-1 page)
- Notation table
- Formal definitions
- Assumptions (numbered, referenced later)
- Known results you build on
3. Main Results (2-3 pages)
- Theorem statements (formal)
- Proof sketches (intuition + key steps)
- Corollaries and special cases
- Discussion of tightness / optimality
4. Experimental Validation (1-2 pages, optional but recommended)
- Do theoretical predictions match empirical behavior?
- Synthetic experiments that isolate the phenomenon
- Comparison to bounds from prior work
5. Related Work (1 page)
- Theoretical predecessors
- Empirical work your theory explains
6. Discussion & Open Problems (0.5 page)
- Limitations of your results
- Conjectures suggested by your analysis
- Concrete open problems
Appendix:
- Full proofs
- Technical lemmas
- Extended experimental details
```
### Writing Theorems
**Template for a well-stated theorem:**
```latex
\begin{assumption}[Bounded Gradients]\label{assum:bounded-grad}
There exists $G > 0$ such that $\|\nabla f(x)\| \leq G$ for all $x \in \mathcal{X}$.
\end{assumption}
\begin{theorem}[Convergence Rate]\label{thm:convergence}
Under Assumptions~\ref{assum:bounded-grad} and~\ref{assum:smoothness},
Algorithm~\ref{alg:method} with step size $\eta = \frac{1}{\sqrt{T}}$ satisfies
\[
\frac{1}{T}\sum_{t=1}^{T} \mathbb{E}\left[\|\nabla f(x_t)\|^2\right]
\leq \frac{2(f(x_1) - f^*)}{\sqrt{T}} + \frac{G^2}{\sqrt{T}}.
\]
In particular, after $T = O(1/\epsilon^2)$ iterations, we obtain an
$\epsilon$-stationary point.
\end{theorem}
```
**Rules for theorem statements:**
- State all assumptions explicitly (numbered, with names)
- Include the formal bound, not just "converges at rate O(·)"
- Add a plain-language corollary: "In particular, this means..."
- Compare to known bounds: "This improves over [prior work]'s bound of O(·) by a factor of..."
### Proof Sketches
The proof sketch is the most important part of the main text for a theory paper. Reviewers evaluate whether you have genuine insight or just mechanical derivation.
**Good proof sketch pattern:**
```latex
\begin{proof}[Proof Sketch of Theorem~\ref{thm:convergence}]
The key insight is that [one sentence describing the main idea].
The proof proceeds in three steps:
\begin{enumerate}
\item \textbf{Decomposition.} We decompose the error into [term A]
and [term B] using [technique]. This reduces the problem to
bounding each term separately.
\item \textbf{Bounding [term A].} By [assumption/lemma], [term A]
is bounded by $O(\cdot)$. The critical observation is that
[specific insight that makes this non-trivial].
\item \textbf{Combining.} Choosing $\eta = 1/\sqrt{T}$ balances
the two terms, yielding the stated bound.
\end{enumerate}
The full proof, including the technical lemma for Step 2,
appears in Appendix~\ref{app:proofs}.
\end{proof}
```
**Bad proof sketch**: Restating the theorem with slightly different notation, or just saying "the proof follows standard techniques."
### Full Proofs in Appendix
```latex
\appendix
\section{Proofs}\label{app:proofs}
\subsection{Proof of Theorem~\ref{thm:convergence}}
We first establish two technical lemmas.
\begin{lemma}[Descent Lemma]\label{lem:descent}
Under Assumption~\ref{assum:smoothness}, for any step size $\eta \leq 1/L$:
\[
f(x_{t+1}) \leq f(x_t) - \frac{\eta}{2}\|\nabla f(x_t)\|^2 + \frac{\eta^2 L}{2}\|\nabla f(x_t)\|^2.
\]
\end{lemma}
\begin{proof}
[Complete proof with all steps]
\end{proof}
% Continue with remaining lemmas and main theorem proof
```
### Common Theory Paper Pitfalls
| Pitfall | Problem | Fix |
|---------|---------|-----|
| Assumptions too strong | Trivializes the result | Discuss which assumptions are necessary; prove lower bounds |
| No comparison to existing bounds | Reviewers can't assess contribution | Add a comparison table of bounds |
| Proof sketch is just the full proof shortened | Doesn't convey insight | Focus on the 1-2 key ideas; defer mechanics to appendix |
| No experimental validation | Reviewers question practical relevance | Add synthetic experiments testing predictions |
| Notation inconsistency | Confuses reviewers | Create a notation table in Preliminaries |
| Overly complex proofs where simple ones exist | Reviewers suspect error | Prefer clarity over generality |
### Venues for Theory Papers
| Venue | Theory Acceptance Rate | Notes |
|-------|----------------------|-------|
| **NeurIPS** | Moderate | Values theory with practical implications |
| **ICML** | High | Strong theory track |
| **ICLR** | Moderate | Prefers theory with empirical validation |
| **COLT** | High | Theory-focused venue |
| **ALT** | High | Algorithmic learning theory |
| **STOC/FOCS** | For TCS-flavored results | If contribution is primarily combinatorial/algorithmic |
| **JMLR** | High | No page limit; good for long proofs |
---
## Survey and Tutorial Papers
### When to Write a Survey
- A subfield has matured enough that synthesis is valuable
- You've identified connections between works that individual papers don't make
- Newcomers to the area have no good entry point
- The landscape has changed significantly since the last survey
**Warning**: Surveys require genuine expertise. A survey by someone outside the field, however comprehensive, will miss nuances and mischaracterize work.
### Structure
```
1. Introduction (1-2 pages)
- Scope definition (what's included and excluded, and why)
- Motivation for the survey now
- Overview of organization (often with a figure)
2. Background / Problem Formulation (1-2 pages)
- Formal problem definition
- Notation (used consistently throughout)
- Historical context
3. Taxonomy (the core contribution)
- Organize methods along meaningful axes
- Present taxonomy as a figure or table
- Each category gets a subsection
4. Detailed Coverage (bulk of paper)
- For each category: representative methods, key ideas, strengths/weaknesses
- Comparison tables within and across categories
- Don't just describe — analyze and compare
5. Experimental Comparison (if applicable)
- Standardized benchmark comparison
- Fair hyperparameter tuning for all methods
- Not always feasible but significantly strengthens the survey
6. Open Problems & Future Directions (1-2 pages)
- Unsolved problems the field should tackle
- Promising but underexplored directions
- This section is what makes a survey a genuine contribution
7. Conclusion
```
### Taxonomy Design
The taxonomy is the core intellectual contribution of a survey. It should:
- **Be meaningful**: Categories should correspond to real methodological differences, not arbitrary groupings
- **Be exhaustive**: Every relevant paper should fit somewhere
- **Be mutually exclusive** (ideally): Each paper belongs to one primary category
- **Have informative names**: "Attention-based methods" > "Category 3"
- **Be visualized**: A figure showing the taxonomy is almost always helpful
**Example taxonomy axes for "LLM Reasoning" survey:**
- By technique: chain-of-thought, tree-of-thought, self-consistency, tool use
- By training requirement: prompting-only, fine-tuned, RLHF
- By reasoning type: mathematical, commonsense, logical, causal
### Writing Standards
- **Cite every relevant paper** — authors will check if their work is included
- **Be fair** — don't dismiss methods you don't prefer
- **Synthesize, don't just list** — identify patterns, trade-offs, open questions
- **Include a comparison table** — even if qualitative (features/properties checklist)
- **Update before submission** — check arXiv for papers published since you started writing
### Venues for Surveys
| Venue | Notes |
|-------|-------|
| **TMLR** (Survey track) | Dedicated survey submissions; no page limit |
| **JMLR** | Long format, well-respected |
| **Foundations and Trends in ML** | Invited, but can be proposed |
| **ACM Computing Surveys** | Broad CS audience |
| **arXiv** (standalone) | No peer review but high visibility if well-done |
| **Conference tutorials** | Present as tutorial at NeurIPS/ICML/ACL; write up as paper |
---
## Benchmark and Dataset Papers
### When to Write a Benchmark Paper
- Existing benchmarks don't measure what you think matters
- A new capability has emerged with no standard evaluation
- Existing benchmarks are saturated (all methods score >95%)
- You want to standardize evaluation in a fragmented subfield
### Structure
```
1. Introduction
- What evaluation gap does this benchmark fill?
- Why existing benchmarks are insufficient
2. Task Definition
- Formal task specification
- Input/output format
- Evaluation criteria (what makes a good answer?)
3. Dataset Construction
- Data source and collection methodology
- Annotation process (if human-annotated)
- Quality control measures
- Dataset statistics (size, distribution, splits)
4. Baseline Evaluation
- Run strong baselines (don't just report random/majority)
- Show the benchmark is challenging but not impossible
- Human performance baseline (if feasible)
5. Analysis
- Error analysis on baselines
- What makes items hard/easy?
- Construct validity: does the benchmark measure what you claim?
6. Intended Use & Limitations
- What should this benchmark be used for?
- What should it NOT be used for?
- Known biases or limitations
7. Datasheet (Appendix)
- Full datasheet for datasets (Gebru et al.)
```
### Evidence Standards
Reviewers evaluate benchmarks on different criteria than methods papers:
| Criterion | What Reviewers Check |
|-----------|---------------------|
| **Novelty of evaluation** | Does this measure something existing benchmarks don't? |
| **Construct validity** | Does the benchmark actually measure the stated capability? |
| **Difficulty calibration** | Not too easy (saturated) or too hard (random performance) |
| **Annotation quality** | Agreement metrics, annotator qualifications, guidelines |
| **Documentation** | Datasheet, license, maintenance plan |
| **Reproducibility** | Can others use this benchmark easily? |
| **Ethical considerations** | Bias analysis, consent, sensitive content handling |
### Dataset Documentation (Required)
Follow the Datasheets for Datasets framework (Gebru et al., 2021):
```
Datasheet Questions:
1. Motivation
- Why was this dataset created?
- Who created it and on behalf of whom?
- Who funded the creation?
2. Composition
- What do the instances represent?
- How many instances are there?
- Does it contain all possible instances or a sample?
- Is there a label? If so, how was it determined?
- Are there recommended data splits?
3. Collection Process
- How was the data collected?
- Who was involved in collection?
- Over what timeframe?
- Was ethical review conducted?
4. Preprocessing
- What preprocessing was done?
- Was the "raw" data saved?
5. Uses
- What tasks has this been used for?
- What should it NOT be used for?
- Are there other tasks it could be used for?
6. Distribution
- How is it distributed?
- Under what license?
- Are there any restrictions?
7. Maintenance
- Who maintains it?
- How can users contact the maintainer?
- Will it be updated? How?
- Is there an erratum?
```
### Venues for Benchmark Papers
| Venue | Notes |
|-------|-------|
| **NeurIPS Datasets & Benchmarks** | Dedicated track; best venue for this |
| **ACL** (Resource papers) | NLP-focused datasets |
| **LREC-COLING** | Language resources |
| **TMLR** | Good for benchmarks with analysis |
---
## Position Papers
### When to Write a Position Paper
- You have an argument about how the field should develop
- You want to challenge a widely-held assumption
- You want to propose a research agenda based on analysis
- You've identified a systematic problem in current methodology
### Structure
```
1. Introduction
- State your thesis clearly in the first paragraph
- Why this matters now
2. Background
- Current state of the field
- Prevailing assumptions you're challenging
3. Argument
- Present your thesis with supporting evidence
- Evidence can be: empirical data, theoretical analysis, logical argument,
case studies, historical precedent
- Be rigorous — this isn't an opinion piece
4. Counterarguments
- Engage seriously with the strongest objections
- Explain why they don't undermine your thesis
- Concede where appropriate — it strengthens credibility
5. Implications
- What should the field do differently?
- Concrete research directions your thesis suggests
- How should evaluation/methodology change?
6. Conclusion
- Restate thesis
- Call to action
```
### Writing Standards
- **Lead with the strongest version of your argument** — don't hedge in the first paragraph
- **Engage with counterarguments honestly** — the best position papers address the strongest objections, not the weakest
- **Provide evidence** — a position paper without evidence is an editorial
- **Be concrete** — "the field should do X" is better than "more work is needed"
- **Don't straw-man existing work** — characterize opposing positions fairly
### Venues for Position Papers
| Venue | Notes |
|-------|-------|
| **ICML** (Position track) | Dedicated track for position papers |
| **NeurIPS** (Workshop papers) | Workshops often welcome position pieces |
| **ACL** (Theme papers) | When your position aligns with the conference theme |
| **TMLR** | Accepts well-argued position papers |
| **CACM** | For broader CS audience |
---
## Reproducibility and Replication Papers
### When to Write a Reproducibility Paper
- You attempted to reproduce a published result and succeeded/failed
- You want to verify claims under different conditions
- You've identified that a popular method's performance depends on unreported details
### Structure
```
1. Introduction
- What paper/result are you reproducing?
- Why is this reproduction valuable?
2. Original Claims
- State the exact claims from the original paper
- What evidence was provided?
3. Methodology
- Your reproduction approach
- Differences from original (if any) and why
- What information was missing from the original paper?
4. Results
- Side-by-side comparison with original results
- Statistical comparison (confidence intervals overlap?)
- What reproduced and what didn't?
5. Analysis
- If results differ: why? What's sensitive?
- Hidden hyperparameters or implementation details?
- Robustness to seed, hardware, library versions?
6. Recommendations
- For original authors: what should be clarified?
- For practitioners: what to watch out for?
- For the field: what reproducibility lessons emerge?
```
### Venues
| Venue | Notes |
|-------|-------|
| **ML Reproducibility Challenge** | Annual challenge at NeurIPS |
| **ReScience** | Journal dedicated to replications |
| **TMLR** | Accepts reproductions with analysis |
| **Workshops** | Reproducibility workshops at major conferences |

433
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/reviewer-guidelines.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
# Reviewer Guidelines & Evaluation Criteria
This reference documents how reviewers evaluate papers at major ML/AI conferences, helping authors anticipate and address reviewer concerns.
---
## Contents
- [Universal Evaluation Dimensions](#universal-evaluation-dimensions)
- [NeurIPS Reviewer Guidelines](#neurips-reviewer-guidelines)
- [ICML Reviewer Guidelines](#icml-reviewer-guidelines)
- [ICLR Reviewer Guidelines](#iclr-reviewer-guidelines)
- [ACL Reviewer Guidelines](#acl-reviewer-guidelines)
- [What Makes Reviews Strong](#what-makes-reviews-strong)
- [Common Reviewer Concerns](#common-reviewer-concerns)
- [How to Address Reviewer Feedback](#how-to-address-reviewer-feedback)
---
## Universal Evaluation Dimensions
All major ML conferences assess papers across four core dimensions:
### 1. Quality (Technical Soundness)
**What reviewers ask:**
- Are claims well-supported by theoretical analysis or experimental results?
- Are the proofs correct? Are the experiments properly controlled?
- Are baselines appropriate and fairly compared?
- Is the methodology sound?
**How to ensure high quality:**
- Include complete proofs (main paper or appendix with sketches)
- Use appropriate baselines (not strawmen)
- Report variance/error bars with methodology
- Document hyperparameter selection process
### 2. Clarity (Writing & Organization)
**What reviewers ask:**
- Is the paper clearly written and well organized?
- Can an expert in the field reproduce the results?
- Is notation consistent? Are terms defined?
- Is the paper self-contained?
**How to ensure clarity:**
- Use consistent terminology throughout
- Define all notation at first use
- Include reproducibility details (appendix acceptable)
- Have non-authors read before submission
### 3. Significance (Impact & Importance)
**What reviewers ask:**
- Are the results impactful for the community?
- Will others build upon this work?
- Does it address an important problem?
- What is the potential for real-world impact?
**How to demonstrate significance:**
- Clearly articulate the problem's importance
- Connect to broader research themes
- Discuss potential applications
- Compare to existing approaches meaningfully
### 4. Originality (Novelty & Contribution)
**What reviewers ask:**
- Does this provide new insights?
- How does it differ from prior work?
- Is the contribution non-trivial?
**Key insight from NeurIPS guidelines:**
> "Originality does not necessarily require introducing an entirely new method. Papers that provide novel insights from evaluating existing approaches or shed light on why methods succeed can also be highly original."
---
## NeurIPS Reviewer Guidelines
### Scoring System (1-6 Scale)
| Score | Label | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
| **6** | Strong Accept | Groundbreaking, flawless work; top 2-3% of submissions |
| **5** | Accept | Technically solid, high impact; would benefit the community |
| **4** | Borderline Accept | Solid work with limited evaluation; leans accept |
| **3** | Borderline Reject | Solid but weaknesses outweigh strengths; leans reject |
| **2** | Reject | Technical flaws or weak evaluation |
| **1** | Strong Reject | Well-known results or unaddressed ethics concerns |
### Reviewer Instructions
Reviewers are explicitly instructed to:
1. **Evaluate the paper as written** - not what it could be with revisions
2. **Provide constructive feedback** - 3-5 actionable points
3. **Not penalize honest limitations** - acknowledging weaknesses is encouraged
4. **Assess reproducibility** - can the work be verified?
5. **Consider ethical implications** - potential misuse or harm
### What Reviewers Should Avoid
- Superficial, uninformed reviews
- Demanding unreasonable additional experiments
- Penalizing authors for honest limitation acknowledgment
- Rejecting for missing citations to reviewer's own work
### Timeline (NeurIPS 2025 — verify dates for current year)
- Bidding: May 17-21
- Reviewing period: May 29 - July 2
- Author rebuttals: July 24-30
- Discussion period: July 31 - August 13
- Final notifications: September 18
> **Note**: These dates are from the 2025 cycle. Always check the current year's call for papers at the venue website.
---
## ICML Reviewer Guidelines
### Review Structure
ICML reviewers provide:
1. **Summary** - Brief description of contributions
2. **Strengths** - Positive aspects
3. **Weaknesses** - Areas for improvement
4. **Questions** - Clarifications for authors
5. **Limitations** - Assessment of stated limitations
6. **Ethics** - Any concerns
7. **Overall Score** - Recommendation
### Scoring Guidelines
ICML uses a similar 1-6 scale with calibration:
- Top 25% of accepted papers: Score 5-6
- Typical accepted paper: Score 4-5
- Borderline: Score 3-4
- Clear reject: Score 1-2
### Key Evaluation Points
1. **Reproducibility** - Are there enough details?
2. **Experimental rigor** - Multiple seeds, proper baselines?
3. **Writing quality** - Clear, organized, well-structured?
4. **Novelty** - Non-trivial contribution?
---
## ICLR Reviewer Guidelines
### OpenReview Process
ICLR uses OpenReview with:
- Public reviews (after acceptance decisions)
- Author responses visible to reviewers
- Discussion between reviewers and ACs
### Scoring
ICLR reviews include:
- **Soundness**: 1-4 scale
- **Presentation**: 1-4 scale
- **Contribution**: 1-4 scale
- **Overall**: 1-10 scale
- **Confidence**: 1-5 scale
### Unique ICLR Considerations
1. **LLM Disclosure** - Reviewers assess whether LLM use is properly disclosed
2. **Reproducibility** - Emphasis on code availability
3. **Reciprocal Reviewing** - Authors must also serve as reviewers
---
## ACL Reviewer Guidelines
### ACL-Specific Criteria
ACL adds NLP-specific evaluation:
1. **Linguistic soundness** - Are linguistic claims accurate?
2. **Resource documentation** - Are datasets/models properly documented?
3. **Multilingual consideration** - If applicable, is language diversity addressed?
### Limitations Section
ACL specifically requires a Limitations section. Reviewers check:
- Are limitations honest and comprehensive?
- Do limitations undermine core claims?
- Are potential negative impacts addressed?
### Ethics Review
ACL has a dedicated ethics review process for:
- Dual-use concerns
- Data privacy issues
- Bias and fairness implications
---
## AAAI Reviewer Guidelines
### Evaluation Criteria
AAAI reviewers evaluate along similar axes to NeurIPS/ICML but with some differences:
| Criterion | Weight | Notes |
|-----------|--------|-------|
| **Technical quality** | High | Soundness of approach, correctness of results |
| **Significance** | High | Importance of the problem and contribution |
| **Novelty** | Medium-High | New ideas, methods, or insights |
| **Clarity** | Medium | Clear writing, well-organized presentation |
| **Reproducibility** | Medium | Sufficient detail to reproduce results |
### AAAI-Specific Considerations
- **Broader AI scope**: AAAI covers all of AI, not just ML. Papers on planning, reasoning, knowledge representation, NLP, vision, robotics, and multi-agent systems are all in scope. Reviewers may not be deep ML specialists.
- **Formatting strictness**: AAAI reviewers are instructed to flag formatting violations. Non-compliant papers may be desk-rejected before review.
- **Application papers**: AAAI is more receptive to application-focused work than NeurIPS/ICML. Framing a strong application contribution is viable.
- **Senior Program Committee**: AAAI uses SPCs (Senior Program Committee members) who mediate between reviewers and make accept/reject recommendations.
### Scoring (AAAI Scale)
- **Strong Accept**: Clearly above threshold, excellent contribution
- **Accept**: Above threshold, good contribution with minor issues
- **Weak Accept**: Borderline, merits outweigh concerns
- **Weak Reject**: Borderline, concerns outweigh merits
- **Reject**: Below threshold, significant issues
- **Strong Reject**: Well below threshold
---
## COLM Reviewer Guidelines
### Evaluation Criteria
COLM reviews focus on relevance to language modeling in addition to standard criteria:
| Criterion | Weight | Notes |
|-----------|--------|-------|
| **Relevance** | High | Must be relevant to language modeling community |
| **Technical quality** | High | Sound methodology, well-supported claims |
| **Novelty** | Medium-High | New insights about language models |
| **Clarity** | Medium | Clear presentation, reproducible |
| **Significance** | Medium-High | Impact on LM research and practice |
### COLM-Specific Considerations
- **Language model focus**: Reviewers will assess whether the contribution advances understanding of language models. General ML contributions need explicit LM framing.
- **Newer venue norms**: COLM is newer than NeurIPS/ICML, so reviewer calibration varies more. Write more defensively — anticipate a wider range of reviewer expertise.
- **ICLR-derived process**: Review process is modeled on ICLR (open reviews, author response period, discussion among reviewers).
- **Broad interpretation of "language modeling"**: Includes training, evaluation, alignment, safety, efficiency, applications, theory, multimodality (if language is central), and social impact of LMs.
### Scoring
COLM uses an ICLR-style scoring system:
- **8-10**: Strong accept (top papers)
- **6-7**: Weak accept (solid contribution)
- **5**: Borderline
- **3-4**: Weak reject (below threshold)
- **1-2**: Strong reject
---
## What Makes Reviews Strong
### Following Daniel Dennett's Rules
Good reviewers follow these principles:
1. **Re-express the position fairly** - Show you understand the paper
2. **List agreements** - Acknowledge what works well
3. **List what you learned** - Credit the contribution
4. **Only then critique** - After establishing understanding
### Review Structure Best Practices
**Strong Review Structure:**
```
Summary (1 paragraph):
- What the paper does
- Main contribution claimed
Strengths (3-5 bullets):
- Specific positive aspects
- Why these matter
Weaknesses (3-5 bullets):
- Specific concerns
- Why these matter
- Suggestions for addressing
Questions (2-4 items):
- Clarifications needed
- Things that would change assessment
Minor Issues (optional):
- Typos, unclear sentences
- Formatting issues
Overall Assessment:
- Clear recommendation with reasoning
```
---
## Common Reviewer Concerns
### Technical Concerns
| Concern | How to Pre-empt |
|---------|-----------------|
| "Baselines too weak" | Use state-of-the-art baselines, cite recent work |
| "Missing ablations" | Include systematic ablation study |
| "No error bars" | Report std dev/error, multiple runs |
| "Hyperparameters not tuned" | Document tuning process, search ranges |
| "Claims not supported" | Ensure every claim has evidence |
### Novelty Concerns
| Concern | How to Pre-empt |
|---------|-----------------|
| "Incremental contribution" | Clearly articulate what's new vs prior work |
| "Similar to [paper X]" | Explicitly compare to X in Related Work |
| "Straightforward extension" | Highlight non-obvious aspects |
### Clarity Concerns
| Concern | How to Pre-empt |
|---------|-----------------|
| "Hard to follow" | Use clear structure, signposting |
| "Notation inconsistent" | Review all notation, create notation table |
| "Missing details" | Include reproducibility appendix |
| "Figures unclear" | Self-contained captions, proper sizing |
### Significance Concerns
| Concern | How to Pre-empt |
|---------|-----------------|
| "Limited impact" | Discuss broader implications |
| "Narrow evaluation" | Evaluate on multiple benchmarks |
| "Only works in restricted setting" | Acknowledge scope, explain why still valuable |
---
## How to Address Reviewer Feedback
### Rebuttal Best Practices
**Do:**
- Thank reviewers for their time
- Address each concern specifically
- Provide evidence (new experiments if possible)
- Be concise—reviewers are busy
- Acknowledge valid criticisms
**Don't:**
- Be defensive or dismissive
- Make promises you can't keep
- Ignore difficult criticisms
- Write excessively long rebuttals
- Argue about subjective assessments
### Rebuttal Template
```markdown
We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful feedback.
## Reviewer 1
**R1-Q1: [Quoted concern]**
[Direct response with evidence]
**R1-Q2: [Quoted concern]**
[Direct response with evidence]
## Reviewer 2
...
## Summary of Changes
If accepted, we will:
1. [Specific change]
2. [Specific change]
3. [Specific change]
```
### When to Accept Criticism
Some reviewer feedback should simply be accepted:
- Valid technical errors
- Missing important related work
- Unclear explanations
- Missing experimental details
Acknowledge these gracefully: "The reviewer is correct that... We will revise to..."
### When to Push Back
You can respectfully disagree when:
- Reviewer misunderstood the paper
- Requested experiments are out of scope
- Criticism is factually incorrect
Frame disagreements constructively: "We appreciate this perspective. However, [explanation]..."
---
## Pre-Submission Reviewer Simulation
Before submitting, ask yourself:
**Quality:**
- [ ] Would I trust these results if I saw them?
- [ ] Are all claims supported by evidence?
- [ ] Are baselines fair and recent?
**Clarity:**
- [ ] Can someone reproduce this from the paper?
- [ ] Is the writing clear to non-experts in this subfield?
- [ ] Are all terms and notation defined?
**Significance:**
- [ ] Why should the community care about this?
- [ ] What can people do with this work?
- [ ] Is the problem important?
**Originality:**
- [ ] What specifically is new here?
- [ ] How does this differ from closest related work?
- [ ] Is the contribution non-trivial?

191
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/sources.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
# Source Bibliography
This document lists all authoritative sources used to build this skill, organized by topic.
---
## Origin & Attribution
The writing philosophy, citation verification workflow, and conference reference materials in this skill were originally compiled by **[Orchestra Research](https://github.com/orchestra-research)** as the `ml-paper-writing` skill (January 2026), drawing on Neel Nanda's blog post and other researcher guides listed below. The skill was integrated into hermes-agent by teknium (January 2026), then expanded into the current `research-paper-writing` pipeline by SHL0MS (April 2026, PR #4654), which added experiment design, execution monitoring, iterative refinement, and submission phases while preserving the original writing philosophy and reference files.
---
## Writing Philosophy & Guides
### Primary Sources (Must-Read)
| Source | Author | URL | Key Contribution |
|--------|--------|-----|------------------|
| **Highly Opinionated Advice on How to Write ML Papers** | Neel Nanda | [Alignment Forum](https://www.alignmentforum.org/posts/eJGptPbbFPZGLpjsp/highly-opinionated-advice-on-how-to-write-ml-papers) | Narrative framework, "What/Why/So What", time allocation |
| **How to Write ML Papers** | Sebastian Farquhar (DeepMind) | [Blog](https://sebastianfarquhar.com/on-research/2024/11/04/how_to_write_ml_papers/) | 5-sentence abstract formula, structure templates |
| **A Survival Guide to a PhD** | Andrej Karpathy | [Blog](http://karpathy.github.io/2016/09/07/phd/) | Paper structure recipe, contribution framing |
| **Heuristics for Scientific Writing** | Zachary Lipton (CMU) | [Blog](https://www.approximatelycorrect.com/2018/01/29/heuristics-technical-scientific-writing-machine-learning-perspective/) | Word choice, section balance, intensifier warnings |
| **Advice for Authors** | Jacob Steinhardt (UC Berkeley) | [Blog](https://jsteinhardt.stat.berkeley.edu/blog/advice-for-authors) | Precision over brevity, consistent terminology |
| **Easy Paper Writing Tips** | Ethan Perez (Anthropic) | [Blog](https://ethanperez.net/easy-paper-writing-tips/) | Micro-level tips, apostrophe unfolding, clarity tricks |
### Foundational Scientific Writing
| Source | Author | URL | Key Contribution |
|--------|--------|-----|------------------|
| **The Science of Scientific Writing** | Gopen & Swan | [PDF](https://cseweb.ucsd.edu/~swanson/papers/science-of-writing.pdf) | Topic/stress positions, old-before-new, 7 principles |
| **Summary of Science of Scientific Writing** | Lawrence Crowl | [Summary](https://www.crowl.org/Lawrence/writing/GopenSwan90.html) | Condensed version of Gopen & Swan |
### Additional Resources
| Source | URL | Key Contribution |
|--------|-----|------------------|
| How To Write A Research Paper In ML | [Blog](https://grigorisg9gr.github.io/machine%20learning/research%20paper/how-to-write-a-research-paper-in-machine-learning/) | Practical walkthrough, LaTeX tips |
| A Recipe for Training Neural Networks | [Karpathy Blog](http://karpathy.github.io/2019/04/25/recipe/) | Debugging methodology that translates to paper structure |
| ICML Paper Writing Best Practices | [ICML](https://icml.cc/Conferences/2022/BestPractices) | Official venue guidance |
| Bill Freeman's Writing Slides | [MIT](https://billf.mit.edu/sites/default/files/documents/cvprPapers.pdf) | Visual guide to paper structure |
---
## Official Conference Guidelines
### NeurIPS
| Document | URL | Purpose |
|----------|-----|---------|
| Paper Checklist Guidelines | [NeurIPS](https://neurips.cc/public/guides/PaperChecklist) | 16-item mandatory checklist |
| Reviewer Guidelines 2025 | [NeurIPS](https://neurips.cc/Conferences/2025/ReviewerGuidelines) | Evaluation criteria, scoring |
| Style Files | [NeurIPS](https://neurips.cc/Conferences/2025/PaperInformation/StyleFiles) | LaTeX templates |
### ICML
| Document | URL | Purpose |
|----------|-----|---------|
| Paper Guidelines | [ICML](https://icml.cc/Conferences/2024/PaperGuidelines) | Submission requirements |
| Reviewer Instructions 2025 | [ICML](https://icml.cc/Conferences/2025/ReviewerInstructions) | Review form, evaluation |
| Style & Author Instructions | [ICML](https://icml.cc/Conferences/2022/StyleAuthorInstructions) | Formatting specifications |
### ICLR
| Document | URL | Purpose |
|----------|-----|---------|
| Author Guide 2026 | [ICLR](https://iclr.cc/Conferences/2026/AuthorGuide) | Submission requirements, LLM disclosure |
| Reviewer Guide 2025 | [ICLR](https://iclr.cc/Conferences/2025/ReviewerGuide) | Review process, evaluation |
### ACL/EMNLP
| Document | URL | Purpose |
|----------|-----|---------|
| ACL Style Files | [GitHub](https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files) | LaTeX templates |
| ACL Rolling Review | [ARR](https://aclrollingreview.org/) | Submission process |
### AAAI
| Document | URL | Purpose |
|----------|-----|---------|
| Author Kit 2026 | [AAAI](https://aaai.org/authorkit26/) | Templates and guidelines |
### COLM
| Document | URL | Purpose |
|----------|-----|---------|
| Template | [GitHub](https://github.com/COLM-org/Template) | LaTeX templates |
---
## Citation APIs & Tools
### APIs
| API | Documentation | Best For |
|-----|---------------|----------|
| **Semantic Scholar** | [Docs](https://api.semanticscholar.org/api-docs/) | ML/AI papers, citation graphs |
| **CrossRef** | [Docs](https://www.crossref.org/documentation/retrieve-metadata/rest-api/) | DOI lookup, BibTeX retrieval |
| **arXiv** | [Docs](https://info.arxiv.org/help/api/basics.html) | Preprints, PDF access |
| **OpenAlex** | [Docs](https://docs.openalex.org/) | Open alternative, bulk access |
### Python Libraries
| Library | Install | Purpose |
|---------|---------|---------|
| `semanticscholar` | `pip install semanticscholar` | Semantic Scholar wrapper |
| `arxiv` | `pip install arxiv` | arXiv search and download |
| `habanero` | `pip install habanero` | CrossRef client |
### Citation Verification
| Tool | URL | Purpose |
|------|-----|---------|
| Citely | [citely.ai](https://citely.ai/citation-checker) | Batch verification |
| ReciteWorks | [reciteworks.com](https://reciteworks.com/) | In-text citation checking |
---
## Visualization & Formatting
### Figure Creation
| Tool | URL | Purpose |
|------|-----|---------|
| PlotNeuralNet | [GitHub](https://github.com/HarisIqbal88/PlotNeuralNet) | TikZ neural network diagrams |
| SciencePlots | [GitHub](https://github.com/garrettj403/SciencePlots) | Publication-ready matplotlib |
| Okabe-Ito Palette | [Reference](https://jfly.uni-koeln.de/color/) | Colorblind-safe colors |
### LaTeX Resources
| Resource | URL | Purpose |
|----------|-----|---------|
| Overleaf Templates | [Overleaf](https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates) | Online LaTeX editor |
| BibLaTeX Guide | [CTAN](https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex) | Modern citation management |
---
## Research on AI Writing & Hallucination
| Source | URL | Key Finding |
|--------|-----|-------------|
| AI Hallucinations in Citations | [Enago](https://www.enago.com/academy/ai-hallucinations-research-citations/) | ~40% error rate |
| Hallucination in AI Writing | [PMC](https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10726751/) | Types of citation errors |
| NeurIPS 2025 AI Report | [ByteIota](https://byteiota.com/neurips-2025-100-ai-hallucinations-slip-through-review/) | 100+ hallucinated citations |
---
## Quick Reference by Topic
### For Narrative & Structure
→ Start with: Neel Nanda, Sebastian Farquhar, Andrej Karpathy
### For Sentence-Level Clarity
→ Start with: Gopen & Swan, Ethan Perez, Zachary Lipton
### For Word Choice & Style
→ Start with: Zachary Lipton, Jacob Steinhardt
### For Conference-Specific Requirements
→ Start with: Official venue guidelines (NeurIPS, ICML, ICLR, ACL)
### For Citation Management
→ Start with: Semantic Scholar API, CrossRef, citation-workflow.md
### For Reviewer Expectations
→ Start with: Venue reviewer guidelines, reviewer-guidelines.md
### For Human Evaluation
→ Start with: human-evaluation.md, Prolific/MTurk documentation
### For Non-Empirical Papers (Theory, Survey, Benchmark, Position)
→ Start with: paper-types.md
---
## Human Evaluation & Annotation
| Source | URL | Key Contribution |
|--------|-----|------------------|
| **Datasheets for Datasets** | Gebru et al., 2021 ([arXiv](https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.09010)) | Structured dataset documentation framework |
| **Model Cards for Model Reporting** | Mitchell et al., 2019 ([arXiv](https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.03993)) | Structured model documentation framework |
| **Crowdsourcing and Human Computation** | [Survey](https://arxiv.org/abs/2202.06516) | Best practices for crowdsourced annotation |
| **Krippendorff's Alpha** | [Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Krippendorff%27s_alpha) | Inter-annotator agreement metric reference |
| **Prolific** | [prolific.co](https://www.prolific.co/) | Recommended crowdsourcing platform for research |
## Ethics & Broader Impact
| Source | URL | Key Contribution |
|--------|-----|------------------|
| **ML CO2 Impact** | [mlco2.github.io](https://mlco2.github.io/impact/) | Compute carbon footprint calculator |
| **NeurIPS Broader Impact Guide** | [NeurIPS](https://neurips.cc/public/guides/PaperChecklist) | Official guidance on impact statements |
| **ACL Ethics Policy** | [ACL](https://www.aclweb.org/portal/content/acl-code-ethics) | Ethics requirements for NLP research |

474
skills/research/research-paper-writing/references/writing-guide.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
# ML Paper Writing Philosophy & Best Practices
This reference compiles writing advice from prominent ML researchers including Neel Nanda, Andrej Karpathy, Sebastian Farquhar, Zachary Lipton, and Jacob Steinhardt.
---
## Contents
- [The Narrative Principle](#the-narrative-principle)
- [Time Allocation](#time-allocation)
- [Abstract Writing Formula](#abstract-writing-formula)
- [Introduction Structure](#introduction-structure)
- [Sentence-Level Clarity](#sentence-level-clarity)
- [Word Choice and Precision](#word-choice-and-precision)
- [Mathematical Writing](#mathematical-writing)
- [Figure Design](#figure-design)
- [Common Mistakes to Avoid](#common-mistakes-to-avoid)
---
## The Narrative Principle
### From Neel Nanda
"A paper is a short, rigorous, evidence-based technical story with a takeaway readers care about."
The narrative rests on three pillars that must be crystal clear by the end of your introduction:
**The "What"**: One to three specific novel claims fitting within a cohesive theme. Vague contributions like "we study X" fail immediately—reviewers need precise, falsifiable claims.
**The "Why"**: Rigorous empirical evidence that convincingly supports those claims, including strong baselines honestly tuned and experiments that distinguish between competing hypotheses rather than merely showing "decent results."
**The "So What"**: Why readers should care, connecting your contribution to problems the community recognizes as important.
### From Andrej Karpathy
"A paper is not a random collection of experiments you report on. The paper sells a single thing that was not obvious or present before. The entire paper is organized around this core contribution with surgical precision."
This applies whether you're presenting a new architecture, a theoretical result, or improved understanding of existing methods—NeurIPS explicitly notes that "originality does not necessarily require an entirely new method."
**Practical Implication**: If you cannot state your contribution in one sentence, you don't yet have a paper. Everything else—experiments, related work, discussion—exists only to support that core claim.
---
## Time Allocation
### From Neel Nanda
Spend approximately **the same amount of time** on each of:
1. The abstract
2. The introduction
3. The figures
4. Everything else combined
This isn't hyperbole—most reviewers form preliminary judgments before reaching your methods section. Readers encounter your paper in a predictable pattern: **title → abstract → introduction → figures → maybe the rest.**
### Reviewer Reading Patterns
Studies of reviewer behavior show:
- Abstract is read 100% of the time
- Introduction is skimmed by 90%+ of reviewers
- Figures are examined before methods by most reviewers
- Full methods are read only if interest is established
**Implication**: Front-load your paper's value. Don't bury the contribution.
---
## Abstract Writing Formula
### Sebastian Farquhar's 5-Sentence Formula
1. **What you achieved**: "We introduce...", "We prove...", "We demonstrate..."
2. **Why this is hard and important**
3. **How you do it** (with specialist keywords for discoverability)
4. **What evidence you have**
5. **Your most remarkable number/result**
### Example (Good Abstract)
```
We prove that gradient descent on overparameterized neural networks
converges to global minima at a linear rate. [What]
This resolves a fundamental question about why deep learning works
despite non-convex optimization landscapes. [Why hard/important]
Our proof relies on showing that the Neural Tangent Kernel remains
approximately constant during training, reducing the problem to
kernel regression. [How with keywords]
We validate our theory on CIFAR-10 and ImageNet, showing that
predicted convergence rates match experiments within 5%. [Evidence]
This is the first polynomial-time convergence guarantee for
networks with practical depth and width. [Remarkable result]
```
### What to Avoid
From Zachary Lipton: "If the first sentence can be pre-pended to any ML paper, delete it."
**Delete these openings**:
- "Large language models have achieved remarkable success..."
- "Deep learning has revolutionized..."
- "In recent years, neural networks have..."
**Start with your specific contribution instead.**
---
## Introduction Structure
### Requirements
- **1-1.5 pages maximum** (in two-column format)
- **Methods should start by page 2-3**
- Must include **2-4 bullet contribution list** (max 1-2 lines each)
### Structure Template
```markdown
1. Opening Hook (2-3 sentences)
- State the problem your paper addresses
- Why it matters RIGHT NOW
2. Background/Challenge (1 paragraph)
- What makes this problem hard?
- What have others tried? Why is it insufficient?
3. Your Approach (1 paragraph)
- What do you do differently?
- Key insight that enables your contribution
4. Contribution Bullets (2-4 items)
- Be specific and falsifiable
- Each bullet: 1-2 lines maximum
5. Results Preview (2-3 sentences)
- Most impressive numbers
- Scope of evaluation
6. Paper Organization (optional, 1-2 sentences)
- "Section 2 presents... Section 3 describes..."
```
### Contribution Bullets: Good vs Bad
**Good:**
- We prove that X converges in O(n log n) time under assumption Y
- We introduce Z, a 3-layer architecture that reduces memory by 40%
- We demonstrate that A outperforms B by 15% on benchmark C
**Bad:**
- We study the problem of X (not a contribution)
- We provide extensive experiments (too vague)
- We make several contributions to the field (says nothing)
---
## Sentence-Level Clarity
### From Gopen & Swan: "The Science of Scientific Writing"
The seminal 1990 paper by George Gopen and Judith Swan establishes that **readers have structural expectations** about where information appears in prose. Violating these expectations forces readers to spend energy on structure rather than content.
> "If the reader is to grasp what the writer means, the writer must understand what the reader needs."
#### The 7 Principles of Reader Expectations
**Principle 1: Subject-Verb Proximity**
Keep grammatical subject and verb close together. Anything intervening reads as interruption of lesser importance.
**Weak**: "The model, which was trained on 100M tokens and fine-tuned on domain-specific data using LoRA with rank 16, achieves state-of-the-art results"
**Strong**: "The model achieves state-of-the-art results after training on 100M tokens and fine-tuning with LoRA (rank 16)"
**Principle 2: Stress Position (Save the Best for Last)**
Readers naturally emphasize the **last words of a sentence**. Place your most important information there.
**Weak**: "Accuracy improves by 15% when using attention"
**Strong**: "When using attention, accuracy improves by **15%**"
**Principle 3: Topic Position (First Things First)**
The beginning of a sentence establishes perspective. Put the "whose story" element first—readers expect the sentence to be about whoever shows up first.
**Weak**: "A novel attention mechanism that computes alignment scores is introduced"
**Strong**: "To address the alignment problem, we introduce a novel attention mechanism"
**Principle 4: Old Information Before New**
Put familiar information (old) in the topic position for backward linkage; put new information in the stress position for emphasis.
**Weak**: "Sparse attention was introduced by Child et al. The quadratic complexity of standard attention motivates this work."
**Strong**: "Standard attention has quadratic complexity. To address this, Child et al. introduced sparse attention."
**Principle 5: One Unit, One Function**
Each unit of discourse (sentence, paragraph, section) should serve a single function. If you have two points, use two units.
**Principle 6: Articulate Action in the Verb**
Express the action of each sentence in its verb, not in nominalized nouns.
**Weak**: "We performed an analysis of the results" (nominalization)
**Strong**: "We analyzed the results" (action in verb)
**Principle 7: Context Before New Information**
Provide context before asking the reader to consider anything new. This applies at all levels—sentence, paragraph, section.
**Weak**: "Equation 3 shows that convergence is guaranteed when the learning rate satisfies..."
**Strong**: "For convergence to be guaranteed, the learning rate must satisfy the condition in Equation 3..."
#### Summary Table
| Principle | Rule | Mnemonic |
|-----------|------|----------|
| Subject-Verb Proximity | Keep subject and verb close | "Don't interrupt yourself" |
| Stress Position | Emphasis at sentence end | "Save the best for last" |
| Topic Position | Context at sentence start | "First things first" |
| Old Before New | Familiar → unfamiliar | "Build on known ground" |
| One Unit, One Function | Each paragraph = one point | "One idea per container" |
| Action in Verb | Use verbs, not nominalizations | "Verbs do, nouns sit" |
| Context Before New | Explain before presenting | "Set the stage first" |
---
## Micro-Level Writing Tips
### From Ethan Perez (Anthropic)
These practical micro-level tips improve clarity at the sentence and word level.
#### Pronoun Management
**Minimize pronouns** ("this," "it," "these," "that"). When pronouns are necessary, use them as adjectives with a noun:
**Weak**: "This shows that the model converges."
**Strong**: "This result shows that the model converges."
**Weak**: "It improves performance."
**Strong**: "This modification improves performance."
#### Verb Placement
**Position verbs early** in sentences for better parsing:
**Weak**: "The gradient, after being computed and normalized, updates the weights."
**Strong**: "The gradient updates the weights after being computed and normalized."
#### Apostrophe Unfolding
Transform possessive constructions for clarity:
**Original**: "X's Y" → **Unfolded**: "The Y of X"
**Before**: "The model's accuracy on the test set"
**After**: "The accuracy of the model on the test set"
This isn't always better, but when sentences feel awkward, try unfolding.
#### Words to Eliminate
Delete these filler words in almost all cases:
- "actually"
- "a bit"
- "fortunately" / "unfortunately"
- "very" / "really"
- "quite"
- "basically"
- "essentially"
- Excessive connectives ("however," "moreover," "furthermore" when not needed)
#### Sentence Construction Rules
1. **One idea per sentence** - If struggling to express an idea in one sentence, it needs two
2. **No repeated sounds** - Avoid similar-sounding words in the same sentence
3. **Every sentence adds information** - Delete sentences that merely restate
4. **Active voice always** - Specify the actor ("We find..." not "It is found...")
5. **Expand contractions** - "don't" → "do not" for formality
#### Paragraph Architecture
- **First sentence**: State the point clearly
- **Middle sentences**: Support with evidence
- **Last sentence**: Reinforce or transition
Don't bury key information in the middle of paragraphs.
---
## Word Choice and Precision
### From Zachary Lipton
**Eliminate hedging** unless genuine uncertainty exists:
- Delete "may" and "can" unless necessary
- "provides *very* tight approximation" drips with insecurity
- "provides tight approximation" is confident
**Avoid vacuous intensifiers**:
- Delete: very, extremely, highly, significantly (unless statistical)
- These words signal insecurity, not strength
### From Jacob Steinhardt
**Precision over brevity**: Replace vague terms with specific ones.
| Vague | Specific |
|-------|----------|
| performance | accuracy, latency, throughput |
| improves | increases accuracy by X%, reduces latency by Y |
| large | 1B parameters, 100M tokens |
| fast | 3x faster, 50ms latency |
| good results | 92% accuracy, 0.85 F1 |
**Consistent terminology**: Referring to the same concept with different terms creates confusion.
**Choose one and stick with it**:
- "model" vs "network" vs "architecture"
- "training" vs "learning" vs "optimization"
- "sample" vs "example" vs "instance"
### Vocabulary Signaling
**Avoid words signaling incremental work**:
- Never: "combine," "modify," "expand," "extend"
- Instead: "develop," "propose," "introduce"
**Why**: "We combine X and Y" sounds like you stapled two existing ideas together. "We develop a method that leverages X for Y" sounds like genuine contribution.
---
## Mathematical Writing
### From Ethan Perez
**Unfold apostrophes** for clarity:
- Weak: "X's Y"
- Strong: "The Y of X"
Example: "the model's accuracy" → "the accuracy of the model"
### General Principles
1. **State all assumptions formally** before theorems
2. **Provide intuitive explanations** alongside proofs
3. **Use consistent notation** throughout the paper
4. **Define symbols at first use**
### Notation Conventions
```latex
% Scalars: lowercase italic
$x$, $y$, $\alpha$, $\beta$
% Vectors: lowercase bold
$\mathbf{x}$, $\mathbf{v}$
% Matrices: uppercase bold
$\mathbf{W}$, $\mathbf{X}$
% Sets: uppercase calligraphic
$\mathcal{X}$, $\mathcal{D}$
% Functions: roman for named functions
$\mathrm{softmax}$, $\mathrm{ReLU}$
```
---
## Figure Design
### From Neel Nanda
Figures should tell a coherent story even if the reader skips the text. Many readers DO skip the text initially.
### Design Principles
1. **Figure 1 is crucial**: Often the first thing readers examine after abstract
2. **Self-contained captions**: Reader should understand figure without main text
3. **No title inside figure**: The caption serves this function (ICML/NeurIPS rule)
4. **Vector graphics**: PDF/EPS for plots, PNG (600 DPI) only for photographs
### Accessibility Requirements
8% of men have color vision deficiency. Your figures must work for them.
**Solutions**:
- Use colorblind-safe palettes: Okabe-Ito or Paul Tol
- Avoid red-green combinations
- Verify figures work in grayscale
- Use different line styles (solid, dashed, dotted) in addition to colors
### Tools
```python
# SciencePlots: Publication-ready styles
import matplotlib.pyplot as plt
plt.style.use(['science', 'ieee'])
# Or for Nature-style
plt.style.use(['science', 'nature'])
```
---
## Common Mistakes to Avoid
### Structure Mistakes
| Mistake | Solution |
|---------|----------|
| Introduction too long (>1.5 pages) | Move background to Related Work |
| Methods buried (after page 3) | Front-load contribution, cut intro |
| Missing contribution bullets | Add 2-4 specific, falsifiable claims |
| Experiments without explicit claims | State what each experiment tests |
### Writing Mistakes
| Mistake | Solution |
|---------|----------|
| Generic abstract opening | Start with your specific contribution |
| Inconsistent terminology | Choose one term per concept |
| Passive voice overuse | Use active voice: "We show" not "It is shown" |
| Hedging everywhere | Be confident unless genuinely uncertain |
### Figure Mistakes
| Mistake | Solution |
|---------|----------|
| Raster graphics for plots | Use vector (PDF/EPS) |
| Red-green color scheme | Use colorblind-safe palette |
| Title inside figure | Put title in caption |
| Captions require main text | Make captions self-contained |
### Citation Mistakes
| Mistake | Solution |
|---------|----------|
| Paper-by-paper Related Work | Organize methodologically |
| Missing relevant citations | Reviewers authored papers—cite generously |
| AI-generated citations | Always verify via APIs |
| Inconsistent citation format | Use BibLaTeX with consistent keys |
---
## Pre-Submission Checklist
Before submitting, verify:
**Narrative**:
- [ ] Can state contribution in one sentence
- [ ] Three pillars (What/Why/So What) clear in intro
- [ ] Every experiment supports a specific claim
**Structure**:
- [ ] Abstract follows 5-sentence formula
- [ ] Introduction ≤1.5 pages
- [ ] Methods start by page 2-3
- [ ] 2-4 contribution bullets included
- [ ] Limitations section present
**Writing**:
- [ ] Consistent terminology throughout
- [ ] No generic opening sentences
- [ ] Hedging removed unless necessary
- [ ] All figures have self-contained captions
**Technical**:
- [ ] All citations verified via API
- [ ] Error bars included with methodology
- [ ] Compute resources documented
- [ ] Code/data availability stated

251
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
# LaTeX Templates for ML/AI Conferences
This directory contains official LaTeX templates for major machine learning and AI conferences.
---
## Compiling LaTeX to PDF
### Option 1: VS Code with LaTeX Workshop (Recommended)
**Setup:**
1. Install [TeX Live](https://www.tug.org/texlive/) (full distribution recommended)
- macOS: `brew install --cask mactex`
- Ubuntu: `sudo apt install texlive-full`
- Windows: Download from [tug.org/texlive](https://www.tug.org/texlive/)
2. Install VS Code extension: **LaTeX Workshop** by James Yu
- Open VS Code → Extensions (Cmd/Ctrl+Shift+X) → Search "LaTeX Workshop" → Install
**Usage:**
- Open any `.tex` file in VS Code
- Save the file (Cmd/Ctrl+S) → Auto-compiles to PDF
- Click the green play button or use `Cmd/Ctrl+Alt+B` to build
- View PDF: Click "View LaTeX PDF" icon or `Cmd/Ctrl+Alt+V`
- Side-by-side view: `Cmd/Ctrl+Alt+V` then drag tab
**Settings** (add to VS Code `settings.json`):
```json
{
"latex-workshop.latex.autoBuild.run": "onSave",
"latex-workshop.view.pdf.viewer": "tab",
"latex-workshop.latex.recipes": [
{
"name": "pdflatex → bibtex → pdflatex × 2",
"tools": ["pdflatex", "bibtex", "pdflatex", "pdflatex"]
}
]
}
```
### Option 2: Command Line
```bash
# Basic compilation
pdflatex main.tex
# With bibliography (full workflow)
pdflatex main.tex
bibtex main
pdflatex main.tex
pdflatex main.tex
# Using latexmk (handles dependencies automatically)
latexmk -pdf main.tex
# Continuous compilation (watches for changes)
latexmk -pdf -pvc main.tex
```
### Option 3: Overleaf (Online)
1. Go to [overleaf.com](https://www.overleaf.com)
2. New Project → Upload Project → Upload the template folder as ZIP
3. Edit online with real-time PDF preview
4. No local installation needed
### Option 4: Other IDEs
| IDE | Extension/Plugin | Notes |
|-----|------------------|-------|
| **Cursor** | LaTeX Workshop | Same as VS Code |
| **Sublime Text** | LaTeXTools | Popular, well-maintained |
| **Vim/Neovim** | VimTeX | Powerful, keyboard-driven |
| **Emacs** | AUCTeX | Comprehensive LaTeX environment |
| **TeXstudio** | Built-in | Dedicated LaTeX IDE |
| **Texmaker** | Built-in | Cross-platform LaTeX editor |
### Troubleshooting Compilation
**"File not found" errors:**
```bash
# Ensure you're in the template directory
cd templates/icml2026
pdflatex example_paper.tex
```
**Bibliography not appearing:**
```bash
# Run bibtex after first pdflatex
pdflatex main.tex
bibtex main # Uses main.aux to find citations
pdflatex main.tex # Incorporates bibliography
pdflatex main.tex # Resolves references
```
**Missing packages:**
```bash
# TeX Live package manager
tlmgr install <package-name>
# Or install full distribution to avoid this
```
---
## Available Templates
| Conference | Directory | Year | Source |
|------------|-----------|------|--------|
| ICML | `icml2026/` | 2026 | [Official ICML](https://icml.cc/Conferences/2026/AuthorInstructions) |
| ICLR | `iclr2026/` | 2026 | [Official GitHub](https://github.com/ICLR/Master-Template) |
| NeurIPS | `neurips2025/` | 2025 | Community template |
| ACL | `acl/` | 2025+ | [Official ACL](https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files) |
| AAAI | `aaai2026/` | 2026 | [AAAI Author Kit](https://aaai.org/authorkit26/) |
| COLM | `colm2025/` | 2025 | [Official COLM](https://github.com/COLM-org/Template) |
## Usage
### ICML 2026
```latex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{icml2026} % For submission
% \usepackage[accepted]{icml2026} % For camera-ready
\begin{document}
% Your paper content
\end{document}
```
Key files:
- `icml2026.sty` - Style file
- `icml2026.bst` - Bibliography style
- `example_paper.tex` - Example document
### ICLR 2026
```latex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[submission]{iclr2026_conference} % For submission
% \usepackage[final]{iclr2026_conference} % For camera-ready
\begin{document}
% Your paper content
\end{document}
```
Key files:
- `iclr2026_conference.sty` - Style file
- `iclr2026_conference.bst` - Bibliography style
- `iclr2026_conference.tex` - Example document
### ACL Venues (ACL, EMNLP, NAACL)
```latex
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
\usepackage[review]{acl} % For review
% \usepackage{acl} % For camera-ready
\begin{document}
% Your paper content
\end{document}
```
Key files:
- `acl.sty` - Style file
- `acl_natbib.bst` - Bibliography style
- `acl_latex.tex` - Example document
### AAAI 2026
```latex
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % For submission
% \usepackage{aaai2026} % For camera-ready
\begin{document}
% Your paper content
\end{document}
```
Key files:
- `aaai2026.sty` - Style file
- `aaai2026.bst` - Bibliography style
### COLM 2025
```latex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[submission]{colm2025_conference} % For submission
% \usepackage[final]{colm2025_conference} % For camera-ready
\begin{document}
% Your paper content
\end{document}
```
Key files:
- `colm2025_conference.sty` - Style file
- `colm2025_conference.bst` - Bibliography style
## Page Limits Summary
| Conference | Submission | Camera-Ready | Notes |
|------------|-----------|--------------|-------|
| ICML 2026 | 8 pages | 9 pages | +unlimited refs/appendix |
| ICLR 2026 | 9 pages | 10 pages | +unlimited refs/appendix |
| NeurIPS 2025 | 9 pages | 9 pages | +checklist outside limit |
| ACL 2025 | 8 pages (long) | varies | +unlimited refs/appendix |
| AAAI 2026 | 7 pages | 8 pages | +unlimited refs/appendix |
| COLM 2025 | 9 pages | 10 pages | +unlimited refs/appendix |
## Common Issues
### Compilation Errors
1. **Missing packages**: Install full TeX distribution (TeX Live Full or MikTeX)
2. **Bibliography errors**: Use the provided `.bst` file with `\bibliographystyle{}`
3. **Font warnings**: Install `cm-super` or use `\usepackage{lmodern}`
### Anonymization
For submission, ensure:
- No author names in `\author{}`
- No acknowledgments section
- No grant numbers
- Use anonymous repositories
- Cite own work in third person
### Common LaTeX Packages
```latex
% Recommended packages (check compatibility with venue style)
\usepackage{amsmath,amsthm,amssymb} % Math
\usepackage{graphicx} % Figures
\usepackage{booktabs} % Tables
\usepackage{hyperref} % Links
\usepackage{algorithm,algorithmic} % Algorithms
\usepackage{natbib} % Citations
```
## Updating Templates
Templates are updated annually. Check official sources before each submission:
- ICML: https://icml.cc/
- ICLR: https://iclr.cc/
- NeurIPS: https://neurips.cc/
- ACL: https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files
- AAAI: https://aaai.org/
- COLM: https://colmweb.org/

534
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/aaai2026/README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
# AAAI 2026 统一LaTeX模板使用说明 / AAAI 2026 Unified LaTeX Template Guide
> **📝 重要说明 / Important Notice**: 本仓库借助Cursor在AAAI 2026官方模板基础上改进得到。如果遇到不满足或有冲突的情况，请积极提issues。
>
> **📝 Important Notice**: This repository is improved based on the official AAAI 2026 template with the assistance of Cursor. If you encounter any issues or conflicts, please actively submit issues.
[中文](#中文版本) | [English](#english-version)
---
## 🌐 在线查看 / Online Access
**📖 在线阅读和测试模板**: [https://cn.overleaf.com/read/wyhcnvcrtpyt#cd4a07](https://cn.overleaf.com/read/wyhcnvcrtpyt#cd4a07)
**📖 Online View and Test Template**: [https://cn.overleaf.com/read/wyhcnvcrtpyt#cd4a07](https://cn.overleaf.com/read/wyhcnvcrtpyt#cd4a07)
💡 **提示 / Tips**:
- 中文：您可以通过上述链接在Overleaf中直接查看、编辑和编译模板，无需本地安装LaTeX环境
- English: You can view, edit, and compile the template directly in Overleaf using the link above, without needing a local LaTeX installation
---
## 中文版本
### 概述 ✅
我已经将AAAI 2026的两个版本（匿名投稿版本和camera-ready版本）**完整合并**成一个统一的模板文件 `aaai2026-unified-template.tex`。
该模板包含了原始两个模板的**所有完整内容**（共886行，比原始文件更全面），包括：
- 所有格式化说明和要求
- 完整的示例代码和表格
- 图片处理指南
- 参考文献格式要求
- 所有章节和附录内容
- 版本特定的Acknowledgments部分
### 主要差异分析
通过比较原始的两个模板，我发现主要差异在于：
#### 1. 包的加载方式
- **匿名版本**: `\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026}`
- **Camera-ready版本**: `\usepackage{aaai2026}`
#### 2. 标题差异
- **匿名版本**: "AAAI Press Anonymous Submission Instructions for Authors Using LaTeX"
- **Camera-ready版本**: "AAAI Press Formatting Instructions for Authors Using LaTeX --- A Guide"
#### 3. Links环境的处理
- **匿名版本**: Links环境被注释掉，防止泄露作者身份
- **Camera-ready版本**: Links环境正常显示
#### 4. 内容部分差异
- **匿名版本**: 包含"Preparing an Anonymous Submission"部分的特殊说明
- **Camera-ready版本**: 包含完整的格式说明和版权信息
### 依赖文件检查结果
✅ **已验证并复制到主目录的文件**：
- `aaai2026.sty` - AAAI 2026 样式文件（两个版本完全相同）
- `aaai2026.bst` - 参考文献样式文件（两个版本完全相同）
- `aaai2026.bib` - 示例参考文献文件
- `figure1.pdf` 和 `figure2.pdf` - 示例图片文件
所有这些文件在两个版本中都是相同的，因此统一模板可以正常工作。
### 如何使用统一模板
#### 切换到匿名投稿版本
在模板文件第11行，**取消注释**这一行：
```latex
\def\aaaianonymous{true}
```
#### 切换到Camera-ready版本
在模板文件第11行，**注释掉**或**删除**这一行：
```latex
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
```
### 一键切换的核心机制
统一模板使用了LaTeX的条件编译功能：
```latex
% 条件包加载
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % 匿名版本
\else
\usepackage{aaai2026} % Camera-ready版本
\fi
% 条件标题设置
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\title{AAAI Press Anonymous Submission\\Instructions for Authors Using \LaTeX{}}
\else
\title{AAAI Press Formatting Instructions \\for Authors Using \LaTeX{} --- A Guide}
\fi
% 条件内容显示
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
% 匿名版本特有内容
\else
% Camera-ready版本特有内容
\fi
```
### 文件清单
主目录现在包含以下文件：
- `aaai2026-unified-template.tex` - 统一主论文模板文件
- `aaai2026-unified-supp.tex` - 统一补充材料模板文件
- `aaai2026.sty` - AAAI 2026 LaTeX 样式文件
- `aaai2026.bst` - 参考文献样式文件
- `aaai2026.bib` - 示例参考文献文件
- `figure1.pdf` - 示例图片1
- `figure2.pdf` - 示例图片2
- `README.md` - 本说明文档
### 补充材料模板 (Supplementary Material Template)
#### 概述
`aaai2026-unified-supp.tex` 是专门为AAAI 2026补充材料设计的统一模板，与主论文模板使用相同的版本切换机制。
#### 主要功能
- **版本切换**: 通过修改一行代码在匿名投稿和camera-ready版本间切换
- **补充内容支持**: 支持额外的实验、推导、数据、图表、算法等
- **格式一致性**: 与主论文模板保持完全一致的格式要求
- **代码示例**: 包含算法、代码列表等补充材料的示例
#### 使用方法
与主论文模板相同，只需修改第11行：
```latex
% 匿名投稿版本
\def\aaaianonymous{true}
% Camera-ready版本
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
```
#### 补充材料内容建议
- 额外的实验结果和消融研究
- 详细的数学推导和证明
- 更多的图表和可视化
- 算法伪代码和实现细节
- 数据集描述和预处理步骤
- 超参数设置和实验配置
- 失败案例分析
- 计算复杂度分析
### 使用检查清单 (Usage Checklist)
#### 📋 投稿前检查清单 (Pre-Submission Checklist)
**版本设置**:
- [ ] 已设置 `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` (匿名投稿)
- [ ] 已注释掉所有可能暴露身份的信息
- [ ] 已匿名化参考文献（移除作者姓名）
**内容完整性**:
- [ ] 标题、摘要、关键词已填写
- [ ] 所有章节内容完整
- [ ] 图表编号连续且正确
- [ ] 参考文献格式正确
- [ ] 补充材料（如有）已准备
**格式检查**:
- [ ] 页面边距符合要求
- [ ] 字体和字号正确
- [ ] 行间距符合标准
- [ ] 图表位置和大小合适
- [ ] 数学公式格式正确
**技术检查**:
- [ ] LaTeX编译无错误
- [ ] 参考文献正确生成
- [ ] PDF输出正常
- [ ] 文件大小在限制范围内
#### 📋 录用后检查清单 (Post-Acceptance Checklist)
**版本切换**:
- [ ] 已注释掉 `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` (camera-ready)
- [ ] 已添加完整的作者信息
- [ ] 已添加所有作者单位信息
- [ ] 已恢复所有被注释的内容
**内容更新**:
- [ ] 已根据审稿意见修改内容
- [ ] 已更新所有图表和实验
- [ ] 已完善补充材料
- [ ] 已检查所有链接和引用
**最终检查**:
- [ ] 最终PDF质量检查
- [ ] 所有文件已备份
- [ ] 符合会议最终提交要求
- [ ] 补充材料已单独提交（如需要）
#### 📋 补充材料检查清单 (Supplementary Material Checklist)
**内容组织**:
- [ ] 补充材料与主论文内容对应
- [ ] 章节结构清晰合理
- [ ] 图表编号与主论文不冲突
- [ ] 参考文献格式一致
**技术细节**:
- [ ] 算法伪代码清晰完整
- [ ] 实验设置详细说明
- [ ] 数据预处理步骤明确
- [ ] 超参数配置完整
**格式要求**:
- [ ] 使用统一的supp模板
- [ ] 页面设置与主论文一致
- [ ] 字体和格式符合要求
- [ ] 文件大小在限制范围内
### 实际使用建议
1. **投稿阶段**:
- 取消注释 `\def\aaaianonymous{true}`
- 确保不包含任何可能暴露身份的信息
- 检查参考文献是否已匿名化
2. **录用后准备final版本**:
- 注释掉或删除 `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` 这一行
- 添加完整的作者信息和affiliations
- 取消注释links环境（如果需要）
3. **编译测试**:
- 分别在两种模式下编译，确保都能正常工作
- 检查输出的PDF是否符合要求
- 验证参考文献格式是否正确
4. **依赖文件确认**:
- 确保所有依赖文件都在同一目录下
- 如果移动模板文件，记得同时移动依赖文件
### 重要注意事项
⚠️ **关于Bibliography Style**:
- `aaai2026.sty`文件已经自动设置了`\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}`
- **不要**在文档中再次添加`\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}`命令
- 否则会出现"`Illegal, another \bibstyle command`"错误
- 只需要使用`\bibliography{aaai2026}`命令即可
### 编译命令示例
```bash
# 编译LaTeX文档
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
bibtex aaai2026-unified-template
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
```
### 常见问题解决
#### 1. "Illegal, another \bibstyle command"错误
**原因**: 重复设置了bibliography style
**解决方案**: 删除文档中的`\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}`命令，`aaai2026.sty`会自动处理
#### 2. 参考文献格式不正确
**原因**: 可能缺少natbib包或者BibTeX文件问题
**解决方案**: 确保按照标准的LaTeX编译流程：pdflatex → bibtex → pdflatex → pdflatex
---
## English Version
### Overview ✅
I have **completely merged** the two AAAI 2026 versions (anonymous submission and camera-ready) into a single unified template file `aaai2026-unified-template.tex`.
This template contains **all complete content** from both original templates (886 lines total, more comprehensive than the original files), including:
- All formatting instructions and requirements
- Complete example codes and tables
- Image processing guidelines
- Reference formatting requirements
- All sections and appendix content
- Version-specific Acknowledgments sections
### Key Differences Analysis
By comparing the two original templates, the main differences are:
#### 1. Package Loading Method
- **Anonymous version**: `\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026}`
- **Camera-ready version**: `\usepackage{aaai2026}`
#### 2. Title Differences
- **Anonymous version**: "AAAI Press Anonymous Submission Instructions for Authors Using LaTeX"
- **Camera-ready version**: "AAAI Press Formatting Instructions for Authors Using LaTeX --- A Guide"
#### 3. Links Environment Handling
- **Anonymous version**: Links environment commented out to prevent identity disclosure
- **Camera-ready version**: Links environment displayed normally
#### 4. Content Section Differences
- **Anonymous version**: Contains special instructions in "Preparing an Anonymous Submission" section
- **Camera-ready version**: Contains complete formatting instructions and copyright information
### Dependency Files Verification
✅ **Files verified and copied to main directory**:
- `aaai2026.sty` - AAAI 2026 style file (identical in both versions)
- `aaai2026.bst` - Bibliography style file (identical in both versions)
- `aaai2026.bib` - Sample bibliography file
- `figure1.pdf` and `figure2.pdf` - Sample image files
All these files are identical in both versions, so the unified template works properly.
### How to Use the Unified Template
#### Switch to Anonymous Submission Version
On line 11 of the template file, **uncomment** this line:
```latex
\def\aaaianonymous{true}
```
#### Switch to Camera-ready Version
On line 11 of the template file, **comment out** or **delete** this line:
```latex
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
```
### Core Mechanism of One-Click Switching
The unified template uses LaTeX conditional compilation:
```latex
% Conditional package loading
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % Anonymous version
\else
\usepackage{aaai2026} % Camera-ready version
\fi
% Conditional title setting
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\title{AAAI Press Anonymous Submission\\Instructions for Authors Using \LaTeX{}}
\else
\title{AAAI Press Formatting Instructions \\for Authors Using \LaTeX{} --- A Guide}
\fi
% Conditional content display
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
% Anonymous version specific content
\else
% Camera-ready version specific content
\fi
```
### File List
The main directory now contains the following files:
- `aaai2026-unified-template.tex` - Unified main paper template file
- `aaai2026-unified-supp.tex` - Unified supplementary material template file
- `aaai2026.sty` - AAAI 2026 LaTeX style file
- `aaai2026.bst` - Bibliography style file
- `aaai2026.bib` - Sample bibliography file
- `figure1.pdf` - Sample image 1
- `figure2.pdf` - Sample image 2
- `README.md` - This documentation
### Supplementary Material Template
#### Overview
`aaai2026-unified-supp.tex` is a unified template specifically designed for AAAI 2026 supplementary materials, using the same version switching mechanism as the main paper template.
#### Key Features
- **Version Switching**: Switch between anonymous submission and camera-ready versions by modifying one line of code
- **Supplementary Content Support**: Supports additional experiments, derivations, data, figures, algorithms, etc.
- **Format Consistency**: Maintains complete format consistency with the main paper template
- **Code Examples**: Includes examples for algorithms, code listings, and other supplementary materials
#### Usage
Same as the main paper template, just modify line 11:
```latex
% Anonymous submission version
\def\aaaianonymous{true}
% Camera-ready version
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
```
#### Supplementary Material Content Suggestions
- Additional experimental results and ablation studies
- Detailed mathematical derivations and proofs
- More figures and visualizations
- Algorithm pseudocode and implementation details
- Dataset descriptions and preprocessing steps
- Hyperparameter settings and experimental configurations
- Failure case analysis
- Computational complexity analysis
### Usage Checklist
#### 📋 Pre-Submission Checklist
**Version Setup**:
- [ ] Set `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` (anonymous submission)
- [ ] Commented out all information that could reveal identity
- [ ] Anonymized references (removed author names)
**Content Completeness**:
- [ ] Title, abstract, and keywords filled
- [ ] All sections complete
- [ ] Figure and table numbers consecutive and correct
- [ ] Reference format correct
- [ ] Supplementary materials prepared (if any)
**Format Check**:
- [ ] Page margins meet requirements
- [ ] Font and font size correct
- [ ] Line spacing meets standards
- [ ] Figure and table positions and sizes appropriate
- [ ] Mathematical formula format correct
**Technical Check**:
- [ ] LaTeX compilation error-free
- [ ] References generated correctly
- [ ] PDF output normal
- [ ] File size within limits
#### 📋 Post-Acceptance Checklist
**Version Switch**:
- [ ] Commented out `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` (camera-ready)
- [ ] Added complete author information
- [ ] Added all author affiliation information
- [ ] Restored all commented content
**Content Updates**:
- [ ] Modified content according to reviewer comments
- [ ] Updated all figures and experiments
- [ ] Completed supplementary materials
- [ ] Checked all links and citations
**Final Check**:
- [ ] Final PDF quality check
- [ ] All files backed up
- [ ] Meets conference final submission requirements
- [ ] Supplementary materials submitted separately (if needed)
#### 📋 Supplementary Material Checklist
**Content Organization**:
- [ ] Supplementary materials correspond to main paper content
- [ ] Chapter structure clear and reasonable
- [ ] Figure and table numbers don't conflict with main paper
- [ ] Reference format consistent
**Technical Details**:
- [ ] Algorithm pseudocode clear and complete
- [ ] Experimental setup explained in detail
- [ ] Data preprocessing steps clear
- [ ] Hyperparameter configuration complete
**Format Requirements**:
- [ ] Using unified supp template
- [ ] Page settings consistent with main paper
- [ ] Font and format meet requirements
- [ ] File size within limits
### Practical Usage Recommendations
1. **Submission Stage**:
- Uncomment `\def\aaaianonymous{true}`
- Ensure no information that could reveal identity is included
- Check that references are anonymized
2. **Preparing final version after acceptance**:
- Comment out or delete the `\def\aaaianonymous{true}` line
- Add complete author information and affiliations
- Uncomment links environment (if needed)
3. **Compilation Testing**:
- Compile in both modes to ensure proper functionality
- Check if the output PDF meets requirements
- Verify reference formatting is correct
4. **Dependency File Confirmation**:
- Ensure all dependency files are in the same directory
- Remember to move dependency files when moving the template file
### Important Notes
⚠️ **About Bibliography Style**:
- The `aaai2026.sty` file automatically sets `\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}`
- **Do NOT** add `\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}` command again in your document
- Otherwise you'll get "`Illegal, another \bibstyle command`" error
- Just use the `\bibliography{aaai2026}` command
### Compilation Commands Example
```bash
# Compile LaTeX document
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
bibtex aaai2026-unified-template
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
pdflatex aaai2026-unified-template.tex
```
### Common Issues and Solutions
#### 1. "Illegal, another \bibstyle command" Error
**Cause**: Duplicate bibliography style setting
**Solution**: Remove the `\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}` command from your document, `aaai2026.sty` handles it automatically
#### 2. Incorrect Reference Format
**Cause**: Missing natbib package or BibTeX file issues
**Solution**: Follow the standard LaTeX compilation process: pdflatex → bibtex → pdflatex → pdflatex
---
## 版本信息 / Version Information
- **模板版本 / Template Version**: AAAI 2026 Unified (Main + Supplementary)
- **创建日期 / Created**: 2024年12月
- **支持格式 / Supported Formats**: Anonymous Submission & Camera-Ready
- **模板类型 / Template Types**: Main Paper Template & Supplementary Material Template
- **兼容性 / Compatibility**: LaTeX 2020+ / TeXLive 2024+
---
🎉 **现在您只需要修改一行代码就可以在两个版本之间切换，同时所有必要的依赖文件都已经准备就绪！**
🎉 **Now you only need to modify one line of code to switch between the two versions, with all necessary dependency files ready to use!**

144
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/aaai2026/aaai2026-unified-supp.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
%File: aaai2026-unified-supp.tex
%
% UNIFIED AAAI 2026 SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TEMPLATE
% To switch between anonymous submission and camera-ready versions,
% simply change the next line:
%
% For ANONYMOUS SUBMISSION: uncomment the next line
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
%
% For CAMERA-READY VERSION: comment out or delete the next line
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
% Conditional package loading based on version
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % Anonymous submission version
\else
\usepackage{aaai2026} % Camera-ready version
\fi
\usepackage{times} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{helvet} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{courier} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage[hyphens]{url} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\urlstyle{rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\def\UrlFont{\rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{natbib} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS AND DO NOT ADD ANY OPTIONS TO IT
\usepackage{caption} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS AND DO NOT ADD ANY OPTIONS TO IT
\frenchspacing % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
% These are recommended to typeset algorithms but not required.
\usepackage{algorithm}
\usepackage{algorithmic}
% These are recommended to typeset listings but not required.
\usepackage{newfloat}
\usepackage{listings}
\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=normalfont,labelsep=colon,strut=off} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\lstset{%
basicstyle={\footnotesize\ttfamily},
numbers=left,numberstyle=\footnotesize,xleftmargin=2em,
aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt,
showstringspaces=false,tabsize=2,breaklines=true}
\floatstyle{ruled}
\newfloat{listing}{tb}{lst}{}
\floatname{listing}{Listing}
\pdfinfo{
/TemplateVersion (2026.1)
}
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} %May be changed to 1 or 2 if section numbers are desired.
% Title - conditionally set based on version
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\title{AAAI 2026 Supplementary Material\\Anonymous Submission}
\else
\title{AAAI 2026 Supplementary Material\\Camera Ready}
\fi
% Author and affiliation information
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\author{
Anonymous Submission
}
\affiliations{
% Leave affiliations empty for anonymous submission
}
\else
\author{
%Authors
Written by AAAI Press Staff\textsuperscript{\rm 1}\thanks{With help from the AAAI Publications Committee.}\\
AAAI Style Contributions by Pater Patel Schneider,
Sunil Issar,\\
J. Scott Penberthy,
George Ferguson,
Hans Guesgen,
Francisco Cruz\equalcontrib,
Marc Pujol-Gonzalez\equalcontrib
}
\affiliations{
\textsuperscript{\rm 1}Association for the Advancement of Artificial Intelligence\\
1101 Pennsylvania Ave, NW Suite 300\\
Washington, DC 20004 USA\\
proceedings-questions@aaai.org
}
\fi
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
This document provides supplementary material for the main paper, including additional experiments, derivations, data, figures, algorithms, and other relevant content. Please add detailed information as needed. This supplementary material is submitted together with the main paper to further support and complement the main findings.
\end{abstract}
% ----------- Supplementary Content Starts Here -----------
\section{Example Supplementary Content}
This is the main body of the supplementary material. You may add extra experimental results, ablation studies, detailed derivations, additional figures, pseudocode, dataset descriptions, etc.
\subsection{Additional Experiments}
% Example: Insert a figure
% Uncomment and modify the following lines to add your own figures:
% \begin{figure}[h]
% \centering
% \includegraphics[width=0.9\columnwidth]{your-figure-name}
% \caption{Your figure caption here.}
% \label{fig:supp1}
% \end{figure}
\subsection{Detailed Derivations}
You may provide detailed mathematical derivations, proofs, or other technical details here.
\subsection{Pseudocode}
\begin{algorithm}[h]
\caption{Example Supplementary Algorithm}
\begin{algorithmic}[1]
\STATE Initialize parameters
\FOR{each sample}
\STATE Compute loss
\STATE Update parameters
\ENDFOR
\STATE \textbf{return} optimal parameters
\end{algorithmic}
\end{algorithm}
% ----------- Supplementary Content Ends Here -----------
% References and End of Paper
% These lines must be placed at the end of your paper
\bibliography{aaai2026}
\end{document}

952
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/aaai2026/aaai2026-unified-template.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,952 @@
%File: aaai2026-unified-template.tex
%
% UNIFIED AAAI 2026 TEMPLATE
% To switch between anonymous submission and camera-ready versions,
% simply change the next line:
%
% For ANONYMOUS SUBMISSION: uncomment the next line
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
%
% For CAMERA-READY VERSION: comment out or delete the next line
% \def\aaaianonymous{true}
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
% Conditional package loading based on version
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % Anonymous submission version
\else
\usepackage{aaai2026} % Camera-ready version
\fi
\usepackage{times} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{helvet} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{courier} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage[hyphens]{url} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\urlstyle{rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\def\UrlFont{\rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{natbib} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS AND DO NOT ADD ANY OPTIONS TO IT
\usepackage{caption} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS AND DO NOT ADD ANY OPTIONS TO IT
\frenchspacing % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
%
% These are recommended to typeset algorithms but not required. See the subsubsection on algorithms. Remove them if you don't have algorithms in your paper.
\usepackage{algorithm}
\usepackage{algorithmic}
%
% These are are recommended to typeset listings but not required. See the subsubsection on listing. Remove this block if you don't have listings in your paper.
\usepackage{newfloat}
\usepackage{listings}
\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=normalfont,labelsep=colon,strut=off} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\lstset{%
basicstyle={\footnotesize\ttfamily},% footnotesize acceptable for monospace
numbers=left,numberstyle=\footnotesize,xleftmargin=2em,% show line numbers, remove this entire line if you don't want the numbers.
aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt,%
showstringspaces=false,tabsize=2,breaklines=true}
\floatstyle{ruled}
\newfloat{listing}{tb}{lst}{}
\floatname{listing}{Listing}
%
% Keep the \pdfinfo as shown here. There's no need
% for you to add the /Title and /Author tags.
\pdfinfo{
/TemplateVersion (2026.1)
}
% DISALLOWED PACKAGES
% \usepackage{authblk} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{balance} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{color (if used in text)
% \usepackage{CJK} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{float} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{flushend} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{fontenc} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{fullpage} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{geometry} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{grffile} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{hyperref} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{navigator} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% (or any other package that embeds links such as navigator or hyperref)
% \indentfirst} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \layout} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \multicol} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \nameref} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{savetrees} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{setspace} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{stfloats} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{tabu} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{titlesec} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{tocbibind} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{ulem} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% \usepackage{wrapfig} -- This package is specifically forbidden
% DISALLOWED COMMANDS
% \nocopyright -- Your paper will not be published if you use this command
% \addtolength -- This command may not be used
% \balance -- This command may not be used
% \baselinestretch -- Your paper will not be published if you use this command
% \clearpage -- No page breaks of any kind may be used for the final version of your paper
% \columnsep -- This command may not be used
% \newpage -- No page breaks of any kind may be used for the final version of your paper
% \pagebreak -- No page breaks of any kind may be used for the final version of your paperr
% \pagestyle -- This command may not be used
% \tiny -- This is not an acceptable font size.
% \vspace{- -- No negative value may be used in proximity of a caption, figure, table, section, subsection, subsubsection, or reference
% \vskip{- -- No negative value may be used to alter spacing above or below a caption, figure, table, section, subsection, subsubsection, or reference
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} %May be changed to 1 or 2 if section numbers are desired.
% The file aaai2026.sty is the style file for AAAI Press
% proceedings, working notes, and technical reports.
%
% Title - conditionally set based on version
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\title{AAAI Press Anonymous Submission\\Instructions for Authors Using \LaTeX{}}
\else
\title{AAAI Press Formatting Instructions \\for Authors Using \LaTeX{} --- A Guide}
\fi
% Author and affiliation information
\author{
%Authors
% All authors must be in the same font size and format.
Written by AAAI Press Staff\textsuperscript{\rm 1}\thanks{With help from the AAAI Publications Committee.}\\
AAAI Style Contributions by Pater Patel Schneider,
Sunil Issar,\\
J. Scott Penberthy,
George Ferguson,
Hans Guesgen,
Francisco Cruz\equalcontrib,
Marc Pujol-Gonzalez\equalcontrib
}
\affiliations{
%Afiliations
\textsuperscript{\rm 1}Association for the Advancement of Artificial Intelligence\\
% If you have multiple authors and multiple affiliations
% use superscripts in text and roman font to identify them.
% For example,
% Sunil Issar\textsuperscript{\rm 2},
% J. Scott Penberthy\textsuperscript{\rm 3},
% George Ferguson\textsuperscript{\rm 4},
% Hans Guesgen\textsuperscript{\rm 5}
% Note that the comma should be placed after the superscript
1101 Pennsylvania Ave, NW Suite 300\\
Washington, DC 20004 USA\\
% email address must be in roman text type, not monospace or sans serif
proceedings-questions@aaai.org
%
% See more examples next
}
%Example, Single Author, ->> remove \iffalse,\fi and place them surrounding AAAI title to use it
\iffalse
\title{My Publication Title --- Single Author}
\author {
Author Name
}
\affiliations{
Affiliation\\
Affiliation Line 2\\
name@example.com
}
\fi
\iffalse
%Example, Multiple Authors, ->> remove \iffalse,\fi and place them surrounding AAAI title to use it
\title{My Publication Title --- Multiple Authors}
\author {
% Authors
First Author Name\textsuperscript{\rm 1},
Second Author Name\textsuperscript{\rm 2},
Third Author Name\textsuperscript{\rm 1}
}
\affiliations {
% Affiliations
\textsuperscript{\rm 1}Affiliation 1\\
\textsuperscript{\rm 2}Affiliation 2\\
firstAuthor@affiliation1.com, secondAuthor@affilation2.com, thirdAuthor@affiliation1.com
}
\fi
% REMOVE THIS: bibentry
% This is only needed to show inline citations in the guidelines document. You should not need it and can safely delete it.
\usepackage{bibentry}
% END REMOVE bibentry
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
AAAI creates proceedings, working notes, and technical reports directly from electronic source furnished by the authors. To ensure that all papers in the publication have a uniform appearance, authors must adhere to the following instructions.
\end{abstract}
% Links section - only shown in camera-ready version
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
% Uncomment the following to link to your code, datasets, an extended version or similar.
% You must keep this block between (not within) the abstract and the main body of the paper.
% NOTE: For anonymous submissions, do not include links that could reveal your identity
% \begin{links}
% \link{Code}{https://aaai.org/example/code}
% \link{Datasets}{https://aaai.org/example/datasets}
% \link{Extended version}{https://aaai.org/example/extended-version}
% \end{links}
\else
% Uncomment the following to link to your code, datasets, an extended version or similar.
% You must keep this block between (not within) the abstract and the main body of the paper.
\begin{links}
\link{Code}{https://aaai.org/example/code}
\link{Datasets}{https://aaai.org/example/datasets}
\link{Extended version}{https://aaai.org/example/extended-version}
\end{links}
\fi
% Version-specific content
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\section{Preparing an Anonymous Submission}
This document details the formatting requirements for anonymous submissions. The requirements are the same as for camera ready papers but with a few notable differences:
\begin{itemize}
\item Anonymous submissions must not include the author names and affiliations. Write ``Anonymous Submission'' as the ``sole author'' and leave the affiliations empty.
\item The PDF document's metadata should be cleared with a metadata-cleaning tool before submitting it. This is to prevent leaked information from revealing your identity.
\item References must be anonymized whenever the reader can infer that they are to the authors' previous work.
\item AAAI's copyright notice should not be included as a footer in the first page.
\item Only the PDF version is required at this stage. No source versions will be requested, nor any copyright transfer form.
\end{itemize}
You can remove the copyright notice and ensure that your names aren't shown by including \texttt{submission} option when loading the \texttt{aaai2026} package:
\begin{quote}\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026}
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}\end{quote}
The remainder of this document are the original camera-ready instructions. Any contradiction of the above points ought to be ignored while preparing anonymous submissions.
\section{Camera-Ready Guidelines}
\else
\section{Introduction}
\fi
Congratulations on having a paper selected for inclusion in an AAAI Press proceedings or technical report! This document details the requirements necessary to get your accepted paper published using PDF\LaTeX{}. If you are using Microsoft Word, instructions are provided in a different document. AAAI Press does not support any other formatting software.
The instructions herein are provided as a general guide for experienced \LaTeX{} users. If you do not know how to use \LaTeX{}, please obtain assistance locally. AAAI cannot provide you with support and the accompanying style files are \textbf{not} guaranteed to work. If the results you obtain are not in accordance with the specifications you received, you must correct your source file to achieve the correct result.
These instructions are generic. Consequently, they do not include specific dates, page charges, and so forth. Please consult your specific written conference instructions for details regarding your submission. Please review the entire document for specific instructions that might apply to your particular situation. All authors must comply with the following:
\begin{itemize}
\item You must use the 2026 AAAI Press \LaTeX{} style file and the aaai2026.bst bibliography style files, which are located in the 2026 AAAI Author Kit (aaai2026.sty, aaai2026.bst).
\item You must complete, sign, and return by the deadline the AAAI copyright form (unless directed by AAAI Press to use the AAAI Distribution License instead).
\item You must read and format your paper source and PDF according to the formatting instructions for authors.
\item You must submit your electronic files and abstract using our electronic submission form \textbf{on time.}
\item You must pay any required page or formatting charges to AAAI Press so that they are received by the deadline.
\item You must check your paper before submitting it, ensuring that it compiles without error, and complies with the guidelines found in the AAAI Author Kit.
\end{itemize}
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\else
\section{Copyright}
All papers submitted for publication by AAAI Press must be accompanied by a valid signed copyright form. They must also contain the AAAI copyright notice at the bottom of the first page of the paper. There are no exceptions to these requirements. If you fail to provide us with a signed copyright form or disable the copyright notice, we will be unable to publish your paper. There are \textbf{no exceptions} to this policy. You will find a PDF version of the AAAI copyright form in the AAAI AuthorKit. Please see the specific instructions for your conference for submission details.
\fi
\section{Formatting Requirements in Brief}
We need source and PDF files that can be used in a variety of ways and can be output on a variety of devices. The design and appearance of the paper is \ifdefined\aaaianonymous governed by the aaai2026.sty file (aaai2026.bst for the bibliography style).\else strictly governed by the aaai style file (aaai2026.sty).\fi
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\begin{itemize}
\item You must not modify the aaai2026.sty file or change the TeX commands.
\item You must not use any commands that alter the layout or formatting of your document (i.e., you cannot change the default margins, line spacing, etc.).
\item You may include other font size changes, color changes, or other formatting commands in your own source, but the paper has to be able to compile, and the styling commands are ignored.
\end{itemize}
\else
\textbf{You must not make any changes to the aaai style file, nor use any commands, packages, style files, or macros within your own paper that alter that design, including, but not limited to spacing, floats, margins, fonts, font size, and appearance.} AAAI imposes requirements on your source and PDF files that must be followed. Most of these requirements are based on our efforts to standardize conference manuscript properties and layout. All papers submitted to AAAI for publication will be recompiled for standardization purposes. Consequently, every paper submission must comply with the following requirements:
\begin{itemize}
\item Your .tex file must compile in PDF\LaTeX{} --- (you may not include .ps or .eps figure files.)
\item All fonts must be embedded in the PDF file --- including your figures.
\item Modifications to the style file, whether directly or via commands in your document may not ever be made, most especially when made in an effort to avoid extra page charges or make your paper fit in a specific number of pages.
\item No type 3 fonts may be used (even in illustrations).
\item You may not alter the spacing above and below captions, figures, headings, and subheadings.
\item You may not alter the font sizes of text elements, footnotes, heading elements, captions, or title information (for references and mathematics, please see the limited exceptions provided herein).
\item You may not alter the line spacing of text.
\item Your title must follow Title Case capitalization rules (not sentence case).
\item \LaTeX{} documents must use the Times or Nimbus font package (you may not use Computer Modern for the text of your paper).
\item No \LaTeX{} 209 documents may be used or submitted.
\item Your source must not require use of fonts for non-Roman alphabets within the text itself. If your paper includes symbols in other languages (such as, but not limited to, Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Thai, Russian and other Cyrillic languages), you must restrict their use to bit-mapped figures. Fonts that require non-English language support (CID and Identity-H) must be converted to outlines or 300 dpi bitmap or removed from the document (even if they are in a graphics file embedded in the document).
\item Two-column format in AAAI style is required for all papers.
\item The paper size for final submission must be US letter without exception.
\item The source file must exactly match the PDF.
\item The document margins may not be exceeded (no overfull boxes).
\item The number of pages and the file size must be as specified for your event.
\item No document may be password protected.
\item Neither the PDFs nor the source may contain any embedded links or bookmarks (no hyperref or navigator packages).
\item Your source and PDF must not have any page numbers, footers, or headers (no pagestyle commands).
\item Your PDF must be compatible with Acrobat 5 or higher.
\item Your \LaTeX{} source file (excluding references) must consist of a \textbf{single} file (use of the ``input" command is not allowed.
\item Your graphics must be sized appropriately outside of \LaTeX{} (do not use the ``clip" or ``trim'' command) .
\end{itemize}
If you do not follow these requirements, your paper will be returned to you to correct the deficiencies.
\fi
\section{What Files to Submit}
You must submit the following items to ensure that your paper is published:
\begin{itemize}
\item A fully-compliant PDF file.
\item Your \LaTeX{} source file submitted as a \textbf{single} .tex file (do not use the ``input" command to include sections of your paper --- every section must be in the single source file). (The only allowable exception is .bib file, which should be included separately).
\item The bibliography (.bib) file(s).
\item Your source must compile on our system, which includes only standard \LaTeX{} 2020 TeXLive support files.
\item Only the graphics files used in compiling paper.
\item The \LaTeX{}-generated files (e.g. .aux, .bbl file, PDF, etc.).
\end{itemize}
Your \LaTeX{} source will be reviewed and recompiled on our system (if it does not compile, your paper will be returned to you. \textbf{Do not submit your source in multiple text files.} Your single \LaTeX{} source file must include all your text, your bibliography (formatted using aaai2026.bst), and any custom macros.
Your files should work without any supporting files (other than the program itself) on any computer with a standard \LaTeX{} distribution.
\textbf{Do not send files that are not actually used in the paper.} Avoid including any files not needed for compiling your paper, including, for example, this instructions file, unused graphics files, style files, additional material sent for the purpose of the paper review, intermediate build files and so forth.
\textbf{Obsolete style files.} The commands for some common packages (such as some used for algorithms), may have changed. Please be certain that you are not compiling your paper using old or obsolete style files.
\textbf{Final Archive.} Place your source files in a single archive which should be compressed using .zip. The final file size may not exceed 10 MB.
Name your source file with the last (family) name of the first author, even if that is not you.
\section{Using \LaTeX{} to Format Your Paper}
The latest version of the AAAI style file is available on AAAI's website. Download this file and place it in the \TeX\ search path. Placing it in the same directory as the paper should also work. You must download the latest version of the complete AAAI Author Kit so that you will have the latest instruction set and style file.
\subsection{Document Preamble}
In the \LaTeX{} source for your paper, you \textbf{must} place the following lines as shown in the example in this subsection. This command set-up is for three authors. Add or subtract author and address lines as necessary, and uncomment the portions that apply to you. In most instances, this is all you need to do to format your paper in the Times font. The helvet package will cause Helvetica to be used for sans serif. These files are part of the PSNFSS2e package, which is freely available from many Internet sites (and is often part of a standard installation).
Leave the setcounter for section number depth commented out and set at 0 unless you want to add section numbers to your paper. If you do add section numbers, you must uncomment this line and change the number to 1 (for section numbers), or 2 (for section and subsection numbers). The style file will not work properly with numbering of subsubsections, so do not use a number higher than 2.
\subsubsection{The Following Must Appear in Your Preamble}
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\begin{quote}
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}
% DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage[submission]{aaai2026} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{times} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{helvet} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{courier} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage[hyphens]{url} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\urlstyle{rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\def\UrlFont{\rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{natbib} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{caption} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\frenchspacing % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
%
% Keep the \pdfinfo as shown here. There's no need
% for you to add the /Title and /Author tags.
\pdfinfo{
/TemplateVersion (2026.1)
}
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
\end{quote}
\else
\begin{quote}
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}
% DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{aaai2026} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{times} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{helvet} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{courier} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage[hyphens]{url} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\urlstyle{rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\def\UrlFont{\rm} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{graphicx} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{natbib} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\usepackage{caption} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\frenchspacing % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in} % DO NOT CHANGE THIS
%
% Keep the \pdfinfo as shown here. There's no need
% for you to add the /Title and /Author tags.
\pdfinfo{
/TemplateVersion (2026.1)
}
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
\end{quote}
\fi
\subsection{Preparing Your Paper}
After the preamble above, you should prepare your paper as follows:
\begin{quote}
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
%...
\end{abstract}\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
\end{quote}
\noindent If you want to add links to the paper's code, dataset(s), and extended version or similar this is the place to add them, within a \emph{links} environment:
\begin{quote}%
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
\begin{links}
\link{Code}{https://aaai.org/example/guidelines}
\link{Datasets}{https://aaai.org/example/datasets}
\link{Extended version}{https://aaai.org/example}
\end{links}\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
\end{quote}
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\noindent Make sure that you do not de-anonymize yourself with these links.
\fi
\noindent You should then continue with the body of your paper. Your paper must conclude with the references, which should be inserted as follows:
\begin{quote}
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
% References and End of Paper
% These lines must be placed at the end of your paper
\bibliography{Bibliography-File}
\end{document}
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
\end{quote}
\begin{quote}
\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
\begin{document}\\
\maketitle\\
...\\
\bibliography{Bibliography-File}\\
\end{document}\\
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}
\end{quote}
\subsection{Commands and Packages That May Not Be Used}
\begin{table*}[t]
\centering
\begin{tabular}{l|l|l|l}
\textbackslash abovecaption &
\textbackslash abovedisplay &
\textbackslash addevensidemargin &
\textbackslash addsidemargin \\
\textbackslash addtolength &
\textbackslash baselinestretch &
\textbackslash belowcaption &
\textbackslash belowdisplay \\
\textbackslash break &
\textbackslash clearpage &
\textbackslash clip &
\textbackslash columnsep \\
\textbackslash float &
\textbackslash input &
\textbackslash input &
\textbackslash linespread \\
\textbackslash newpage &
\textbackslash pagebreak &
\textbackslash renewcommand &
\textbackslash setlength \\
\textbackslash text height &
\textbackslash tiny &
\textbackslash top margin &
\textbackslash trim \\
\textbackslash vskip\{- &
\textbackslash vspace\{- \\
\end{tabular}
\caption{Commands that must not be used}
\label{table1}
\end{table*}
\begin{table}[t]
\centering
\begin{tabular}{l|l|l|l}
authblk & babel & cjk & dvips \\
epsf & epsfig & euler & float \\
fullpage & geometry & graphics & hyperref \\
layout & linespread & lmodern & maltepaper \\
navigator & pdfcomment & pgfplots & psfig \\
pstricks & t1enc & titlesec & tocbind \\
ulem
\end{tabular}
\caption{LaTeX style packages that must not be used.}
\label{table2}
\end{table}
There are a number of packages, commands, scripts, and macros that are incompatable with aaai2026.sty. The common ones are listed in tables \ref{table1} and \ref{table2}. Generally, if a command, package, script, or macro alters floats, margins, fonts, sizing, linespacing, or the presentation of the references and citations, it is unacceptable. Note that negative vskip and vspace may not be used except in certain rare occurances, and may never be used around tables, figures, captions, sections, subsections, subsubsections, or references.
\subsection{Page Breaks}
For your final camera ready copy, you must not use any page break commands. References must flow directly after the text without breaks. Note that some conferences require references to be on a separate page during the review process. AAAI Press, however, does not require this condition for the final paper.
\subsection{Paper Size, Margins, and Column Width}
Papers must be formatted to print in two-column format on 8.5 x 11 inch US letter-sized paper. The margins must be exactly as follows:
\begin{itemize}
\ifdefined\aaaianonymous
\item Top margin: 1.25 inches (first page), .75 inches (others)
\else
\item Top margin: .75 inches
\fi
\item Left margin: .75 inches
\item Right margin: .75 inches
\item Bottom margin: 1.25 inches
\end{itemize}
The default paper size in most installations of \LaTeX{} is A4. However, because we require that your electronic paper be formatted in US letter size, the preamble we have provided includes commands that alter the default to US letter size. Please note that using any other package to alter page size (such as, but not limited to the Geometry package) will result in your final paper being returned to you for correction.
\subsubsection{Column Width and Margins.}
To ensure maximum readability, your paper must include two columns. Each column should be 3.3 inches wide (slightly more than 3.25 inches), with a .375 inch (.952 cm) gutter of white space between the two columns. The aaai2026.sty file will automatically create these columns for you.
\subsection{Overlength Papers}
If your paper is too long and you resort to formatting tricks to make it fit, it is quite likely that it will be returned to you. The best way to retain readability if the paper is overlength is to cut text, figures, or tables. There are a few acceptable ways to reduce paper size that don't affect readability. First, turn on \textbackslash frenchspacing, which will reduce the space after periods. Next, move all your figures and tables to the top of the page. Consider removing less important portions of a figure. If you use \textbackslash centering instead of \textbackslash begin\{center\} in your figure environment, you can also buy some space. For mathematical environments, you may reduce fontsize {\bf but not below 6.5 point}.
Commands that alter page layout are forbidden. These include \textbackslash columnsep, \textbackslash float, \textbackslash topmargin, \textbackslash topskip, \textbackslash textheight, \textbackslash textwidth, \textbackslash oddsidemargin, and \textbackslash evensizemargin (this list is not exhaustive). If you alter page layout, you will be required to pay the page fee. Other commands that are questionable and may cause your paper to be rejected include \textbackslash parindent, and \textbackslash parskip. Commands that alter the space between sections are forbidden. The title sec package is not allowed. Regardless of the above, if your paper is obviously ``squeezed" it is not going to to be accepted. Options for reducing the length of a paper include reducing the size of your graphics, cutting text, or paying the extra page charge (if it is offered).
\subsection{Type Font and Size}
Your paper must be formatted in Times Roman or Nimbus. We will not accept papers formatted using Computer Modern or Palatino or some other font as the text or heading typeface. Sans serif, when used, should be Courier. Use Symbol or Lucida or Computer Modern for \textit{mathematics only. }
Do not use type 3 fonts for any portion of your paper, including graphics. Type 3 bitmapped fonts are designed for fixed resolution printers. Most print at 300 dpi even if the printer resolution is 1200 dpi or higher. They also often cause high resolution imagesetter devices to crash. Consequently, AAAI will not accept electronic files containing obsolete type 3 fonts. Files containing those fonts (even in graphics) will be rejected. (Authors using blackboard symbols must avoid packages that use type 3 fonts.)
Fortunately, there are effective workarounds that will prevent your file from embedding type 3 bitmapped fonts. The easiest workaround is to use the required times, helvet, and courier packages with \LaTeX{}2e. (Note that papers formatted in this way will still use Computer Modern for the mathematics. To make the math look good, you'll either have to use Symbol or Lucida, or you will need to install type 1 Computer Modern fonts --- for more on these fonts, see the section ``Obtaining Type 1 Computer Modern.")
If you are unsure if your paper contains type 3 fonts, view the PDF in Acrobat Reader. The Properties/Fonts window will display the font name, font type, and encoding properties of all the fonts in the document. If you are unsure if your graphics contain type 3 fonts (and they are PostScript or encapsulated PostScript documents), create PDF versions of them, and consult the properties window in Acrobat Reader.
The default size for your type must be ten-point with twelve-point leading (line spacing). Start all pages (except the first) directly under the top margin. (See the next section for instructions on formatting the title page.) Indent ten points when beginning a new paragraph, unless the paragraph begins directly below a heading or subheading.
\subsubsection{Obtaining Type 1 Computer Modern for \LaTeX{}.}
If you use Computer Modern for the mathematics in your paper (you cannot use it for the text) you may need to download type 1 Computer fonts. They are available without charge from the American Mathematical Society:
http://www.ams.org/tex/type1-fonts.html.
\subsubsection{Nonroman Fonts.}
If your paper includes symbols in other languages (such as, but not limited to, Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Thai, Russian and other Cyrillic languages), you must restrict their use to bit-mapped figures.
\subsection{Title and Authors}
Your title must appear centered over both text columns in sixteen-point bold type (twenty-four point leading). The title must be written in Title Case capitalization rules (not sentence case). The rules are a bit involved, but in general verbs (including short verbs like be, is, using, and go), nouns, adverbs, adjectives, and pronouns should be capitalized, (including both words in hyphenated terms), while articles, conjunctions, and prepositions are lower case unless they directly follow a colon or long dash. You can use the online tool \url{https://titlecaseconverter.com/} to double-check the proper capitalization (select the "Chicago" style and mark the "Show explanations" checkbox).
Author's names should appear below the title of the paper, centered in twelve-point type (with fifteen point leading), along with affiliation(s) and complete address(es) (including electronic mail address if available) in nine-point roman type (the twelve point leading). You should begin the two-column format when you come to the abstract.
\subsubsection{Formatting Author Information.}
Author information has to be set according to the following specification depending if you have one or more than one affiliation. You may not use a table nor may you employ the \textbackslash authorblk.sty package. For one or several authors from the same institution, please separate them with commas and write all affiliation directly below (one affiliation per line) using the macros \textbackslash author and \textbackslash affiliations:
\begin{quote}\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
\author{
Author 1, ..., Author n\\
}
\affiliations {
Address line\\
... \\
Address line\\
}
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}\end{quote}
\noindent For authors from different institutions, use \textbackslash textsuperscript \{\textbackslash rm x \} to match authors and affiliations. Notice that there should not be any spaces between the author name (or comma following it) and the superscript.
\begin{quote}\begin{scriptsize}\begin{verbatim}
\author{
AuthorOne\equalcontrib\textsuperscript{\rm 1,\rm 2},
AuthorTwo\equalcontrib\textsuperscript{\rm 2},
AuthorThree\textsuperscript{\rm 3},\\
AuthorFour\textsuperscript{\rm 4},
AuthorFive \textsuperscript{\rm 5}}
}
\affiliations {
\textsuperscript{\rm 1}AffiliationOne,\\
\textsuperscript{\rm 2}AffiliationTwo,\\
\textsuperscript{\rm 3}AffiliationThree,\\
\textsuperscript{\rm 4}AffiliationFour,\\
\textsuperscript{\rm 5}AffiliationFive\\
\{email, email\}@affiliation.com,
email@affiliation.com,
email@affiliation.com,
email@affiliation.com
}
\end{verbatim}\end{scriptsize}\end{quote}
You can indicate that some authors contributed equally using the \textbackslash equalcontrib command. This will add a marker after the author names and a footnote on the first page.
Note that you may want to break the author list for better visualization. You can achieve this using a simple line break (\textbackslash \textbackslash).
\subsection{\LaTeX{} Copyright Notice}
The copyright notice automatically appears if you use aaai2026.sty. It has been hardcoded and may not be disabled.
\subsection{Credits}
Any credits to a sponsoring agency should appear in the acknowledgments section, unless the agency requires different placement. If it is necessary to include this information on the front page, use
\textbackslash thanks in either the \textbackslash author or \textbackslash title commands.
For example:
\begin{quote}
\begin{small}
\textbackslash title\{Very Important Results in AI\textbackslash thanks\{This work is
supported by everybody.\}\}
\end{small}
\end{quote}
Multiple \textbackslash thanks commands can be given. Each will result in a separate footnote indication in the author or title with the corresponding text at the botton of the first column of the document. Note that the \textbackslash thanks command is fragile. You will need to use \textbackslash protect.
Please do not include \textbackslash pubnote commands in your document.
\subsection{Abstract}
Follow the example commands in this document for creation of your abstract. The command \textbackslash begin\{abstract\} will automatically indent the text block. Please do not indent it further. {Do not include references in your abstract!}
\subsection{Page Numbers}
Do not print any page numbers on your paper. The use of \textbackslash pagestyle is forbidden.
\subsection{Text}
The main body of the paper must be formatted in black, ten-point Times Roman with twelve-point leading (line spacing). You may not reduce font size or the linespacing. Commands that alter font size or line spacing (including, but not limited to baselinestretch, baselineshift, linespread, and others) are expressly forbidden. In addition, you may not use color in the text.
\subsection{Citations}
Citations within the text should include the author's last name and year, for example (Newell 1980). Append lower-case letters to the year in cases of ambiguity. Multiple authors should be treated as follows: (Feigenbaum and Engelmore 1988) or (Ford, Hayes, and Glymour 1992). In the case of four or more authors, list only the first author, followed by et al. (Ford et al. 1997).
\subsection{Extracts}
Long quotations and extracts should be indented ten points from the left and right margins.
\begin{quote}
This is an example of an extract or quotation. Note the indent on both sides. Quotation marks are not necessary if you offset the text in a block like this, and properly identify and cite the quotation in the text.
\end{quote}
\subsection{Footnotes}
Use footnotes judiciously, taking into account that they interrupt the reading of the text. When required, they should be consecutively numbered throughout with superscript Arabic numbers. Footnotes should appear at the bottom of the page, separated from the text by a blank line space and a thin, half-point rule.
\subsection{Headings and Sections}
When necessary, headings should be used to separate major sections of your paper. Remember, you are writing a short paper, not a lengthy book! An overabundance of headings will tend to make your paper look more like an outline than a paper. The aaai2026.sty package will create headings for you. Do not alter their size nor their spacing above or below.
\subsubsection{Section Numbers.}
The use of section numbers in AAAI Press papers is optional. To use section numbers in \LaTeX{}, uncomment the setcounter line in your document preamble and change the 0 to a 1. Section numbers should not be used in short poster papers and/or extended abstracts.
\subsubsection{Section Headings.}
Sections should be arranged and headed as follows:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Main content sections
\item Appendices (optional)
\item Ethical Statement (optional, unnumbered)
\item Acknowledgements (optional, unnumbered)
\item References (unnumbered)
\end{enumerate}
\subsubsection{Appendices.}
Any appendices must appear after the main content. If your main sections are numbered, appendix sections must use letters instead of arabic numerals. In \LaTeX{} you can use the \texttt{\textbackslash appendix} command to achieve this effect and then use \texttt{\textbackslash section\{Heading\}} normally for your appendix sections.
\subsubsection{Ethical Statement.}
You can write a statement about the potential ethical impact of your work, including its broad societal implications, both positive and negative. If included, such statement must be written in an unnumbered section titled \emph{Ethical Statement}.
\subsubsection{Acknowledgments.}
The acknowledgments section, if included, appears right before the references and is headed ``Acknowledgments". It must not be numbered even if other sections are (use \texttt{\textbackslash section*\{Acknowledgements\}} in \LaTeX{}). This section includes acknowledgments of help from associates and colleagues, credits to sponsoring agencies, financial support, and permission to publish. Please acknowledge other contributors, grant support, and so forth, in this section. Do not put acknowledgments in a footnote on the first page. If your grant agency requires acknowledgment of the grant on page 1, limit the footnote to the required statement, and put the remaining acknowledgments at the back. Please try to limit acknowledgments to no more than three sentences.
\subsubsection{References.}
The references section should be labeled ``References" and must appear at the very end of the paper (don't end the paper with references, and then put a figure by itself on the last page). A sample list of references is given later on in these instructions. Please use a consistent format for references. Poorly prepared or sloppy references reflect badly on the quality of your paper and your research. Please prepare complete and accurate citations.
\subsection{Illustrations and Figures}
\begin{figure}[t]
\centering
\includegraphics[width=0.9\columnwidth]{figure1} % Reduce the figure size so that it is slightly narrower than the column. Don't use precise values for figure width.This setup will avoid overfull boxes.
\caption{Using the trim and clip commands produces fragile layers that can result in disasters (like this one from an actual paper) when the color space is corrected or the PDF combined with others for the final proceedings. Crop your figures properly in a graphics program -- not in LaTeX.}
\label{fig1}
\end{figure}
\begin{figure*}[t]
\centering
\includegraphics[width=0.8\textwidth]{figure2} % Reduce the figure size so that it is slightly narrower than the column.
\caption{Adjusting the bounding box instead of actually removing the unwanted data resulted multiple layers in this paper. It also needlessly increased the PDF size. In this case, the size of the unwanted layer doubled the paper's size, and produced the following surprising results in final production. Crop your figures properly in a graphics program. Don't just alter the bounding box.}
\label{fig2}
\end{figure*}
Your paper must compile in PDF\LaTeX{}. Consequently, all your figures must be .jpg, .png, or .pdf. You may not use the .gif (the resolution is too low), .ps, or .eps file format for your figures.
Figures, drawings, tables, and photographs should be placed throughout the paper on the page (or the subsequent page) where they are first discussed. Do not group them together at the end of the paper. If placed at the top of the paper, illustrations may run across both columns. Figures must not invade the top, bottom, or side margin areas. Figures must be inserted using the \textbackslash usepackage\{graphicx\}. Number figures sequentially, for example, figure 1, and so on. Do not use minipage to group figures.
If you normally create your figures using pgfplots, please create the figures first, and then import them as pdfs with proper bounding boxes, as the bounding and trim boxes created by pfgplots are fragile and not valid.
When you include your figures, you must crop them \textbf{outside} of \LaTeX{}. The command \textbackslash includegraphics*[clip=true, viewport 0 0 10 10]{...} might result in a PDF that looks great, but the image is \textbf{not really cropped.} The full image can reappear (and obscure whatever it is overlapping) when page numbers are applied or color space is standardized. Figures \ref{fig1}, and \ref{fig2} display some unwanted results that often occur.
If your paper includes illustrations that are not compatible with PDF\TeX{} (such as .eps or .ps documents), you will need to convert them. The epstopdf package will usually work for eps files. You will need to convert your ps files to PDF in either case.
\subsubsection {Figure Captions.}The illustration number and caption must appear \textit{under} the illustration. Labels and other text with the actual illustration must be at least nine-point type. However, the font and size of figure captions must be 10 point roman. Do not make them smaller, bold, or italic. (Individual words may be italicized if the context requires differentiation.)
\subsection{Tables}
Tables should be presented in 10 point roman type. If necessary, they may be altered to 9 point type. You must not use \texttt{\textbackslash resizebox} or other commands that resize the entire table to make it smaller, because you can't control the final font size this way.
If your table is too large you can use \texttt{\textbackslash setlength\{\textbackslash tabcolsep\}\{1mm\}} to compress the columns a bit or you can adapt the content (e.g.: reduce the decimal precision when presenting numbers, use shortened column titles, make some column duble-line to get it narrower).
Tables that do not fit in a single column must be placed across double columns. If your table won't fit within the margins even when spanning both columns and using the above techniques, you must split it in two separate tables.
\subsubsection {Table Captions.} The number and caption for your table must appear \textit{under} (not above) the table. Additionally, the font and size of table captions must be 10 point roman and must be placed beneath the figure. Do not make them smaller, bold, or italic. (Individual words may be italicized if the context requires differentiation.)
\subsubsection{Low-Resolution Bitmaps.}
You may not use low-resolution (such as 72 dpi) screen-dumps and GIF files---these files contain so few pixels that they are always blurry, and illegible when printed. If they are color, they will become an indecipherable mess when converted to black and white. This is always the case with gif files, which should never be used. The resolution of screen dumps can be increased by reducing the print size of the original file while retaining the same number of pixels. You can also enlarge files by manipulating them in software such as PhotoShop. Your figures should be 300 dpi when incorporated into your document.
\subsubsection{\LaTeX{} Overflow.}
\LaTeX{} users please beware: \LaTeX{} will sometimes put portions of the figure or table or an equation in the margin. If this happens, you need to make the figure or table span both columns. If absolutely necessary, you may reduce the figure, or reformat the equation, or reconfigure the table.{ \bf Check your log file!} You must fix any overflow into the margin (that means no overfull boxes in \LaTeX{}). \textbf{Nothing is permitted to intrude into the margin or gutter.}
\subsubsection{Using Color.}
Use of color is restricted to figures only. It must be WACG 2.0 compliant. (That is, the contrast ratio must be greater than 4.5:1 no matter the font size.) It must be CMYK, NOT RGB. It may never be used for any portion of the text of your paper. The archival version of your paper will be printed in black and white and grayscale. The web version must be readable by persons with disabilities. Consequently, because conversion to grayscale can cause undesirable effects (red changes to black, yellow can disappear, and so forth), we strongly suggest you avoid placing color figures in your document. If you do include color figures, you must (1) use the CMYK (not RGB) colorspace and (2) be mindful of readers who may happen to have trouble distinguishing colors. Your paper must be decipherable without using color for distinction.
\subsubsection{Drawings.}
We suggest you use computer drawing software (such as Adobe Illustrator or, (if unavoidable), the drawing tools in Microsoft Word) to create your illustrations. Do not use Microsoft Publisher. These illustrations will look best if all line widths are uniform (half- to two-point in size), and you do not create labels over shaded areas. Shading should be 133 lines per inch if possible. Use Times Roman or Helvetica for all figure call-outs. \textbf{Do not use hairline width lines} --- be sure that the stroke width of all lines is at least .5 pt. Zero point lines will print on a laser printer, but will completely disappear on the high-resolution devices used by our printers.
\subsubsection{Photographs and Images.}
Photographs and other images should be in grayscale (color photographs will not reproduce well; for example, red tones will reproduce as black, yellow may turn to white, and so forth) and set to a minimum of 300 dpi. Do not prescreen images.
\subsubsection{Resizing Graphics.}
Resize your graphics \textbf{before} you include them with LaTeX. You may \textbf{not} use trim or clip options as part of your \textbackslash includegraphics command. Resize the media box of your PDF using a graphics program instead.
\subsubsection{Fonts in Your Illustrations.}
You must embed all fonts in your graphics before including them in your LaTeX document.
\subsubsection{Algorithms.}
Algorithms and/or programs are a special kind of figures. Like all illustrations, they should appear floated to the top (preferably) or bottom of the page. However, their caption should appear in the header, left-justified and enclosed between horizontal lines, as shown in Algorithm~\ref{alg:algorithm}. The algorithm body should be terminated with another horizontal line. It is up to the authors to decide whether to show line numbers or not, how to format comments, etc.
In \LaTeX{} algorithms may be typeset using the {\tt algorithm} and {\tt algorithmic} packages, but you can also use one of the many other packages for the task.
\begin{algorithm}[tb]
\caption{Example algorithm}
\label{alg:algorithm}
\textbf{Input}: Your algorithm's input\\
\textbf{Parameter}: Optional list of parameters\\
\textbf{Output}: Your algorithm's output
\begin{algorithmic}[1] %[1] enables line numbers
\STATE Let $t=0$.
\WHILE{condition}
\STATE Do some action.
\IF {conditional}
\STATE Perform task A.
\ELSE
\STATE Perform task B.
\ENDIF
\ENDWHILE
\STATE \textbf{return} solution
\end{algorithmic}
\end{algorithm}
\subsubsection{Listings.}
Listings are much like algorithms and programs. They should also appear floated to the top (preferably) or bottom of the page. Listing captions should appear in the header, left-justified and enclosed between horizontal lines as shown in Listing~\ref{lst:listing}. Terminate the body with another horizontal line and avoid any background color. Line numbers, if included, must appear within the text column.
\begin{listing}[tb]%
\caption{Example listing {\tt quicksort.hs}}%
\label{lst:listing}%
\begin{lstlisting}[language=Haskell]
quicksort :: Ord a => [a] -> [a]
quicksort [] = []
quicksort (p:xs) = (quicksort lesser) ++ [p] ++ (quicksort greater)
where
lesser = filter (< p) xs
greater = filter (>= p) xs
\end{lstlisting}
\end{listing}
\subsection{References}
The AAAI style includes a set of definitions for use in formatting references with BibTeX. These definitions make the bibliography style fairly close to the ones specified in the Reference Examples appendix below. To use these definitions, you also need the BibTeX style file ``aaai2026.bst," available in the AAAI Author Kit on the AAAI web site. Then, at the end of your paper but before \textbackslash end{document}, you need to put the following lines:
\begin{quote}
\begin{small}
\textbackslash bibliography\{bibfile1,bibfile2,...\}
\end{small}
\end{quote}
Please note that the aaai2026.sty class already sets the bibliographystyle for you, so you do not have to place any \textbackslash bibliographystyle command in the document yourselves. The aaai2026.sty file is incompatible with the hyperref and navigator packages. If you use either, your references will be garbled and your paper will be returned to you.
References may be the same size as surrounding text.
However, in this section (only), you may reduce the size to {\em \textbackslash small} (9pt) if your paper exceeds the allowable number of pages. Making it any smaller than 9 point with 10 point linespacing, however, is not allowed.
The list of files in the \textbackslash bibliography command should be the names of your BibTeX source files (that is, the .bib files referenced in your paper).
The following commands are available for your use in citing references:
\begin{quote}
{\em \textbackslash cite:} Cites the given reference(s) with a full citation. This appears as ``(Author Year)'' for one reference, or ``(Author Year; Author Year)'' for multiple references.\smallskip\\
{\em \textbackslash shortcite:} Cites the given reference(s) with just the year. This appears as ``(Year)'' for one reference, or ``(Year; Year)'' for multiple references.\smallskip\\
{\em \textbackslash citeauthor:} Cites the given reference(s) with just the author name(s) and no parentheses.\smallskip\\
{\em \textbackslash citeyear:} Cites the given reference(s) with just the date(s) and no parentheses.
\end{quote}
You may also use any of the \emph{natbib} citation commands.
\section{Proofreading Your PDF}
Please check all the pages of your PDF file. The most commonly forgotten element is the acknowledgements --- especially the correct grant number. Authors also commonly forget to add the metadata to the source, use the wrong reference style file, or don't follow the capitalization rules or comma placement for their author-title information properly. A final common problem is text (expecially equations) that runs into the margin. You will need to fix these common errors before submitting your file.
\section{Improperly Formatted Files }
In the past, AAAI has corrected improperly formatted files submitted by the authors. Unfortunately, this has become an increasingly burdensome expense that we can no longer absorb). Consequently, if your file is improperly formatted, it will be returned to you for correction.
\section{Naming Your Electronic File}
We require that you name your \LaTeX{} source file with the last name (family name) of the first author so that it can easily be differentiated from other submissions. Complete file-naming instructions will be provided to you in the submission instructions.
\section{Submitting Your Electronic Files to AAAI}
Instructions on paper submittal will be provided to you in your acceptance letter.
\section{Inquiries}
If you have any questions about the preparation or submission of your paper as instructed in this document, please contact AAAI Press at the address given below. If you have technical questions about implementation of the aaai style file, please contact an expert at your site. We do not provide technical support for \LaTeX{} or any other software package. To avoid problems, please keep your paper simple, and do not incorporate complicated macros and style files.
\begin{quote}
\noindent AAAI Press\\
1101 Pennsylvania Ave, NW Suite 300\\
Washington, DC 20004 USA\\
\textit{Telephone:} 1-202-360-4062\\
\textit{E-mail:} See the submission instructions for your particular conference or event.
\end{quote}
\section{Additional Resources}
\LaTeX{} is a difficult program to master. If you've used that software, and this document didn't help or some items were not explained clearly, we recommend you read Michael Shell's excellent document (testflow doc.txt V1.0a 2002/08/13) about obtaining correct PS/PDF output on \LaTeX{} systems. (It was written for another purpose, but it has general application as well). It is available at www.ctan.org in the tex-archive.
\appendix
\section{Reference Examples}
\label{sec:reference_examples}
\nobibliography*
Formatted bibliographies should look like the following examples. You should use BibTeX to generate the references. Missing fields are unacceptable when compiling references, and usually indicate that you are using the wrong type of entry (BibTeX class).
\paragraph{Book with multiple authors~\nocite{em:86}} Use the \texttt{@book} class.\\[.2em]
\bibentry{em:86}.
\paragraph{Journal and magazine articles~\nocite{r:80, hcr:83}} Use the \texttt{@article} class.\\[.2em]
\bibentry{r:80}.\\[.2em]
\bibentry{hcr:83}.
\paragraph{Proceedings paper published by a society, press or publisher~\nocite{c:83, c:84}} Use the \texttt{@inproceedings} class. You may abbreviate the \emph{booktitle} field, but make sure that the conference edition is clear.\\[.2em]
\bibentry{c:84}.\\[.2em]
\bibentry{c:83}.
\paragraph{University technical report~\nocite{r:86}} Use the \texttt{@techreport} class.\\[.2em]
\bibentry{r:86}.
\paragraph{Dissertation or thesis~\nocite{c:79}} Use the \texttt{@phdthesis} class.\\[.2em]
\bibentry{c:79}.
\paragraph{Forthcoming publication~\nocite{c:21}} Use the \texttt{@misc} class with a \texttt{note="Forthcoming"} annotation.
\begin{quote}
\begin{footnotesize}
\begin{verbatim}
@misc(key,
[...]
note="Forthcoming",
)
\end{verbatim}
\end{footnotesize}
\end{quote}
\bibentry{c:21}.
\paragraph{ArXiv paper~\nocite{c:22}} Fetch the BibTeX entry from the "Export Bibtex Citation" link in the arXiv website. Notice it uses the \texttt{@misc} class instead of the \texttt{@article} one, and that it includes the \texttt{eprint} and \texttt{archivePrefix} keys.
\begin{quote}
\begin{footnotesize}
\begin{verbatim}
@misc(key,
[...]
eprint="xxxx.yyyy",
archivePrefix="arXiv",
)
\end{verbatim}
\end{footnotesize}
\end{quote}
\bibentry{c:22}.
\paragraph{Website or online resource~\nocite{c:23}} Use the \texttt{@misc} class. Add the url in the \texttt{howpublished} field and the date of access in the \texttt{note} field:
\begin{quote}
\begin{footnotesize}
\begin{verbatim}
@misc(key,
[...]
howpublished="\url{http://...}",
note="Accessed: YYYY-mm-dd",
)
\end{verbatim}
\end{footnotesize}
\end{quote}
\bibentry{c:23}.
\vspace{.2em}
For the most up to date version of the AAAI reference style, please consult the \textit{AI Magazine} Author Guidelines at \url{https://aaai.org/ojs/index.php/aimagazine/about/submissions#authorGuidelines}
\section{Acknowledgments}
% Anonymous submission version - shorter acknowledgments
AAAI is especially grateful to Peter Patel Schneider for his work in implementing the aaai2026.sty file, liberally using the ideas of other style hackers, including Barbara Beeton. We also acknowledge with thanks the work of George Ferguson for his guide to using the style and BibTeX files --- which has been incorporated into this document --- and Hans Guesgen, who provided several timely modifications, as well as the many others who have, from time to time, sent in suggestions on improvements to the AAAI style. We are especially grateful to Francisco Cruz, Marc Pujol-Gonzalez, and Mico Loretan for the improvements to the Bib\TeX{} and \LaTeX{} files made in 2020.
The preparation of the \LaTeX{} and Bib\TeX{} files that implement these instructions was supported by Schlumberger Palo Alto Research, AT\&T Bell Laboratories, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, The Live Oak Press, LLC, and AAAI Press. Bibliography style changes were added by Sunil Issar. \verb+\+pubnote was added by J. Scott Penberthy. George Ferguson added support for printing the AAAI copyright slug. Additional changes to aaai2026.sty and aaai2026.bst have been made by Francisco Cruz and Marc Pujol-Gonzalez.
\bigskip
\noindent Thank you for reading these instructions carefully. We look forward to receiving your electronic files!
% Note: \bibliographystyle{aaai2026} is automatically set by aaai2026.sty
% Do not add \bibliographystyle{aaai2026} here as it will cause "Illegal, another \bibstyle command" error
\bibliography{aaai2026}
\section{Reproducibility Checklist}
Unless specified otherwise, please answer ``yes'' to each question if the relevant information is described either in the paper itself or in a technical appendix with an explicit reference from the main paper. If you wish to explain an answer further, please do so in a section titled ``Reproducibility Checklist'' at the end of the technical appendix.
This paper:
Includes a conceptual outline and/or pseudocode description of AI methods introduced (yes/partial/no/NA)
Clearly delineates statements that are opinions, hypothesis, and speculation from objective facts and results (yes/no)
Provides well marked pedagogical references for less-familiare readers to gain background necessary to replicate the paper (yes/no)
Does this paper make theoretical contributions? (yes/no)
If yes, please complete the list below.
All assumptions and restrictions are stated clearly and formally. (yes/partial/no)
All novel claims are stated formally (e.g., in theorem statements). (yes/partial/no)
Proofs of all novel claims are included. (yes/partial/no)
Proof sketches or intuitions are given for complex and/or novel results. (yes/partial/no)
Appropriate citations to theoretical tools used are given. (yes/partial/no)
All theoretical claims are demonstrated empirically to hold. (yes/partial/no/NA)
All experimental code used to eliminate or disprove claims is included. (yes/no/NA)
Does this paper rely on one or more datasets? (yes/no)
If yes, please complete the list below.
A motivation is given for why the experiments are conducted on the selected datasets (yes/partial/no/NA)
All novel datasets introduced in this paper are included in a data appendix. (yes/partial/no/NA)
All novel datasets introduced in this paper will be made publicly available upon publication of the paper with a license that allows free usage for research purposes. (yes/partial/no/NA)
All datasets drawn from the existing literature (potentially including authors' own previously published work) are accompanied by appropriate citations. (yes/no/NA)
All datasets drawn from the existing literature (potentially including authors' own previously published work) are publicly available. (yes/partial/no/NA)
All datasets that are not publicly available are described in detail, with explanation why publicly available alternatives are not scientifically satisficing. (yes/partial/no/NA)
Does this paper include computational experiments? (yes/no)
If yes, please complete the list below.
This paper states the number and range of values tried per (hyper-) parameter during development of the paper, along with the criterion used for selecting the final parameter setting. (yes/partial/no/NA)
Any code required for pre-processing data is included in the appendix. (yes/partial/no).
All source code required for conducting and analyzing the experiments is included in a code appendix. (yes/partial/no)
All source code required for conducting and analyzing the experiments will be made publicly available upon publication of the paper with a license that allows free usage for research purposes. (yes/partial/no)
All source code implementing new methods have comments detailing the implementation, with references to the paper where each step comes from (yes/partial/no)
If an algorithm depends on randomness, then the method used for setting seeds is described in a way sufficient to allow replication of results. (yes/partial/no/NA)
This paper specifies the computing infrastructure used for running experiments (hardware and software), including GPU/CPU models; amount of memory; operating system; names and versions of relevant software libraries and frameworks. (yes/partial/no)
This paper formally describes evaluation metrics used and explains the motivation for choosing these metrics. (yes/partial/no)
This paper states the number of algorithm runs used to compute each reported result. (yes/no)
Analysis of experiments goes beyond single-dimensional summaries of performance (e.g., average; median) to include measures of variation, confidence, or other distributional information. (yes/no)
The significance of any improvement or decrease in performance is judged using appropriate statistical tests (e.g., Wilcoxon signed-rank). (yes/partial/no)
This paper lists all final (hyper-)parameters used for each model/algorithm in the paper's experiments. (yes/partial/no/NA).
\end{document}

111
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/aaai2026/aaai2026.bib Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
@book{em:86,
editor = "Engelmore, Robert and Morgan, Anthony",
title = "Blackboard Systems",
year = 1986,
address = "Reading, Mass.",
publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
}
@inproceedings{c:83,
author = "Clancey, William J.",
year = 1983,
title = "{Communication, Simulation, and Intelligent
Agents: Implications of Personal Intelligent Machines
for Medical Education}",
booktitle="Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence {(IJCAI-83)}",
pages = "556-560",
address = "Menlo Park, Calif",
publisher = "{IJCAI Organization}",
}
@inproceedings{c:84,
author = "Clancey, William J.",
year = 1984,
title = "{Classification Problem Solving}",
booktitle = "Proceedings of the Fourth National
Conference on Artificial Intelligence",
pages = "45-54",
address = "Menlo Park, Calif.",
publisher="AAAI Press",
}
@article{r:80,
author = {Robinson, Arthur L.},
title = {New Ways to Make Microcircuits Smaller},
volume = {208},
number = {4447},
pages = {1019--1022},
year = {1980},
doi = {10.1126/science.208.4447.1019},
publisher = {American Association for the Advancement of Science},
issn = {0036-8075},
URL = {https://science.sciencemag.org/content/208/4447/1019},
eprint = {https://science.sciencemag.org/content/208/4447/1019.full.pdf},
journal = {Science},
}
@article{r:80x,
author = "Robinson, Arthur L.",
year = 1980,
title = "{New Ways to Make Microcircuits Smaller---Duplicate Entry}",
journal = "Science",
volume = 208,
pages = "1019-1026",
}
@article{hcr:83,
title = {Strategic explanations for a diagnostic consultation system},
journal = {International Journal of Man-Machine Studies},
volume = {20},
number = {1},
pages = {3-19},
year = {1984},
issn = {0020-7373},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/S0020-7373(84)80003-6},
url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0020737384800036},
author = {Diane Warner Hasling and William J. Clancey and Glenn Rennels},
abstract = {This article examines the problem of automatte explanation of reasoning, especially as it relates to expert systems. By explanation we mean the ability of a program to discuss what it is doing in some understandable way. We first present a general framework in which to view explanation and review some of the research done in this area. We then focus on the explanation system for NEOMYCIN, a medical consultation program. A consultation program interactively helps a user to solve a problem. Our goal is to have NEOMYCIN explain its problem-solving strategies. An explanation of strategy describes the plan the program is using to reach a solution. Such an explanation is usually concrete, referring to aspects of the current problem situation. Abstract explanations articulate a general principle, which can be applied in different situations; such explanations are useful in teaching and in explaining by analogy. We describe the aspects of NEOMYCIN that make abstract strategic explanations possible—the representation of strategic knowledge explicitly and separately from domain knowledge— and demonstrate how this representation can be used to generate explanations.}
}
@article{hcrt:83,
author = "Hasling, Diane Warner and Clancey, William J. and Rennels, Glenn R. and Test, Thomas",
year = 1983,
title = "{Strategic Explanations in Consultation---Duplicate}",
journal = "The International Journal of Man-Machine Studies",
volume = 20,
number = 1,
pages = "3-19",
}
@techreport{r:86,
author = "Rice, James",
year = 1986,
title = "{Poligon: A System for Parallel Problem Solving}",
type = "Technical Report",
number = "KSL-86-19",
institution = "Dept.\ of Computer Science, Stanford Univ.",
}
@phdthesis{c:79,
author = "Clancey, William J.",
year = 1979,
title = "{Transfer of Rule-Based Expertise
through a Tutorial Dialogue}",
type = "{Ph.D.} diss.",
school = "Dept.\ of Computer Science, Stanford Univ.",
address = "Stanford, Calif.",
}
@unpublished{c:21,
author = "Clancey, William J.",
title = "{The Engineering of Qualitative Models}",
year = 2021,
note = "Forthcoming",
}
@misc{c:22,
title={Attention Is All You Need},
author={Ashish Vaswani and Noam Shazeer and Niki Parmar and Jakob Uszkoreit and Llion Jones and Aidan N. Gomez and Lukasz Kaiser and Illia Polosukhin},
year={2017},
eprint={1706.03762},
archivePrefix={arXiv},
primaryClass={cs.CL}
}
@misc{c:23,
title = "Pluto: The 'Other' Red Planet",
author = "{NASA}",
howpublished = "\url{https://www.nasa.gov/nh/pluto-the-other-red-planet}",
year = 2015,
note = "Accessed: 2018-12-06"
}

1493
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/aaai2026/aaai2026.bst Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

315
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/aaai2026/aaai2026.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}%
\ProvidesPackage{aaai2026}[2026/04/29 AAAI 2026 Submission format]%
\def\year{2026}%
\typeout{Conference Style for AAAI for LaTeX 2e -- version for submission}%
%
\def\copyright@on{T}
\def\showauthors@on{T}
\def\nocopyright{\gdef\copyright@on{}} % Copyright notice is required for camera-ready only.
\DeclareOption{submission}{%
\gdef\copyright@on{}%
\gdef\showauthors@on{}%
\long\gdef\pdfinfo #1{\relax}%
}%
\DeclareOption{draft}{%
\gdef\copyright@on{}%
}%
\ProcessOptions\relax%
% WARNING: IF YOU ARE USING THIS STYLE SHEET FOR AN AAAI PUBLICATION, YOU
% MAY NOT MODIFY IT FOR ANY REASON. MODIFICATIONS (IN YOUR SOURCE
% OR IN THIS STYLE SHEET WILL RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PAPER).
%
% WARNING: This style is NOT guaranteed to work. It is provided in the
% hope that it might make the preparation of papers easier, but this style
% file is provided "as is" without warranty of any kind, either express or
% implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties of
% merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or noninfringement.
% You use this style file at your own risk. Standard disclaimers apply.
% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you would like to submit
% bug fixes, improvements, etc. please let us know. Please use the contact form
% at www.aaai.org.
%
% Do not use this file unless you are an experienced LaTeX user.
%
% PHYSICAL PAGE LAYOUT
\setlength\topmargin{-0.25in} \setlength\oddsidemargin{-0.25in}
\setlength\textheight{9.0in} \setlength\textwidth{7.0in}
\setlength\columnsep{0.375in} \newlength\titlebox \setlength\titlebox{2.25in}
\setlength\headheight{0pt} \setlength\headsep{0pt}
%\setlength\footheight{0pt} \setlength\footskip{0pt}
\thispagestyle{empty} \pagestyle{empty}
\flushbottom \twocolumn \sloppy
% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
% gf: PRINT COPYRIGHT NOTICE
\def\copyright@year{\number\year}
\def\copyright@text{Copyright \copyright\space \copyright@year,
Association for the Advancement of Artificial Intelligence (www.aaai.org).
All rights reserved.}
\def\copyrighttext#1{\gdef\copyright@on{T}\gdef\copyright@text{#1}}
\def\copyrightyear#1{\gdef\copyright@on{T}\gdef\copyright@year{#1}}
% gf: End changes for copyright notice (used in \maketitle, below)
% Title stuff, taken from deproc.
%
\def\maketitle{%
\par%
\begingroup % to make the footnote style local to the title
\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
\twocolumn[\@maketitle] \@thanks%
\endgroup%
% Insert copyright slug unless turned off
\if T\copyright@on\insert\footins{\noindent\footnotesize\copyright@text}\fi%
%
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
\let\maketitle\relax%
\let\@maketitle\relax%
\gdef\@thanks{}%
\gdef\@author{}%
\gdef\@title{}%
\let\thanks\relax%
}%
\long\gdef\affiliations #1{ \def \affiliations_{\if T\showauthors@on#1\fi}}%
%
\def\@maketitle{%
\def\theauthors{\if T\showauthors@on\@author\else Anonymous submission\fi}
\newcounter{eqfn}\setcounter{eqfn}{0}%
\newsavebox{\titlearea}
\sbox{\titlearea}{
\let\footnote\relax\let\thanks\relax%
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
\def\equalcontrib{%
\ifnum\value{eqfn}=0%
\footnote{These authors contributed equally.}%
\setcounter{eqfn}{\value{footnote}}%
\else%
\footnotemark[\value{eqfn}]%
\fi%
}%
\vbox{%
\hsize\textwidth%
\linewidth\hsize%
\vskip 0.625in minus 0.125in%
\centering%
{\LARGE\bf \@title \par}%
\vskip 0.1in plus 0.5fil minus 0.05in%
{\Large{\textbf{\theauthors\ifhmode\\\fi}}}%
\vskip .2em plus 0.25fil%
{\normalsize \affiliations_\ifhmode\\\fi}%
\vskip 1em plus 2fil%
}%
}%
%
\newlength\actualheight%
\settoheight{\actualheight}{\usebox{\titlearea}}%
\ifdim\actualheight>\titlebox%
\setlength{\titlebox}{\actualheight}%
\fi%
%
\vbox to \titlebox {%
\let\footnote\thanks\relax%
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
\def\equalcontrib{%
\ifnum\value{eqfn}=0%
\footnote{These authors contributed equally.}%
\setcounter{eqfn}{\value{footnote}}%
\else%
\footnotemark[\value{eqfn}]%
\fi%
}%
\hsize\textwidth%
\linewidth\hsize%
\vskip 0.625in minus 0.125in%
\centering%
{\LARGE\bf \@title \par}%
\vskip 0.1in plus 0.5fil minus 0.05in%
{\Large{\textbf{\theauthors\ifhmode\\\fi}}}%
\vskip .2em plus 0.25fil%
{\normalsize \affiliations_\ifhmode\\\fi}%
\vskip 1em plus 2fil%
}%
}%
%
\renewenvironment{abstract}{%
\centerline{\bf Abstract}%
\vspace{0.5ex}%
\setlength{\leftmargini}{10pt}%
\begin{quote}%
\small%
}{%
\par%
\end{quote}%
\vskip 1ex%
}%
\newenvironment{links}{%
\newcommand{\link}[2]{\par\textbf{##1} --- \url{##2}}%
\setlength{\hangindent}{10pt}%
\setlength{\parskip}{2pt}%
\begin{flushleft}%
}{%
\end{flushleft}%
\vskip 1ex%
}%
% jsp added:
\def\pubnote#1{
\thispagestyle{myheadings}%
\pagestyle{myheadings}%
\markboth{#1}{#1}%
\setlength\headheight{10pt}%
\setlength\headsep{10pt}%
}%
%
% SECTIONS with less space
\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}{\Large\bf\centering}}
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}{\large\bf\raggedright}}
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subparagraph}{3}{\z@}{-6pt plus
%%% DIEGO changed: 29/11/2009
%% 2pt minus 1pt}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
-2pt minus -1pt}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
%%% END changed
\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-6pt plus -2pt minus -1pt}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}%
\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
% add period to section (but not subsection) numbers, reduce space after
%\renewcommand{\thesection}
% {\arabic{section}.\hskip-0.6em}
%\renewcommand{\thesubsection}
% {\arabic{section}.\arabic{subsection}\hskip-0.6em}
% FOOTNOTES
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 5pc \kern 2.6pt }
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
% LISTS AND PARAGRAPHS
\parindent 10pt
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep 0.5pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\leftmargin 10pt \leftmargini 13pt \leftmarginii 10pt \leftmarginiii 5pt \leftmarginiv 5pt \leftmarginv 5pt \leftmarginvi 5pt
\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \parsep}
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep \z@
\partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \topsep}
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{11}} % 10 point on 11
\def\small{\@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{10}} % 9 point on 10
\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize\footnotesize\@ixpt{10}} % 9 point on 10
\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt{10}} % 7 point on 8
\def\tiny{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt{7}} % 6 point on 7
\def\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xipt{12}} % 11 point on 12
\def\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xiipt{14}} % 12 point on 14
\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xivpt{16}} % 14 point on 16
\def\huge{\@setfontsize\huge\@xviipt{20}} % 17 point on 20
\def\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxpt{23}} % 20 point on 23
\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifpackageloaded{natbib}%
{%
% When natbib is in use, set the proper style and fix a few things
\let\cite\citep
\let\shortcite\citeyearpar
\setcitestyle{aysep={}}
\setlength\bibhang{0pt}
\bibliographystyle{aaai2026}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{You must not use hyperref in AAAI papers.}{You (or one of the packages you imported) are importing the hyperref package, which is forbidden in AAAI papers. You must remove it from the paper to proceed.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{bbm}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{You must not use bbm package in AAAI papers because it introduces Type 3 fonts which are forbidden.}{See https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/479160/a-replacement-to-mathbbm1-with-type-1-fonts for possible alternatives.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{authblk}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package authblk is forbbidden.}{Package authblk is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{balance}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package balance is forbbidden.}{Package balance is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{CJK}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package CJK is forbbidden.}{Package CJK is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{flushend}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package flushend is forbbidden.}{Package flushend is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{fontenc}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package fontenc is forbbidden.}{Package fontenc is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{fullpage}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package fullpage is forbbidden.}{Package fullpage is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{geometry}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package geometry is forbbidden.}{Package geometry is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{grffile}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package grffile is forbbidden.}{Package grffile is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{navigator}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package navigator is forbbidden.}{Package navigator is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{savetrees}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package savetrees is forbbidden.}{Package savetrees is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{setspace}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package setspace is forbbidden.}{Package setspace is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{stfloats}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package stfloats is forbbidden.}{Package stfloats is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{tabu}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package tabu is forbbidden.}{Package tabu is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{titlesec}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package titlesec is forbbidden.}{Package titlesec is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{tocbibind}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package tocbibind is forbbidden.}{Package tocbibind is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{ulem}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package ulem is forbbidden.}{Package ulem is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
\@ifpackageloaded{wrapfig}%
{%
\PackageError{aaai}{Package wrapfig is forbbidden.}{Package wrapfig is forbbiden. You must find an alternative.}
}{}%
}
\let\endthebibliography=\endlist

50
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
# *ACL Paper Styles
This directory contains the latest LaTeX templates for *ACL conferences.
## Instructions for authors
Paper submissions to *ACL conferences must use the official ACL style
templates.
The LaTeX style files are available
- as an [Overleaf template](https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates/association-for-computational-linguistics-acl-conference/jvxskxpnznfj)
- in this repository
- as a [.zip file](https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files/archive/refs/heads/master.zip)
Please see [`acl_latex.tex`](https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files/blob/master/acl_latex.tex) for an example.
Please follow the paper formatting guidelines general to *ACL
conferences:
- [Paper formatting guidelines](https://acl-org.github.io/ACLPUB/formatting.html)
Authors may not modify these style files or use templates designed for
other conferences.
## Instructions for publications chairs
To adapt the style files for your conference, please fork this repository and
make necessary changes. Minimally, you'll need to update the name of
the conference and rename the files.
If you make improvements to the templates that should be propagated to
future conferences, please submit a pull request. Thank you in
advance!
In older versions of the templates, authors were asked to fill in the
START submission ID so that it would be stamped at the top of each
page of the anonymized version. This is no longer needed, because it
is now possible to do this stamping automatically within
START. Currently, the way to do this is for the program chair to email
support@softconf.com and request it.
## Instructions for making changes to style files
- merge pull request in github, or push to github
- git pull from github to a local repository
- then, git push from your local repository to overleaf project
- Overleaf project is https://www.overleaf.com/project/5f64f1fb97c4c50001b60549
- Overleaf git url is https://git.overleaf.com/5f64f1fb97c4c50001b60549
- then, click "Submit" and then "Submit as Template" in overleaf in order to ask overleaf to update the overleaf template from the overleaf project

312
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/acl.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
% This is the LaTex style file for *ACL.
% The official sources can be found at
%
% https://github.com/acl-org/acl-style-files/
%
% This package is activated by adding
%
% \usepackage{acl}
%
% to your LaTeX file. When submitting your paper for review, add the "review" option:
%
% \usepackage[review]{acl}
\newif\ifacl@finalcopy
\newif\ifacl@anonymize
\newif\ifacl@linenumbers
\newif\ifacl@pagenumbers
\DeclareOption{final}{\acl@finalcopytrue\acl@anonymizefalse\acl@linenumbersfalse\acl@pagenumbersfalse}
\DeclareOption{review}{\acl@finalcopyfalse\acl@anonymizetrue\acl@linenumberstrue\acl@pagenumberstrue}
\DeclareOption{preprint}{\acl@finalcopytrue\acl@anonymizefalse\acl@linenumbersfalse\acl@pagenumberstrue}
\ExecuteOptions{final} % final copy is the default
% include hyperref, unless user specifies nohyperref option like this:
% \usepackage[nohyperref]{acl}
\newif\ifacl@hyperref
\DeclareOption{hyperref}{\acl@hyperreftrue}
\DeclareOption{nohyperref}{\acl@hyperreffalse}
\ExecuteOptions{hyperref} % default is to use hyperref
\ProcessOptions\relax
\typeout{Conference Style for ACL}
\usepackage{xcolor}
\ifacl@linenumbers
% Add draft line numbering via the lineno package
% https://texblog.org/2012/02/08/adding-line-numbers-to-documents/
\usepackage[switch,mathlines]{lineno}
% Line numbers in gray Helvetica 8pt
\font\aclhv = phvb at 8pt
\renewcommand\linenumberfont{\aclhv\color{lightgray}}
% Zero-fill line numbers
% NUMBER with left flushed zeros \fillzeros[<WIDTH>]<NUMBER>
\newcount\cv@tmpc@ \newcount\cv@tmpc
\def\fillzeros[#1]#2{\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi
\cv@tmpc=1 %
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<10 \else \divide\cv@tmpc@ by 10 \advance\cv@tmpc by 1 \fi
\ifnum\cv@tmpc@=10\relax\cv@tmpc@=11\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc@>10 \repeat
\ifnum#2<0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax-\fi
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1\relax0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1 \repeat
\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi \relax\the\cv@tmpc@}%
\renewcommand\thelinenumber{\fillzeros[3]{\arabic{linenumber}}}
\AtBeginDocument{\linenumbers}
\setlength{\linenumbersep}{1.6cm}
% Bug: An equation with $$ ... $$ isn't numbered, nor is the previous line.
% Patch amsmath commands so that the previous line and the equation itself
% are numbered. Bug: multline has an extra line number.
% https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/461186/how-to-use-lineno-with-amsmath-align
\usepackage{etoolbox} %% <- for \pretocmd, \apptocmd and \patchcmd
\newcommand*\linenomathpatch[1]{%
\expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1\endcsname {\linenomath}{}{}%
\expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1*\endcsname {\linenomath}{}{}%
\expandafter\apptocmd\csname end#1\endcsname {\endlinenomath}{}{}%
\expandafter\apptocmd\csname end#1*\endcsname {\endlinenomath}{}{}%
}
\newcommand*\linenomathpatchAMS[1]{%
\expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1\endcsname {\linenomathAMS}{}{}%
\expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1*\endcsname {\linenomathAMS}{}{}%
\expandafter\apptocmd\csname end#1\endcsname {\endlinenomath}{}{}%
\expandafter\apptocmd\csname end#1*\endcsname {\endlinenomath}{}{}%
}
%% Definition of \linenomathAMS depends on whether the mathlines option is provided
\expandafter\ifx\linenomath\linenomathWithnumbers
\let\linenomathAMS\linenomathWithnumbers
%% The following line gets rid of an extra line numbers at the bottom:
\patchcmd\linenomathAMS{\advance\postdisplaypenalty\linenopenalty}{}{}{}
\else
\let\linenomathAMS\linenomathNonumbers
\fi
\AtBeginDocument{%
\linenomathpatch{equation}%
\linenomathpatchAMS{gather}%
\linenomathpatchAMS{multline}%
\linenomathpatchAMS{align}%
\linenomathpatchAMS{alignat}%
\linenomathpatchAMS{flalign}%
}
\else
% Hack to ignore these commands, which review mode puts into the .aux file.
\newcommand{\@LN@col}[1]{}
\newcommand{\@LN}[2]{}
\newcommand{\nolinenumbers}{}
\fi
\PassOptionsToPackage{a4paper,margin=2.5cm,heightrounded=true}{geometry}
\RequirePackage{geometry}
\setlength\columnsep{0.6cm}
\newlength\titlebox
\setlength\titlebox{11\baselineskip}
% \titlebox should be a multiple of \baselineskip so that
% column height remaining fits an exact number of lines of text
\flushbottom \twocolumn \sloppy
% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
\ifacl@pagenumbers
\pagenumbering{arabic}
\else
\thispagestyle{empty}
\pagestyle{empty}
\fi
%% Title and Authors %%
\let\Thanks\thanks % \Thanks and \thanks used to be different, but keep this for backwards compatibility.
\newcommand\outauthor{%
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}
\ifacl@anonymize
\bfseries Anonymous ACL submission
\else
\bfseries\@author
\fi
\end{tabular}}
% Mostly taken from deproc.
\AtBeginDocument{
\def\maketitle{\par
\begingroup
\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
\twocolumn[\@maketitle]
\@thanks
\endgroup
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
\let\maketitle\relax
\let\@maketitle\relax
\gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
\def\@maketitle{\vbox to \titlebox{\hsize\textwidth
\linewidth\hsize \vskip 0.125in minus 0.125in \centering
{\Large\bfseries \@title \par} \vskip 0.2in plus 1fil minus 0.1in
{\def\and{\unskip\enspace{\rmfamily and}\enspace}%
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hss \egroup \hskip 1in plus 2fil
\hbox to 0pt\bgroup\hss \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bfseries}%
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hss\egroup \hfil\hfil\egroup
\vskip 0.25in plus 1fil minus 0.125in
\hbox to \linewidth\bgroup\large \hfil\hfil
\hbox to 0pt\bgroup\hss \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bfseries}
\hbox to \linewidth\bgroup\large \hfil\hfil
\hbox to 0pt\bgroup\hss
\outauthor
\hss\egroup
\hfil\hfil\egroup}
\vskip 0.3in plus 2fil minus 0.1in
}}
}
% margins and font size for abstract
\renewenvironment{abstract}%
{\begin{center}\large\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}%
\begin{list}{}%
{\setlength{\rightmargin}{0.6cm}%
\setlength{\leftmargin}{0.6cm}}%
\item[]\ignorespaces%
\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
}%
{\unskip\end{list}}
% Resizing figure and table captions - SL
% Support for interacting with the caption, subfigure, and subcaption packages - SL
\RequirePackage{caption}
\DeclareCaptionFont{10pt}{\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
\captionsetup{font=10pt}
\RequirePackage{natbib}
% for citation commands in the .tex, authors can use:
% \citep, \citet, and \citeyearpar for compatibility with natbib, or
% \cite, \newcite, and \shortcite for compatibility with older ACL .sty files
\renewcommand\cite{\citep} % to get "(Author Year)" with natbib
\newcommand\shortcite{\citeyearpar}% to get "(Year)" with natbib
\newcommand\newcite{\citet} % to get "Author (Year)" with natbib
\newcommand{\citeposs}[1]{\citeauthor{#1}'s (\citeyear{#1})} % to get "Author's (Year)"
\bibliographystyle{acl_natbib}
% Bibliography
% Don't put a label in the bibliography at all. Just use the unlabeled format
% instead.
\def\thebibliography#1{\vskip\parskip%
\vskip\baselineskip%
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
\ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi%
\vskip-\parskip%
\vskip-\baselineskip%
\section*{References\@mkboth
{References}{References}}\list
{}{\setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}\setlength{\leftmargin}{\parindent}
\setlength{\itemindent}{-\parindent}}
\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
% Allow for a bibliography of sources of attested examples
\def\thesourcebibliography#1{\vskip\parskip%
\vskip\baselineskip%
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
\ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi%
\vskip-\parskip%
\vskip-\baselineskip%
\section*{Sources of Attested Examples\@mkboth
{Sources of Attested Examples}{Sources of Attested Examples}}\list
{}{\setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}\setlength{\leftmargin}{\parindent}
\setlength{\itemindent}{-\parindent}}
\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
\let\endthesourcebibliography=\endlist
% sections with less space
\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus 0.3ex minus .2ex}{\large\bfseries\raggedright}}
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-1.8ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.8ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries\raggedright}}
%% changed by KO to - values to get the initial parindent right
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-1.5ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bfseries\raggedright}}
\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bfseries}}
\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}{1.5ex plus
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bfseries}}
% Footnotes
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 5pc \kern 2.6pt }
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
% Lists and paragraphs
\parindent 1em
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\leftmargin 2em \leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em \leftmarginvi .5em
\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \parsep}
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \topsep}
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
% The hyperref manual (section 9) says hyperref should be loaded after natbib
\ifacl@hyperref
\PassOptionsToPackage{breaklinks}{hyperref}
\RequirePackage{hyperref}
% make links dark blue
\definecolor{darkblue}{rgb}{0, 0, 0.5}
\hypersetup{colorlinks=true, citecolor=darkblue, linkcolor=darkblue, urlcolor=darkblue}
\else
% This definition is used if the hyperref package is not loaded.
% It provides a backup, no-op definiton of \href.
% This is necessary because \href command is used in the acl_natbib.bst file.
\def\href#1#2{{#2}}
\usepackage{url}
\fi

377
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/acl_latex.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
% Change "review" to "final" to generate the final (sometimes called camera-ready) version.
% Change to "preprint" to generate a non-anonymous version with page numbers.
\usepackage[review]{acl}
% Standard package includes
\usepackage{times}
\usepackage{latexsym}
% For proper rendering and hyphenation of words containing Latin characters (including in bib files)
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
% For Vietnamese characters
% \usepackage[T5]{fontenc}
% See https://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/encguide.pdf for other character sets
% This assumes your files are encoded as UTF8
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
% This is not strictly necessary, and may be commented out,
% but it will improve the layout of the manuscript,
% and will typically save some space.
\usepackage{microtype}
% This is also not strictly necessary, and may be commented out.
% However, it will improve the aesthetics of text in
% the typewriter font.
\usepackage{inconsolata}
%Including images in your LaTeX document requires adding
%additional package(s)
\usepackage{graphicx}
% If the title and author information does not fit in the area allocated, uncomment the following
%
%\setlength\titlebox{<dim>}
%
% and set <dim> to something 5cm or larger.
\title{Instructions for *ACL Proceedings}
% Author information can be set in various styles:
% For several authors from the same institution:
% \author{Author 1 \and ... \and Author n \\
% Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
% if the names do not fit well on one line use
% Author 1 \\ {\bf Author 2} \\ ... \\ {\bf Author n} \\
% For authors from different institutions:
% \author{Author 1 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line
% \And ... \And
% Author n \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
% To start a separate ``row'' of authors use \AND, as in
% \author{Author 1 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line
% \AND
% Author 2 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line \And
% Author 3 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
\author{First Author \\
Affiliation / Address line 1 \\
Affiliation / Address line 2 \\
Affiliation / Address line 3 \\
\texttt{email@domain} \\\And
Second Author \\
Affiliation / Address line 1 \\
Affiliation / Address line 2 \\
Affiliation / Address line 3 \\
\texttt{email@domain} \\}
%\author{
% \textbf{First Author\textsuperscript{1}},
% \textbf{Second Author\textsuperscript{1,2}},
% \textbf{Third T. Author\textsuperscript{1}},
% \textbf{Fourth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
%\\
% \textbf{Fifth Author\textsuperscript{1,2}},
% \textbf{Sixth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
% \textbf{Seventh Author\textsuperscript{1}},
% \textbf{Eighth Author \textsuperscript{1,2,3,4}},
%\\
% \textbf{Ninth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
% \textbf{Tenth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
% \textbf{Eleventh E. Author\textsuperscript{1,2,3,4,5}},
% \textbf{Twelfth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
%\\
% \textbf{Thirteenth Author\textsuperscript{3}},
% \textbf{Fourteenth F. Author\textsuperscript{2,4}},
% \textbf{Fifteenth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
% \textbf{Sixteenth Author\textsuperscript{1}},
%\\
% \textbf{Seventeenth S. Author\textsuperscript{4,5}},
% \textbf{Eighteenth Author\textsuperscript{3,4}},
% \textbf{Nineteenth N. Author\textsuperscript{2,5}},
% \textbf{Twentieth Author\textsuperscript{1}}
%\\
%\\
% \textsuperscript{1}Affiliation 1,
% \textsuperscript{2}Affiliation 2,
% \textsuperscript{3}Affiliation 3,
% \textsuperscript{4}Affiliation 4,
% \textsuperscript{5}Affiliation 5
%\\
% \small{
% \textbf{Correspondence:} \href{mailto:email@domain}{email@domain}
% }
%}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
This document is a supplement to the general instructions for *ACL authors. It contains instructions for using the \LaTeX{} style files for ACL conferences.
The document itself conforms to its own specifications, and is therefore an example of what your manuscript should look like.
These instructions should be used both for papers submitted for review and for final versions of accepted papers.
\end{abstract}
\section{Introduction}
These instructions are for authors submitting papers to *ACL conferences using \LaTeX. They are not self-contained. All authors must follow the general instructions for *ACL proceedings,\footnote{\url{http://acl-org.github.io/ACLPUB/formatting.html}} and this document contains additional instructions for the \LaTeX{} style files.
The templates include the \LaTeX{} source of this document (\texttt{acl\_latex.tex}),
the \LaTeX{} style file used to format it (\texttt{acl.sty}),
an ACL bibliography style (\texttt{acl\_natbib.bst}),
an example bibliography (\texttt{custom.bib}),
and the bibliography for the ACL Anthology (\texttt{anthology.bib}).
\section{Engines}
To produce a PDF file, pdf\LaTeX{} is strongly recommended (over original \LaTeX{} plus dvips+ps2pdf or dvipdf).
The style file \texttt{acl.sty} can also be used with
lua\LaTeX{} and
Xe\LaTeX{}, which are especially suitable for text in non-Latin scripts.
The file \texttt{acl\_lualatex.tex} in this repository provides
an example of how to use \texttt{acl.sty} with either
lua\LaTeX{} or
Xe\LaTeX{}.
\section{Preamble}
The first line of the file must be
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
To load the style file in the review version:
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage[review]{acl}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
For the final version, omit the \verb|review| option:
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage{acl}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
To use Times Roman, put the following in the preamble:
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage{times}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
(Alternatives like txfonts or newtx are also acceptable.)
Please see the \LaTeX{} source of this document for comments on other packages that may be useful.
Set the title and author using \verb|\title| and \verb|\author|. Within the author list, format multiple authors using \verb|\and| and \verb|\And| and \verb|\AND|; please see the \LaTeX{} source for examples.
By default, the box containing the title and author names is set to the minimum of 5 cm. If you need more space, include the following in the preamble:
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\setlength\titlebox{<dim>}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
where \verb|<dim>| is replaced with a length. Do not set this length smaller than 5 cm.
\section{Document Body}
\subsection{Footnotes}
Footnotes are inserted with the \verb|\footnote| command.\footnote{This is a footnote.}
\subsection{Tables and figures}
See Table~\ref{tab:accents} for an example of a table and its caption.
\textbf{Do not override the default caption sizes.}
\begin{table}
\centering
\begin{tabular}{lc}
\hline
\textbf{Command} & \textbf{Output} \\
\hline
\verb|{\"a}| & {\"a} \\
\verb|{\^e}| & {\^e} \\
\verb|{\`i}| & {\`i} \\
\verb|{\.I}| & {\.I} \\
\verb|{\o}| & {\o} \\
\verb|{\'u}| & {\'u} \\
\verb|{\aa}| & {\aa} \\\hline
\end{tabular}
\begin{tabular}{lc}
\hline
\textbf{Command} & \textbf{Output} \\
\hline
\verb|{\c c}| & {\c c} \\
\verb|{\u g}| & {\u g} \\
\verb|{\l}| & {\l} \\
\verb|{\~n}| & {\~n} \\
\verb|{\H o}| & {\H o} \\
\verb|{\v r}| & {\v r} \\
\verb|{\ss}| & {\ss} \\
\hline
\end{tabular}
\caption{Example commands for accented characters, to be used in, \emph{e.g.}, Bib\TeX{} entries.}
\label{tab:accents}
\end{table}
As much as possible, fonts in figures should conform
to the document fonts. See Figure~\ref{fig:experiments} for an example of a figure and its caption.
Using the \verb|graphicx| package graphics files can be included within figure
environment at an appropriate point within the text.
The \verb|graphicx| package supports various optional arguments to control the
appearance of the figure.
You must include it explicitly in the \LaTeX{} preamble (after the
\verb|\documentclass| declaration and before \verb|\begin{document}|) using
\verb|\usepackage{graphicx}|.
\begin{figure}[t]
\includegraphics[width=\columnwidth]{example-image-golden}
\caption{A figure with a caption that runs for more than one line.
Example image is usually available through the \texttt{mwe} package
without even mentioning it in the preamble.}
\label{fig:experiments}
\end{figure}
\begin{figure*}[t]
\includegraphics[width=0.48\linewidth]{example-image-a} \hfill
\includegraphics[width=0.48\linewidth]{example-image-b}
\caption {A minimal working example to demonstrate how to place
two images side-by-side.}
\end{figure*}
\subsection{Hyperlinks}
Users of older versions of \LaTeX{} may encounter the following error during compilation:
\begin{quote}
\verb|\pdfendlink| ended up in different nesting level than \verb|\pdfstartlink|.
\end{quote}
This happens when pdf\LaTeX{} is used and a citation splits across a page boundary. The best way to fix this is to upgrade \LaTeX{} to 2018-12-01 or later.
\subsection{Citations}
\begin{table*}
\centering
\begin{tabular}{lll}
\hline
\textbf{Output} & \textbf{natbib command} & \textbf{ACL only command} \\
\hline
\citep{Gusfield:97} & \verb|\citep| & \\
\citealp{Gusfield:97} & \verb|\citealp| & \\
\citet{Gusfield:97} & \verb|\citet| & \\
\citeyearpar{Gusfield:97} & \verb|\citeyearpar| & \\
\citeposs{Gusfield:97} & & \verb|\citeposs| \\
\hline
\end{tabular}
\caption{\label{citation-guide}
Citation commands supported by the style file.
The style is based on the natbib package and supports all natbib citation commands.
It also supports commands defined in previous ACL style files for compatibility.
}
\end{table*}
Table~\ref{citation-guide} shows the syntax supported by the style files.
We encourage you to use the natbib styles.
You can use the command \verb|\citet| (cite in text) to get ``author (year)'' citations, like this citation to a paper by \citet{Gusfield:97}.
You can use the command \verb|\citep| (cite in parentheses) to get ``(author, year)'' citations \citep{Gusfield:97}.
You can use the command \verb|\citealp| (alternative cite without parentheses) to get ``author, year'' citations, which is useful for using citations within parentheses (e.g. \citealp{Gusfield:97}).
A possessive citation can be made with the command \verb|\citeposs|.
This is not a standard natbib command, so it is generally not compatible
with other style files.
\subsection{References}
\nocite{Ando2005,andrew2007scalable,rasooli-tetrault-2015}
The \LaTeX{} and Bib\TeX{} style files provided roughly follow the American Psychological Association format.
If your own bib file is named \texttt{custom.bib}, then placing the following before any appendices in your \LaTeX{} file will generate the references section for you:
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\bibliography{custom}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
You can obtain the complete ACL Anthology as a Bib\TeX{} file from \url{https://aclweb.org/anthology/anthology.bib.gz}.
To include both the Anthology and your own .bib file, use the following instead of the above.
\begin{quote}
\begin{verbatim}
\bibliography{anthology,custom}
\end{verbatim}
\end{quote}
Please see Section~\ref{sec:bibtex} for information on preparing Bib\TeX{} files.
\subsection{Equations}
An example equation is shown below:
\begin{equation}
\label{eq:example}
A = \pi r^2
\end{equation}
Labels for equation numbers, sections, subsections, figures and tables
are all defined with the \verb|\label{label}| command and cross references
to them are made with the \verb|\ref{label}| command.
This an example cross-reference to Equation~\ref{eq:example}.
\subsection{Appendices}
Use \verb|\appendix| before any appendix section to switch the section numbering over to letters. See Appendix~\ref{sec:appendix} for an example.
\section{Bib\TeX{} Files}
\label{sec:bibtex}
Unicode cannot be used in Bib\TeX{} entries, and some ways of typing special characters can disrupt Bib\TeX's alphabetization. The recommended way of typing special characters is shown in Table~\ref{tab:accents}.
Please ensure that Bib\TeX{} records contain DOIs or URLs when possible, and for all the ACL materials that you reference.
Use the \verb|doi| field for DOIs and the \verb|url| field for URLs.
If a Bib\TeX{} entry has a URL or DOI field, the paper title in the references section will appear as a hyperlink to the paper, using the hyperref \LaTeX{} package.
\section*{Limitations}
This document does not cover the content requirements for ACL or any
other specific venue. Check the author instructions for
information on
maximum page lengths, the required ``Limitations'' section,
and so on.
\section*{Acknowledgments}
This document has been adapted
by Steven Bethard, Ryan Cotterell and Rui Yan
from the instructions for earlier ACL and NAACL proceedings, including those for
ACL 2019 by Douwe Kiela and Ivan Vuli\'{c},
NAACL 2019 by Stephanie Lukin and Alla Roskovskaya,
ACL 2018 by Shay Cohen, Kevin Gimpel, and Wei Lu,
NAACL 2018 by Margaret Mitchell and Stephanie Lukin,
Bib\TeX{} suggestions for (NA)ACL 2017/2018 from Jason Eisner,
ACL 2017 by Dan Gildea and Min-Yen Kan,
NAACL 2017 by Margaret Mitchell,
ACL 2012 by Maggie Li and Michael White,
ACL 2010 by Jing-Shin Chang and Philipp Koehn,
ACL 2008 by Johanna D. Moore, Simone Teufel, James Allan, and Sadaoki Furui,
ACL 2005 by Hwee Tou Ng and Kemal Oflazer,
ACL 2002 by Eugene Charniak and Dekang Lin,
and earlier ACL and EACL formats written by several people, including
John Chen, Henry S. Thompson and Donald Walker.
Additional elements were taken from the formatting instructions of the \emph{International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence} and the \emph{Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition}.
% Bibliography entries for the entire Anthology, followed by custom entries
%\bibliography{custom,anthology-overleaf-1,anthology-overleaf-2}
% Custom bibliography entries only
\bibliography{custom}
\appendix
\section{Example Appendix}
\label{sec:appendix}
This is an appendix.
\end{document}

101
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/acl_lualatex.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
% This file compiles with both LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
% Change "review" to "final" to generate the final (sometimes called camera-ready) version.
% Change to "preprint" to generate a non-anonymous version with page numbers.
\usepackage[review]{acl}
% This is not strictly necessary, and may be commented out,
% but it will improve the layout of the manuscript,
% and will typically save some space.
\usepackage{microtype}
% If the title and author information does not fit in the area allocated, uncomment the following
%
%\setlength\titlebox{<dim>}
%
% and set <dim> to something 5cm or larger.
% These font selection commands work with
% LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX, but not pdfLaTeX.
\usepackage[english,bidi=default]{babel} % English as the main language.
\babelfont{rm}{TeXGyreTermesX} % similar to Times
%%% include whatever languages you need below this line
\babelprovide[import]{hindi}
\babelfont[*devanagari]{rm}{Lohit Devanagari}
\babelprovide[import]{arabic}
\babelfont[*arabic]{rm}{Noto Sans Arabic}
%\usepackage{polyglossia}
%\setdefaultlanguage{english}
%\setotherlanguages{arabic,russian,thai,hindi,kannada}
%%%%%
\title{LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX Template for *ACL Style Files}
% Author information can be set in various styles:
% For several authors from the same institution:
% \author{Author 1 \and ... \and Author n \\
% Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
% if the names do not fit well on one line use
% Author 1 \\ {\bf Author 2} \\ ... \\ {\bf Author n} \\
% For authors from different institutions:
% \author{Author 1 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line
% \And ... \And
% Author n \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
% To start a seperate ``row'' of authors use \AND, as in
% \author{Author 1 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line
% \AND
% Author 2 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line \And
% Author 3 \\ Address line \\ ... \\ Address line}
\author{First Author \\
Affiliation / Address line 1 \\
Affiliation / Address line 2 \\
Affiliation / Address line 3 \\
\texttt{email@domain} \\\And
Second Author \\
Affiliation / Address line 1 \\
Affiliation / Address line 2 \\
Affiliation / Address line 3 \\
\texttt{email@domain} \\}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
This document provides an example showing how
to use the *ACL style files with either
LuaLaTeX or XeLaTeX.
\end{abstract}
\section{Introduction}
Please see the general instructions
in the file \verb|acl_latex.tex|.
Here are some examples of text in various languages.
Hindi: \foreignlanguage{hindi}{मानव अधिकारों की सार्वभौम घोषणा}
Arabic: \foreignlanguage{arabic}{الإعلان العالمي لحقوق الإنسان}
Here is an example citation:
\citet{Gusfield:97} argues that...
% Entries for the entire Anthology, followed by custom entries
\bibliography{custom}
\appendix
\section{Example Appendix}
\label{sec:appendix}
This is an appendix.
\end{document}

1940
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/acl_natbib.bst Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

26
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/anthology.bib.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
For citing papers in the ACL Anthology, we provide a single consolidated
BibTeX file containing all of its papers. The bibkeys in these papers are
designed to be semantic in nature: {names}-{year}-{words}, where
- `names` is the concatenated last names of the authors when there is just
one or two authors, or `lastname-etal` for 3+
- `year` is the four-digit year
- `words` is the first significant word in the title, or more, if necessary,
to preserve uniqueness
For example, https://aclanthology.org/N04-1035 can be cited as \cite{galley-etal-2004-whats}.
The consolidated file can be downloaded from here:
- https://aclanthology.org/anthology.bib
Unfortunately, as of 2024 or so, this file is now larger than 50 MB, which is Overleaf's
bib file size limit. Consequently, the Anthology shards the file automatically into
49 MB shards.
There are currently (2025) two files:
- https://aclanthology.org/anthology-1.bib
- https://aclanthology.org/anthology-2.bib
You can download these directly from Overleaf from New File -> From External URL,
and then adding them to the \bibliography line in acl_latex.tex:
\bibliography{custom,anthology-1,anthology-2}

70
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/custom.bib Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
% Use this file for citations not found in the ACL Anthology (contained in "anthology.bib").
@book{Aho:72,
author = {Alfred V. Aho and Jeffrey D. Ullman},
title = {The Theory of Parsing, Translation and Compiling},
year = "1972",
volume = "1",
publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
address = {Englewood Cliffs, NJ}
}
@book{APA:83,
author = {{American Psychological Association}},
title = {Publications Manual},
year = "1983",
publisher = {American Psychological Association},
address = {Washington, DC}
}
@article{Chandra:81,
author = {Ashok K. Chandra and Dexter C. Kozen and Larry J. Stockmeyer},
year = "1981",
title = {Alternation},
journal = {Journal of the Association for Computing Machinery},
volume = "28",
number = "1",
pages = "114--133",
doi = "10.1145/322234.322243",
}
@inproceedings{andrew2007scalable,
title={Scalable training of {L1}-regularized log-linear models},
author={Andrew, Galen and Gao, Jianfeng},
booktitle={Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on Machine Learning},
pages={33--40},
year={2007},
}
@book{Gusfield:97,
author = {Dan Gusfield},
title = {Algorithms on Strings, Trees and Sequences},
year = "1997",
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
address = {Cambridge, UK}
}
@article{rasooli-tetrault-2015,
author = {Mohammad Sadegh Rasooli and Joel R. Tetreault},
title = {Yara Parser: {A} Fast and Accurate Dependency Parser},
journal = {Computing Research Repository},
volume = {arXiv:1503.06733},
year = {2015},
url = {http://arxiv.org/abs/1503.06733},
note = {version 2}
}
@article{Ando2005,
Acmid = {1194905},
Author = {Ando, Rie Kubota and Zhang, Tong},
Issn = {1532-4435},
Issue_Date = {12/1/2005},
Journal = {Journal of Machine Learning Research},
Month = dec,
Numpages = {37},
Pages = {1817--1853},
Publisher = {JMLR.org},
Title = {A Framework for Learning Predictive Structures from Multiple Tasks and Unlabeled Data},
Volume = {6},
Year = {2005}
}

326
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/acl/formatting.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
# Instructions for *ACL Proceedings
The following instructions are for authors of papers submitted for review to ACL conferences (hereafter, "review version") or paper accepted for publication in its proceedings (hereafter, "final version").
All authors are required to adhere to these specifications.
## Style Files
*ACL provides style files for LaTeX and Microsoft Word that meet these requirements. They can be found at:
> https://acl-org.github.io/ACLPUB/
We strongly recommend the use of these style files, which have been appropriately tailored for the *ACL proceedings.
## Paper Length
The conference accepts submissions of long papers and short papers.
Review versions of long papers may have up to eight (8) pages of content plus unlimited pages for references.
Upon acceptance, final versions of long papers will be given one additional page -- up to nine (9) pages of content plus unlimited pages for acknowledgements and references -- so that reviewers' comments can be taken into account.
Review versions of short papers may have up to four (4) pages of content, plus unlimited pages for references.
Final versions of short papers may have up to five (5) pages, plus unlimited pages for acknowledgements and references.
For both long and short papers, all figures and tables that are part of the main text must fit within these page limits.
The conference encourages submission of appendices and supplementary material, which are not required to fit within these page limits. However, review versions of papers must be self-contained: it is optional for reviewers to look at appendices or supplementary material. Please see [Appendices](#Appendices) and [Supplementary](#Supplementary Material) for more information.
Review versions should not refer, for further detail, to documents, code or data resources that are not available to the reviewers.
Papers that do not conform to these requirements may be rejected without review.
Workshop chairs may have different rules for allowed length and whether appendices or supplementary materials are welcome.
As always, the respective call for papers is the authoritative source.
## Anonymity
As reviewing will be double-blind, review versions must not include any identifying information about the authors (such as names, affiliations, or URLs).
Self-references that reveal the author's identity, e.g.,
> We previously showed (Gusfield, 1997)...
must be avoided, and anonymous citations, e.g.,
> We previously showed (Anonymous, 1997)...
should also be avoided. Instead, use citations such as
> Gusfield (1997) previously showed...
Review versions must not include acknowledgements.
**Papers that do not conform to these requirements may be rejected without review.**
Any preliminary non-archival versions of submitted papers should be listed in the submission form but not in the review version of the paper.
Reviewers are generally aware that authors may present preliminary versions of their work in other venues, but will not be provided the list of previous presentations from the submission form.
Once a paper has been accepted to the conference, the final version should include the author's names and affiliations, and is allowed to use self-references.
## Multiple Submission
Papers that have been or will be submitted to other meetings or publications must indicate this at submission time in the START submission form, and must be withdrawn from the other venues if accepted by *ACL.
Authors of papers accepted for presentation at *ACL must notify the program chairs by the deadline for final versions ("camera-ready deadline") whether the paper will be presented.
We will not accept for publication or presentation any papers that overlap significantly in content or results with papers that will be (or have been) published elsewhere.
Authors submitting more than one paper to *ACL must ensure that submissions do not overlap significantly (>25%) with each other in content or results.
## Formatting Instructions
### File Format
Papers must be in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF).
Please make sure that your PDF file embeds all necessary fonts (especially for tree diagrams, symbols, and Asian languages).
When you print or create the PDF file, there is usually an option in your printer setup to include none, all or just non-standard fonts.
Please make sure that you select the option of including *all* the fonts.
**Before sending it, test your PDF by printing it from a computer different from the one where it was created.**
Some word processors may generate very large PDF files, where each page is rendered as an image.
Such images may reproduce poorly.
In this case, try alternative ways to obtain the PDF.
All papers must use **A4 paper format** (21 cm x 29.7 cm).
Papers must not be submitted with any other paper size.
If you cannot meet the above requirements, please contact the publication chairs as soon as possible.
### Layout
All text except for page numbers must fit within the margins.
Review versions should have page numbers, centered in the bottom margin, but **pages should not be numbered in the final version.**
Manuscripts must be set in two columns.
Exceptions to the two-column format include the title, authors' names and complete addresses, which must be centered at the top of the first page, and any full-width figures or tables.
The exact dimensions for a page on A4 paper are:
* Left margin: 2.5 cm
* Right margin: 2.5 cm
* Top margin: 2.5 cm
* Bottom margin: 2.5 cm
* Column width: 7.7 cm
* Column height: 24.7 cm
* Gap between columns: 0.6 cm
In the review version, a ruler (line numbers in the left and right margins of the article) should be printed, so that reviewers may comment on particular lines in the paper.
The ruler should not change the appearance of any other content on the page.
The final version should not contain a ruler.
### Fonts
All text (except non-Latin scripts and mathematical formulas) should be set in **Times Roman**.
If Times Roman is unavailable, you may use **Times New Roman** or **Computer Modern Roman.**
The following table specifies what font sizes and styles must be used for each type of text in the manuscript.
| Type of Text | Font Size | Style |
| --------------------- | --------- | ----- |
| paper title | 15 pt | bold |
| author names | 12 pt | bold |
| author affiliation | 12 pt | |
| the word ``Abstract'' | 12 pt | bold |
| section titles | 12 pt | bold |
| subsection titles | 11 pt | bold |
| document text | 11 pt | |
| captions | 10 pt | |
| abstract text | 10 pt | |
| bibliography | 10 pt | |
| footnotes | 9 pt | |
### Title and Authors
Center the title, author's name(s) and affiliation(s) across both columns.
Place the title centered at the top of the first page, in 15-point bold.
Long titles should be typed on two lines without a blank line intervening.
Put the title 2.5 cm from the top of the page.
Write the title in [title case](https://apastyle.apa.org/style-grammar-guidelines/capitalization/title-case); do not write the title in all capital letters, except for acronyms (e.g., "BLEU") or proper nouns ("English") that are normally uppercased or capitalized.
Place the author name(s) and affiliation(s) under the title.
Write authors' full names; do not abbreviate given names to initials, unless they are normally written as initials ("Margaret Mitchell", not "M. Mitchell").
Do not format surnames in all capitals ("Mitchell", not "MITCHELL").
Do not use footnotes for affiliations.
The affiliation should contain the author's complete address, and if possible, an electronic mail address.
The title, author names and addresses should be completely identical to those entered to the paper submission website in order to maintain the consistency of author information among all publications of the conference.
If they are different, the publication chairs may resolve the difference without consulting with you; so it is in your own interest to double-check that the information is consistent.
Start the body of the first page 7.5 cm from the top of the page.
**Even in the review version of the paper, you should maintain space for names and addresses so that they will fit in the final version.**
### Abstract
Type the abstract at the beginning of the first column.
Center the word **Abstract** in 12 point bold above the body of the abstract.
The width of the abstract should be smaller than the
normal column width by 0.6 cm on each side.
The abstract text should be 10 point roman, single-spaced.
The abstract should be a concise summary of the general thesis and conclusions of the paper.
It should be no longer than 200 words.
### Text
Begin typing the main body of the text immediately after the abstract, continuing in two columns.
The text should be 11 point roman, single-spaced.
Indent 0.4 cm when starting a new paragraph, except for the first paragraph in a section.
### Sections
Use numbered sections (Arabic numerals) to facilitate cross references.
Number subsections with the section number and the subsection number separated by a dot, in Arabic numerals, e.g.,
> 1 Introduction
or
> 6.1 File Format
### Footnotes
Put footnotes at the bottom of the page and use 9 point font.
They may be numbered or referred to by asterisks or other symbols.
Footnotes should be separated from the text by a line.
### Figures and tables
Place figures and tables in the paper near where they are first discussed, rather than at the end, if possible.
Wide figures/tables may run across both columns.
To accommodate people who are color-blind (as well as those printing with black-and-white printers), grayscale readability is strongly encouraged.
Color is not forbidden, but authors should ensure that tables and figures do not rely solely on color to convey critical distinctions.
**Captions:**
Provide a caption for every figure/table; number each one sequentially in the form:
> Figure 1: Caption of the Figure.
and
> Table 1: Caption of the Table.
Captions should be placed below figures/tables, in 10 point roman type.
Captions that are one line are centered.
Captions longer than one line are left-aligned.
### Hyperlinks
Within-document and external hyperlinks should be dark blue (hex #000099), not underlined or boxed.
### Non-English Text
Text in languages other than English should be accompanied by translations into English, and text in scripts other than Latin should \emph{also} be accompanied by transliterations into Latin script, since not all readers can recognize non-Latin characters easily.
For example, παράδειγμα *paradeigma* ‘example’ is a Greek word, and this is a Greek sentence:
> Αυτό είναι ένα παράδειγμα.
> auto einai ena paradeigma.
> ‘This is an example.’
### Citations
Citations within the text appear in parentheses (Gusfield, 1997), or, if the author's name appears in the text itself: Gusfield (1997).
Append lowercase letters to the year in cases of ambiguities.
Cite papers with two authors using both authors' names (Aho and Ullman, 1972), but cite papers with more than two authors by the first author's name and ``et al.'' (Chandra et al., 1981).
Collapse multiple citations into a single pair of parentheses (Gusfield, 1997; Aho and Ullman, 1972).
Refrain from using full citations as sentence constituents.
Instead of
> (Gusfield, 1997) showed that ...
> In (Gusfield, 1997), ...''
write
> Gusfield (1997) showed that ...
> In Gusfield (1997), ...
Submissions should accurately reference prior and related work, including code and data.
If a piece of prior work appeared in multiple venues, the version that appeared in a refereed, archival venue should be referenced.
If multiple versions of a piece of prior work exist, the one used by the authors should be referenced.
### Acknowledgments
The acknowledgments should go immediately before the references.
Do not number the acknowledgments section.
Do not include this section in the review version.
### References
Gather the full set of references together under the unnumbered section heading **References**.
Place the References section before any Appendices.
Arrange the references alphabetically by first author, rather than by order of occurrence in the text.
Provide as complete a citation as possible, using a consistent format, such as the [one for Computational Linguistics](http://cljournal.org/style_guide_refs.html) or the one in the [Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association](https://apastyle.apa.org/products/publication-manual-7th-edition).
Use full names for authors, not just initials.
Authors should not rely on automated citation indices to provide accurate references for prior and related work.
As part of our work to make ACL materials more widely used and cited outside of our discipline, ACL has registered as a CrossRef member, as a registrant of Digital Object Identifiers (DOIs), the standard for registering permanent URNs for referencing scholarly materials.
All references are required to contain DOIs of all cited works when possible, or, as a second resort, links to ACL Anthology pages.
Appropriate records should be found for most materials in the current [ACL Anthology](https://aclweb.org/anthology/).
Example article in a journal:
> Rie Kubota Ando and Tong Zhang. 2005. [A framework for learning predictive structures from multiple tasks and unlabeled data](https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v6/ando05a.html). *Journal of Machine Learning Research*, 6:1817–1853.
Example paper in non-ACL proceedings, with DOI:
> Galen Andrew and Jianfeng Gao. 2007. [Scalable training of L1-regularized log-linear models](https://doi.org/10.1145/1273496.1273501). In *Proceedings of the 24th International Conference on Machine Learning*, pages 33–40.
Example ACL Anthology paper with DOI:
> James Goodman, Andreas Vlachos, and Jason Naradowsky. 2016. [Noise reduction and targeted exploration in imitation learning for Abstract Meaning Representation parsing](http://dx.doi.org/10.18653/v1/P16-1001). In *Proceedings of the 54th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics (Volume 1: Long Papers)*, pages 1–45711, Berlin, Germany. Association for Computational Linguistics.
Example ACL Anthology paper without DOI:
> Benjamin Börschinger and Mark Johnson. 2011. [A particle filter algorithm for Bayesian word segmentation](https://www.aclweb.org/anthology/U11-1004/). In *Proceedings of the Australasian Language Technology Association Workshop 2011*, pages 10–44718, Canberra, Australia.
Example arXiv paper:
> Mohammad Sadegh Rasooli and Joel R. Tetreault. 2015. [Yara parser: A fast and accurate dependency parser](http://arxiv.org/abs/1503.06733). *Computing Research Repository*, arXiv:1503.06733. Version 2.
## Appendices
Appendices are material that can be read, and include lemmas, formulas, proofs, and tables that are not critical to the reading and understanding of the paper.
Letter them in sequence and provide an informative title:
> Appendix A. Title of Appendix
The appendices come after the references.
Review versions of appendices must follow the same anonymity guidelines as the main paper.
## Supplementary Material
Submissions may include non-readable supplementary material used in the work and described in the paper.
Any accompanying software and/or data should include licenses and documentation of research review as appropriate.
Supplementary material may report preprocessing decisions, model parameters, and other details necessary for the replication of the experiments reported in the paper.
Seemingly small preprocessing decisions can sometimes make a large difference in performance, so it is crucial to record such decisions to precisely characterize state-of-the-art methods.
Nonetheless, supplementary material should be supplementary (rather than central) to the paper.
**Submissions that misuse the supplementary material may be rejected without review.**
Supplementary material may include explanations or details of proofs or derivations that do not fit into the paper, lists of features or feature templates, sample inputs and outputs for a system, pseudo-code or source code, and data.
(Source code and data should be separate uploads, rather than part of the paper).
The paper should not rely on the supplementary material: while the paper may refer to and cite the supplementary material and the supplementary material will be available to the reviewers, they will not be asked to review the supplementary material.
Review versions of supplementary material must follow the same anonymity guidelines as the main paper.
## Credits
This document has been adapted from the instructions for earlier ACL and NAACL proceedings, including those for
ACL 2020 by Steven Bethard, Ryan Cotterell and Rui Yan,
ACL 2019 by Douwe Kiela and Ivan Ivan Vulić,
NAACL 2019 by Stephanie Lukin and Alla Roskovskaya,
ACL 2018 by Shay Cohen, Kevin Gimpel, and Wei Lu,
NAACL 2018 by Margaret Mitchell and Stephanie Lukin,
BibTeX suggestions for (NA)ACL 2017/2018 from Jason Eisner,
ACL 2017 by Dan Gildea and Min-Yen Kan,
NAACL 2017 by Margaret Mitchell,
ACL 2012 by Maggie Li and Michael White,
ACL 2010 by Jing-Shin Chang and Philipp Koehn,
ACL 2008 by Johanna D. Moore, Simone Teufel, James Allan, and Sadaoki Furui,
ACL 2005 by Hwee Tou Ng and Kemal Oflazer,
ACL 2002 by Eugene Charniak and Dekang Lin,
and earlier ACL and EACL formats written by several people, including
John Chen, Henry S. Thompson and Donald Walker.
Additional elements were taken from the formatting instructions of the *International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence* and the *Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition*.

3
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
# Template
Template and style files for CoLM 2025

11
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/colm2025_conference.bib Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
@inproceedings{Vaswani+2017,
author = {Vaswani, Ashish and Shazeer, Noam and Parmar, Niki and Uszkoreit, Jakob and Jones, Llion and Gomez, Aidan N and Kaiser, \L ukasz and Polosukhin, Illia},
booktitle = {Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems},
pages = {},
publisher = {Curran Associates, Inc.},
title = {Attention is All you Need},
url = {https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper_files/paper/2017/file/3f5ee243547dee91fbd053c1c4a845aa-Paper.pdf},
volume = {30},
year = {2017}
}

1440
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/colm2025_conference.bst Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

BIN
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/colm2025_conference.pdf Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

218
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/colm2025_conference.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
%%%% COLM Macros (LaTex)
%%%% Adapted by Yoav Artzi and Sasha Rush from Hugo Larochelle's adaptation for ICLR, which has been adaptated from the NIPS stylefile Macros
%%%% Style File
%%%% Dec 12, 1990 Rev Aug 14, 1991; Sept, 1995; April, 1997; April, 1999; October 2014
% This file can be used with Latex2e whether running in main mode, or
% 2.09 compatibility mode.
%
% If using main mode, you need to include the commands
% \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage{colm14submit_e}
%
% Define options
\newif\ifcolmsubmission
\newif\ifcolmpreprint
\newif\ifcolmfinal
% Set submission as default
\colmsubmissiontrue
\colmpreprintfalse
\colmfinalfalse
% Define option handling
\DeclareOption{submission}{\colmsubmissiontrue\colmpreprintfalse\colmfinalfalse}
\DeclareOption{preprint}{\colmsubmissionfalse\colmpreprinttrue\colmfinalfalse}
\DeclareOption{final}{\colmsubmissionfalse\colmpreprintfalse\colmfinaltrue}
\ProcessOptions\relax
% Palatino font
\RequirePackage{tgpagella} % text only
\RequirePackage{mathpazo} % math & text
\RequirePackage{inconsolata} % for tt font
% Change the overall width of the page. If these parameters are
% changed, they will require corresponding changes in the
% maketitle section.
%
\usepackage{eso-pic} % used by \AddToShipoutPicture
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
\RequirePackage{natbib}
% modification to natbib citations
\setcitestyle{authoryear,round,citesep={;},aysep={,},yysep={;}}
\renewcommand{\topfraction}{0.95} % let figure take up nearly whole page
\renewcommand{\textfraction}{0.05} % let figure take up nearly whole page
% Specify the dimensions of each page
\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}
\setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}
\oddsidemargin .5in % Note \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
\evensidemargin .5in
\marginparwidth 0.07 true in
%\marginparwidth 0.75 true in
%\topmargin 0 true pt % Nominal distance from top of page to top of
%\topmargin 0.125in
\topmargin -0.625in
\addtolength{\headsep}{0.25in}
\textheight 9.0 true in % Height of text (including footnotes & figures)
\textwidth 5.5 true in % Width of text line.
\widowpenalty=10000
\clubpenalty=10000
% \thispagestyle{empty} \pagestyle{empty}
\flushbottom \sloppy
% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
% Title stuff, taken from deproc.
\def\maketitle{\par
\begingroup
\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
\def\@makefnmark{\hbox to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}} % for perfect author
% name centering
% The footnote-mark was overlapping the footnote-text,
% added the following to fix this problem (MK)
\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
\hbox to1.8em{\hss $\m@th ^{\@thefnmark}$}##1}
\@maketitle \@thanks
\endgroup
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
\let\maketitle\relax \let\@maketitle\relax
\gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
% The toptitlebar has been raised to top-justify the first page
\usepackage{fancyhdr}
\pagestyle{fancy}
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{1.5pt}
\fancyhead{}
% Title (includes both anonymized and non-anonymized versions)
\def\@maketitle{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth
%\linewidth\hsize \vskip 0.1in \toptitlebar \centering
{\Large\bf \@title\par}
%\bottomtitlebar % \vskip 0.1in % minus
\ifcolmfinal
\lhead{Published as a conference paper at COLM 2025}
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\@author\end{tabular}%
\else\ifcolmpreprint
\lhead{Preprint. Under review.}
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\@author\end{tabular}%
\else
\lhead{Under review as a conference paper at COLM 2025}
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}Anonymous authors\\Paper under double-blind review\end{tabular}%
\fi\fi
\vskip 0.3in minus 0.1in}}
\renewenvironment{abstract}{\vskip.075in\centerline{\large\bf
Abstract}\vspace{0.5ex}\begin{quote}}{\par\end{quote}\vskip 1ex}
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
%\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt} % got rid of @ (MK)
\def\normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
% sections with less space
\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus 0.3ex
minus0.2ex}{\large\bf\raggedright}}
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-1.8ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.8ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}}
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-1.5ex
plus -0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.5ex plus
.2ex}{\normalsize\bf\itshape\raggedright}}
\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\it}}
\def\subsubsubsection{\vskip
5pt{\noindent\normalsize\raggedright}}
% Footnotes
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 12pc \kern 2.6pt }
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
% Lists and paragraphs
\parindent 0pt
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parskip .5pc
%\leftmargin2em
\leftmargin3pc
\leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em
%\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \parsep}
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \topsep}
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
\def\toptitlebar{\hrule height4pt\vskip .25in\vskip-\parskip}
\def\bottomtitlebar{\vskip .29in\vskip-\parskip\hrule height1pt\vskip
.09in} %
%Reduced second vskip to compensate for adding the strut in \@author

305
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/colm2025_conference.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
\documentclass{article} % For LaTeX2e
\usepackage[submission]{colm2025_conference}
\usepackage{microtype}
\usepackage{hyperref}
\usepackage{url}
\usepackage{booktabs}
\usepackage{lineno}
\definecolor{darkblue}{rgb}{0, 0, 0.5}
\hypersetup{colorlinks=true, citecolor=darkblue, linkcolor=darkblue, urlcolor=darkblue}
\title{Formatting Instructions for COLM 2025 \\ Conference Submissions}
% Authors must not appear in the submitted version. They should be hidden
% as long as the \colmfinalcopy macro remains commented out below.
% Non-anonymous submissions will be rejected without review.
\author{Antiquus S.~Hippocampus, Natalia Cerebro \& Amelie P. Amygdale \thanks{ Use footnote for providing further information
about author (webpage, alternative address)---\emph{not} for acknowledging
funding agencies. Funding acknowledgements go at the end of the paper.} \\
Department of Computer Science\\
Cranberry-Lemon University\\
Pittsburgh, PA 15213, USA \\
\texttt{\{hippo,brain,jen\}@cs.cranberry-lemon.edu} \\
\And
Ji Q. Ren \& Yevgeny LeNet \\
Department of Computational Neuroscience \\
University of the Witwatersrand \\
Joburg, South Africa \\
\texttt{\{robot,net\}@wits.ac.za} \\
\AND
Coauthor \\
Affiliation \\
Address \\
\texttt{email}
}
% The \author macro works with any number of authors. There are two commands
% used to separate the names and addresses of multiple authors: \And and \AND.
%
% Using \And between authors leaves it to \LaTeX{} to determine where to break
% the lines. Using \AND forces a linebreak at that point. So, if \LaTeX{}
% puts 3 of 4 authors names on the first line, and the last on the second
% line, try using \AND instead of \And before the third author name.
\newcommand{\fix}{\marginpar{FIX}}
\newcommand{\new}{\marginpar{NEW}}
\begin{document}
\ifcolmsubmission
\linenumbers
\fi
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
The abstract paragraph should be indented 1/2~inch (3~picas) on both left and
right-hand margins. Use 10~point type, with a vertical spacing of 11~points.
The word \textit{Abstract} must be centered and in point size 12. Two
line spaces precede the abstract. The abstract must be limited to one
paragraph.
\end{abstract}
\section{Submission of conference papers to COLM 2025}
COLM requires electronic submissions, processed by
\url{https://openreview.net/}. See COLM's website for more instructions.
The format for the submissions is a variant of the NeurIPS and ICLR formats.
Please read carefully the instructions below, and follow them
faithfully.
\subsection{Style}
Papers to be submitted to COLM 2025 must be prepared according to the
instructions presented here.
%% Please note that we have introduced automatic line number generation
%% into the style file for \LaTeXe. This is to help reviewers
%% refer to specific lines of the paper when they make their comments. Please do
%% NOT refer to these line numbers in your paper as they will be removed from the
%% style file for the final version of accepted papers.
Authors are required to use the COLM \LaTeX{} style files obtainable at the
COLM website. Please make sure you use the current files and
not previous versions. Tweaking the style files may be grounds for rejection.
\subsubsection{Copy Options}
If your paper is ultimately accepted, the option {\tt
{\textbackslash}final} should be set for the {\tt {\textbackslash}usepackage[submission]\{colm2025\_conference\}} command for the camera ready version. The {\tt submission} options is the default, and is to be used for all submissions during the review process. It also turns on the line numbers. If you wish to submit a preprint, the option {\tt preprint} should be used.
\subsection{Retrieval of style files}
The style files for COLM and other conference information are available online at:
\begin{center}
\url{http://www.colmweb.org/}
\end{center}
The file \verb+colm2025_conference.pdf+ contains these
instructions and illustrates the
various formatting requirements your COLM paper must satisfy.
Submissions must be made using \LaTeX{} and the style files
\verb+colm2025_conference.sty+ and \verb+colm2025_conference.bst+ (to be used with \LaTeX{}2e). The file
\verb+colm2025_conference.tex+ may be used as a ``shell'' for writing your paper. All you
have to do is replace the author, title, abstract, and text of the paper with
your own.
The formatting instructions contained in these style files are summarized in
sections \ref{gen_inst}, \ref{headings}, and \ref{others} below.
\section{General formatting instructions}
\label{gen_inst}
The text must be confined within a rectangle 5.5~inches (33~picas) wide and
9~inches (54~picas) long. The left margin is 1.5~inch (9~picas).
Use 10~point type with a vertical spacing of 11~points. Palatino is the
preferred typeface throughout, and is mandatory for the main text. Paragraphs are separated by 1/2~line space, with no indentation.
Paper title is 17~point and left-aligned.
All pages should start at 1~inch (6~picas) from the top of the page.
Please verify that any custom header information you may add does not override the style defined in this document. This has been known to occur especially when submissions are converted to a new template from a previous one (i.e., for re-submission to a different venue).
Authors' names are
set in boldface, and each name is placed above its corresponding
address. The lead author's name is to be listed first, and
the co-authors' names are set to follow. Authors sharing the
same address can be on the same line.
Please pay special attention to the instructions in section \ref{others}
regarding figures, tables, acknowledgements, and references.
There will be a strict upper limit of 9 pages for the main text of the initial submission, with unlimited additional pages for citations.
We strongly recommend following arXiv's guidelines for making your paper friendly for HTML conversion: \url{https://info.arxiv.org/help/submit_latex_best_practices.html}.
\section{Headings: first level}
\label{headings}
First level headings are in lower case (except for first word and proper nouns), bold face,
flush left and in point size 12. One line space before the first level
heading and 1/2~line space after the first level heading.
\subsection{Headings: second level}
Second level headings are in lower case (except for first word and proper nouns), bold face,
flush left and in point size 10. One line space before the second level
heading and 1/2~line space after the second level heading.
\subsubsection{Headings: third level}
Third level headings are in lower case (except for first word and proper nouns), bold face, italics,
flush left and in point size 10. One line space before the third level
heading and 1/2~line space after the third level heading.
\section{Citations, figures, tables, references}\label{others}
These instructions apply to everyone, regardless of the formatter being used.
\subsection{Citations within the text}
Citations within the text should be based on the \texttt{natbib} package
and include the authors' last names and year (with the ``et~al.'' construct
for more than two authors). When the authors or the publication are
included in the sentence, the citation should not be in parenthesis using \verb|\citet{}| (as
in ``See \citet{Vaswani+2017} for more information.''). Otherwise, the citation
should be in parenthesis using \verb|\citep{}| (as in ``Transformers are a key tool
for developing language models~\citep{Vaswani+2017}.'').
The corresponding references are to be listed in alphabetical order of
authors, in the \textsc{References} section. As to the format of the
references themselves, any style is acceptable as long as it is used
consistently.
\subsection{Footnotes}
Indicate footnotes with a number\footnote{Sample of the first footnote} in the
text. Place the footnotes at the bottom of the page on which they appear.
Precede the footnote with a horizontal rule of 2~inches
(12~picas).\footnote{Sample of the second footnote}
\subsection{Figures}
All artwork must be neat, clean, and legible. Lines should be dark
enough for purposes of reproduction; art work should not be
hand-drawn. Any text within the figure must be readable. We ask to not use font sizes below {\tt small}. We strongly recommend to use vector representations (e.g., pdf or svg) for all diagrams.
We strongly recommend positioning all figures at the top or bottom of the page.
The figure number and caption always appear below the figure. Place one line space before the figure caption, and one line space after the figure. The figure caption is lower case (except for first word and proper nouns); figures are numbered consecutively.
Make sure the figure caption does not get separated from the figure.
Leave sufficient space to avoid splitting the figure and figure caption.
You may use color figures.
However, it is best for the
figure captions and the paper body to make sense if the paper is printed
either in black/white or in color.
\begin{figure}[t]
\begin{center}
%\framebox[4.0in]{$\;$}
\fbox{\rule[-.5cm]{0cm}{4cm} \rule[-.5cm]{4cm}{0cm}}
\end{center}
\caption{Sample figure caption.}
\end{figure}
\subsection{Tables}
All tables must be centered, neat, clean and legible. Do not use hand-drawn tables. The table number and title always appear below the table. See Table~\ref{sample-table}. Please do not use font sizes below {\tt small} in tables. We recommend using {\tt booktabs} or a similar package to style tables.
We strongly recommend positioning all tables at the top or bottom of the page.
Place one line space before the table title, one line space after the table title, and one line space after the table. The table title must be lowercase (except for first word and proper nouns); tables are numbered consecutively.
\begin{table}[t]
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\toprule
\multicolumn{1}{c}{\bf PART} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{\bf DESCRIPTION} \\
\midrule
Dendrite &Input terminal \\
Axon &Output terminal \\
Soma &Cell body (contains cell nucleus) \\
\bottomrule
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\caption{Sample table title}\label{sample-table}
\end{table}
\section{Final instructions}
Do not change any aspects of the formatting parameters in the style files.
In particular, do not modify the width or length of the rectangle the text
should fit into, and do not change font sizes (except perhaps in the
\textsc{References} section; see below). Please note that pages should be
numbered.
\section{Preparing PostScript or PDF files}
Please prepare PostScript or PDF files with paper size ``US Letter'', and
not, for example, ``A4''. The -t
letter option on dvips will produce US Letter files.
Consider directly generating PDF files using \verb+pdflatex+
(especially if you are a MiKTeX user).
PDF figures must be substituted for EPS figures, however.
Otherwise, please generate your PostScript and PDF files with the following commands:
\begin{verbatim}
dvips mypaper.dvi -t letter -Ppdf -G0 -o mypaper.ps
ps2pdf mypaper.ps mypaper.pdf
\end{verbatim}
\subsection{Margins in LaTeX}
Most of the margin problems come from figures positioned by hand using
\verb+\special+ or other commands. We suggest using the command
\verb+\includegraphics+
from the graphicx package. Always specify the figure width as a multiple of
the line width as in the example below using .eps graphics
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} ...
\includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{myfile.eps}
\end{verbatim}
or % Apr 2009 addition
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} ...
\includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{myfile.pdf}
\end{verbatim}
for .pdf graphics.
See section~4.4 in the graphics bundle documentation (\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.ps})
A number of width problems arise when LaTeX cannot properly hyphenate a
line. Please give LaTeX hyphenation hints using the \verb+\-+ command.
\section*{Author Contributions}
If you'd like to, you may include a section for author contributions as is done
in many journals. This is optional and at the discretion of the authors.
\section*{Acknowledgments}
Use unnumbered first level headings for the acknowledgments. All
acknowledgments, including those to funding agencies, go at the end of the paper.
\section*{Ethics Statement}
Authors can add an optional ethics statement to the paper.
For papers that touch on ethical issues, this section will be evaluated as part of the review process. The ethics statement should come at the end of the paper. It does not count toward the page limit, but should not be more than 1 page.
\bibliography{colm2025_conference}
\bibliographystyle{colm2025_conference}
\appendix
\section{Appendix}
You may include other additional sections here.
\end{document}

485
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/fancyhdr.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
% fancyhdr.sty version 3.2
% Fancy headers and footers for LaTeX.
% Piet van Oostrum,
% Dept of Computer and Information Sciences, University of Utrecht,
% Padualaan 14, P.O. Box 80.089, 3508 TB Utrecht, The Netherlands
% Telephone: +31 30 2532180. Email: piet@cs.uu.nl
% ========================================================================
% LICENCE:
% This file may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public
% License, as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution.
% Either version 1 or, at your option, any later version.
% ========================================================================
% MODIFICATION HISTORY:
% Sep 16, 1994
% version 1.4: Correction for use with \reversemargin
% Sep 29, 1994:
% version 1.5: Added the \iftopfloat, \ifbotfloat and \iffloatpage commands
% Oct 4, 1994:
% version 1.6: Reset single spacing in headers/footers for use with
% setspace.sty or doublespace.sty
% Oct 4, 1994:
% version 1.7: changed \let\@mkboth\markboth to
% \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth} to make it more robust
% Dec 5, 1994:
% version 1.8: corrections for amsbook/amsart: define \@chapapp and (more
% importantly) use the \chapter/sectionmark definitions from ps@headings if
% they exist (which should be true for all standard classes).
% May 31, 1995:
% version 1.9: The proposed \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{\iffloatpage...
% construction in the doc did not work properly with the fancyplain style.
% June 1, 1995:
% version 1.91: The definition of \@mkboth wasn't restored on subsequent
% \pagestyle{fancy}'s.
% June 1, 1995:
% version 1.92: The sequence \pagestyle{fancyplain} \pagestyle{plain}
% \pagestyle{fancy} would erroneously select the plain version.
% June 1, 1995:
% version 1.93: \fancypagestyle command added.
% Dec 11, 1995:
% version 1.94: suggested by Conrad Hughes <chughes@maths.tcd.ie>
% CJCH, Dec 11, 1995: added \footruleskip to allow control over footrule
% position (old hardcoded value of .3\normalbaselineskip is far too high
% when used with very small footer fonts).
% Jan 31, 1996:
% version 1.95: call \@normalsize in the reset code if that is defined,
% otherwise \normalsize.
% this is to solve a problem with ucthesis.cls, as this doesn't
% define \@currsize. Unfortunately for latex209 calling \normalsize doesn't
% work as this is optimized to do very little, so there \@normalsize should
% be called. Hopefully this code works for all versions of LaTeX known to
% mankind.
% April 25, 1996:
% version 1.96: initialize \headwidth to a magic (negative) value to catch
% most common cases that people change it before calling \pagestyle{fancy}.
% Note it can't be initialized when reading in this file, because
% \textwidth could be changed afterwards. This is quite probable.
% We also switch to \MakeUppercase rather than \uppercase and introduce a
% \nouppercase command for use in headers. and footers.
% May 3, 1996:
% version 1.97: Two changes:
% 1. Undo the change in version 1.8 (using the pagestyle{headings} defaults
% for the chapter and section marks. The current version of amsbook and
% amsart classes don't seem to need them anymore. Moreover the standard
% latex classes don't use \markboth if twoside isn't selected, and this is
% confusing as \leftmark doesn't work as expected.
% 2. include a call to \ps@empty in ps@@fancy. This is to solve a problem
% in the amsbook and amsart classes, that make global changes to \topskip,
% which are reset in \ps@empty. Hopefully this doesn't break other things.
% May 7, 1996:
% version 1.98:
% Added % after the line \def\nouppercase
% May 7, 1996:
% version 1.99: This is the alpha version of fancyhdr 2.0
% Introduced the new commands \fancyhead, \fancyfoot, and \fancyhf.
% Changed \headrulewidth, \footrulewidth, \footruleskip to
% macros rather than length parameters, In this way they can be
% conditionalized and they don't consume length registers. There is no need
% to have them as length registers unless you want to do calculations with
% them, which is unlikely. Note that this may make some uses of them
% incompatible (i.e. if you have a file that uses \setlength or \xxxx=)
% May 10, 1996:
% version 1.99a:
% Added a few more % signs
% May 10, 1996:
% version 1.99b:
% Changed the syntax of \f@nfor to be resistent to catcode changes of :=
% Removed the [1] from the defs of \lhead etc. because the parameter is
% consumed by the \@[xy]lhead etc. macros.
% June 24, 1997:
% version 1.99c:
% corrected \nouppercase to also include the protected form of \MakeUppercase
% \global added to manipulation of \headwidth.
% \iffootnote command added.
% Some comments added about \@fancyhead and \@fancyfoot.
% Aug 24, 1998
% version 1.99d
% Changed the default \ps@empty to \ps@@empty in order to allow
% \fancypagestyle{empty} redefinition.
% Oct 11, 2000
% version 2.0
% Added LPPL license clause.
%
% A check for \headheight is added. An errormessage is given (once) if the
% header is too large. Empty headers don't generate the error even if
% \headheight is very small or even 0pt.
% Warning added for the use of 'E' option when twoside option is not used.
% In this case the 'E' fields will never be used.
%
% Mar 10, 2002
% version 2.1beta
% New command: \fancyhfoffset[place]{length}
% defines offsets to be applied to the header/footer to let it stick into
% the margins (if length > 0).
% place is like in fancyhead, except that only E,O,L,R can be used.
% This replaces the old calculation based on \headwidth and the marginpar
% area.
% \headwidth will be dynamically calculated in the headers/footers when
% this is used.
%
% Mar 26, 2002
% version 2.1beta2
% \fancyhfoffset now also takes h,f as possible letters in the argument to
% allow the header and footer widths to be different.
% New commands \fancyheadoffset and \fancyfootoffset added comparable to
% \fancyhead and \fancyfoot.
% Errormessages and warnings have been made more informative.
%
% Dec 9, 2002
% version 2.1
% The defaults for \footrulewidth, \plainheadrulewidth and
% \plainfootrulewidth are changed from \z@skip to 0pt. In this way when
% someone inadvertantly uses \setlength to change any of these, the value
% of \z@skip will not be changed, rather an errormessage will be given.
% March 3, 2004
% Release of version 3.0
% Oct 7, 2004
% version 3.1
% Added '\endlinechar=13' to \fancy@reset to prevent problems with
% includegraphics in header when verbatiminput is active.
% March 22, 2005
% version 3.2
% reset \everypar (the real one) in \fancy@reset because spanish.ldf does
% strange things with \everypar between << and >>.
\def\ifancy@mpty#1{\def\temp@a{#1}\ifx\temp@a\@empty}
\def\fancy@def#1#2{\ifancy@mpty{#2}\fancy@gbl\def#1{\leavevmode}\else
\fancy@gbl\def#1{#2\strut}\fi}
\let\fancy@gbl\global
\def\@fancyerrmsg#1{%
\ifx\PackageError\undefined
\errmessage{#1}\else
\PackageError{Fancyhdr}{#1}{}\fi}
\def\@fancywarning#1{%
\ifx\PackageWarning\undefined
\errmessage{#1}\else
\PackageWarning{Fancyhdr}{#1}{}\fi}
% Usage: \@forc \var{charstring}{command to be executed for each char}
% This is similar to LaTeX's \@tfor, but expands the charstring.
\def\@forc#1#2#3{\expandafter\f@rc\expandafter#1\expandafter{#2}{#3}}
\def\f@rc#1#2#3{\def\temp@ty{#2}\ifx\@empty\temp@ty\else
\f@@rc#1#2\f@@rc{#3}\fi}
\def\f@@rc#1#2#3\f@@rc#4{\def#1{#2}#4\f@rc#1{#3}{#4}}
% Usage: \f@nfor\name:=list\do{body}
% Like LaTeX's \@for but an empty list is treated as a list with an empty
% element
\newcommand{\f@nfor}[3]{\edef\@fortmp{#2}%
\expandafter\@forloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}}
% Usage: \def@ult \cs{defaults}{argument}
% sets \cs to the characters from defaults appearing in argument
% or defaults if it would be empty. All characters are lowercased.
\newcommand\def@ult[3]{%
\edef\temp@a{\lowercase{\edef\noexpand\temp@a{#3}}}\temp@a
\def#1{}%
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#2}%
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra\temp@a{\edef#1{#1\tmpf@ra}}{}}%
\ifx\@empty#1\def#1{#2}\fi}
%
% \if@in <char><set><truecase><falsecase>
%
\newcommand{\if@in}[4]{%
\edef\temp@a{#2}\def\temp@b##1#1##2\temp@b{\def\temp@b{##1}}%
\expandafter\temp@b#2#1\temp@b\ifx\temp@a\temp@b #4\else #3\fi}
\newcommand{\fancyhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyhead h}%
{\f@ncyhf\fancyhead h[]}}
\newcommand{\fancyfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyfoot f}%
{\f@ncyhf\fancyfoot f[]}}
\newcommand{\fancyhf}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyhf{}}%
{\f@ncyhf\fancyhf{}[]}}
% New commands for offsets added
\newcommand{\fancyheadoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h}%
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h[]}}
\newcommand{\fancyfootoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f}%
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f[]}}
\newcommand{\fancyhfoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset{}}%
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset{}[]}}
% The header and footer fields are stored in command sequences with
% names of the form: \f@ncy<x><y><z> with <x> for [eo], <y> from [lcr]
% and <z> from [hf].
\def\f@ncyhf#1#2[#3]#4{%
\def\temp@c{}%
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra{eolcrhf,EOLCRHF}%
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else
\@fancyerrmsg{Illegal char `\temp@c' in \string#1 argument:
[#3]}%
\fi
\f@nfor\temp@c{#3}%
{\def@ult\f@@@eo{eo}\temp@c
\if@twoside\else
\if\f@@@eo e\@fancywarning
{\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless}\fi\fi
\def@ult\f@@@lcr{lcr}\temp@c
\def@ult\f@@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
\@forc\f@@eo\f@@@eo
{\@forc\f@@lcr\f@@@lcr
{\@forc\f@@hf\f@@@hf
{\expandafter\fancy@def\csname
f@ncy\f@@eo\f@@lcr\f@@hf\endcsname
{#4}}}}}}
\def\f@ncyhfoffs#1#2[#3]#4{%
\def\temp@c{}%
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra{eolrhf,EOLRHF}%
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else
\@fancyerrmsg{Illegal char `\temp@c' in \string#1 argument:
[#3]}%
\fi
\f@nfor\temp@c{#3}%
{\def@ult\f@@@eo{eo}\temp@c
\if@twoside\else
\if\f@@@eo e\@fancywarning
{\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless}\fi\fi
\def@ult\f@@@lcr{lr}\temp@c
\def@ult\f@@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
\@forc\f@@eo\f@@@eo
{\@forc\f@@lcr\f@@@lcr
{\@forc\f@@hf\f@@@hf
{\expandafter\setlength\csname
f@ncyO@\f@@eo\f@@lcr\f@@hf\endcsname
{#4}}}}}%
\fancy@setoffs}
% Fancyheadings version 1 commands. These are more or less deprecated,
% but they continue to work.
\newcommand{\lhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlhead}{\@ylhead}}
\def\@xlhead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyelh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolh{#2}}
\def\@ylhead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyelh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolh{#1}}
\newcommand{\chead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xchead}{\@ychead}}
\def\@xchead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyech{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyoch{#2}}
\def\@ychead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyech{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyoch{#1}}
\newcommand{\rhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrhead}{\@yrhead}}
\def\@xrhead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyerh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorh{#2}}
\def\@yrhead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyerh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorh{#1}}
\newcommand{\lfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlfoot}{\@ylfoot}}
\def\@xlfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyelf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolf{#2}}
\def\@ylfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyelf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolf{#1}}
\newcommand{\cfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xcfoot}{\@ycfoot}}
\def\@xcfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyecf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyocf{#2}}
\def\@ycfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyecf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyocf{#1}}
\newcommand{\rfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrfoot}{\@yrfoot}}
\def\@xrfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyerf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorf{#2}}
\def\@yrfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyerf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorf{#1}}
\newlength{\fancy@headwidth}
\let\headwidth\fancy@headwidth
\newlength{\f@ncyO@elh}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@erh}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@olh}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@orh}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@elf}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@erf}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@olf}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@orf}
\newcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
\newcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
\newcommand{\footruleskip}{.3\normalbaselineskip}
% Fancyplain stuff shouldn't be used anymore (rather
% \fancypagestyle{plain} should be used), but it must be present for
% compatibility reasons.
\newcommand{\plainheadrulewidth}{0pt}
\newcommand{\plainfootrulewidth}{0pt}
\newif\if@fancyplain \@fancyplainfalse
\def\fancyplain#1#2{\if@fancyplain#1\else#2\fi}
\headwidth=-123456789sp %magic constant
% Command to reset various things in the headers:
% a.o. single spacing (taken from setspace.sty)
% and the catcode of ^^M (so that epsf files in the header work if a
% verbatim crosses a page boundary)
% It also defines a \nouppercase command that disables \uppercase and
% \Makeuppercase. It can only be used in the headers and footers.
\let\fnch@everypar\everypar% save real \everypar because of spanish.ldf
\def\fancy@reset{\fnch@everypar{}\restorecr\endlinechar=13
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
\def\nouppercase##1{{\let\uppercase\relax\let\MakeUppercase\relax
\expandafter\let\csname MakeUppercase \endcsname\relax##1}}%
\ifx\undefined\@newbaseline% NFSS not present; 2.09 or 2e
\ifx\@normalsize\undefined \normalsize % for ucthesis.cls
\else \@normalsize \fi
\else% NFSS (2.09) present
\@newbaseline%
\fi}
% Initialization of the head and foot text.
% The default values still contain \fancyplain for compatibility.
\fancyhf{} % clear all
% lefthead empty on ``plain'' pages, \rightmark on even, \leftmark on odd pages
% evenhead empty on ``plain'' pages, \leftmark on even, \rightmark on odd pages
\if@twoside
\fancyhead[el,or]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\rightmark}}
\fancyhead[er,ol]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\leftmark}}
\else
\fancyhead[l]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\rightmark}}
\fancyhead[r]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\leftmark}}
\fi
\fancyfoot[c]{\rm\thepage} % page number
% Use box 0 as a temp box and dimen 0 as temp dimen.
% This can be done, because this code will always
% be used inside another box, and therefore the changes are local.
\def\@fancyvbox#1#2{\setbox0\vbox{#2}\ifdim\ht0>#1\@fancywarning
{\string#1 is too small (\the#1): ^^J Make it at least \the\ht0.^^J
We now make it that large for the rest of the document.^^J
This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however\@gobble}%
\dimen0=#1\global\setlength{#1}{\ht0}\ht0=\dimen0\fi
\box0}
% Put together a header or footer given the left, center and
% right text, fillers at left and right and a rule.
% The \lap commands put the text into an hbox of zero size,
% so overlapping text does not generate an errormessage.
% These macros have 5 parameters:
% 1. LEFTSIDE BEARING % This determines at which side the header will stick
% out. When \fancyhfoffset is used this calculates \headwidth, otherwise
% it is \hss or \relax (after expansion).
% 2. \f@ncyolh, \f@ncyelh, \f@ncyolf or \f@ncyelf. This is the left component.
% 3. \f@ncyoch, \f@ncyech, \f@ncyocf or \f@ncyecf. This is the middle comp.
% 4. \f@ncyorh, \f@ncyerh, \f@ncyorf or \f@ncyerf. This is the right component.
% 5. RIGHTSIDE BEARING. This is always \relax or \hss (after expansion).
\def\@fancyhead#1#2#3#4#5{#1\hbox to\headwidth{\fancy@reset
\@fancyvbox\headheight{\hbox
{\rlap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedright#2}}\hfill
\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\centering#3}\hfill
\llap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}}\headrule}}#5}
\def\@fancyfoot#1#2#3#4#5{#1\hbox to\headwidth{\fancy@reset
\@fancyvbox\footskip{\footrule
\hbox{\rlap{\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\raggedright#2}}\hfill
\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\centering#3}\hfill
\llap{\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}}}}#5}
\def\headrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi
\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth \vskip-\headrulewidth}}
\def\footrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\footrulewidth\plainfootrulewidth\fi
\vskip-\footruleskip\vskip-\footrulewidth
\hrule\@width\headwidth\@height\footrulewidth\vskip\footruleskip}}
\def\ps@fancy{%
\@ifundefined{@chapapp}{\let\@chapapp\chaptername}{}%for amsbook
%
% Define \MakeUppercase for old LaTeXen.
% Note: we used \def rather than \let, so that \let\uppercase\relax (from
% the version 1 documentation) will still work.
%
\@ifundefined{MakeUppercase}{\def\MakeUppercase{\uppercase}}{}%
\@ifundefined{chapter}{\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth
{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\z@
\thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}{}}%
\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}%
{\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth {\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\m@ne
\@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}{}}%
\def\sectionmark##1{\markright{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
\thesection. \ \fi ##1}}}}%
%\csname ps@headings\endcsname % use \ps@headings defaults if they exist
\ps@@fancy
\gdef\ps@fancy{\@fancyplainfalse\ps@@fancy}%
% Initialize \headwidth if the user didn't
%
\ifdim\headwidth<0sp
%
% This catches the case that \headwidth hasn't been initialized and the
% case that the user added something to \headwidth in the expectation that
% it was initialized to \textwidth. We compensate this now. This loses if
% the user intended to multiply it by a factor. But that case is more
% likely done by saying something like \headwidth=1.2\textwidth.
% The doc says you have to change \headwidth after the first call to
% \pagestyle{fancy}. This code is just to catch the most common cases were
% that requirement is violated.
%
\global\advance\headwidth123456789sp\global\advance\headwidth\textwidth
\fi}
\def\ps@fancyplain{\ps@fancy \let\ps@plain\ps@plain@fancy}
\def\ps@plain@fancy{\@fancyplaintrue\ps@@fancy}
\let\ps@@empty\ps@empty
\def\ps@@fancy{%
\ps@@empty % This is for amsbook/amsart, which do strange things with \topskip
\def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}%
\def\@oddhead{\@fancyhead\fancy@Oolh\f@ncyolh\f@ncyoch\f@ncyorh\fancy@Oorh}%
\def\@oddfoot{\@fancyfoot\fancy@Oolf\f@ncyolf\f@ncyocf\f@ncyorf\fancy@Oorf}%
\def\@evenhead{\@fancyhead\fancy@Oelh\f@ncyelh\f@ncyech\f@ncyerh\fancy@Oerh}%
\def\@evenfoot{\@fancyfoot\fancy@Oelf\f@ncyelf\f@ncyecf\f@ncyerf\fancy@Oerf}%
}
% Default definitions for compatibility mode:
% These cause the header/footer to take the defined \headwidth as width
% And to shift in the direction of the marginpar area
\def\fancy@Oolh{\if@reversemargin\hss\else\relax\fi}
\def\fancy@Oorh{\if@reversemargin\relax\else\hss\fi}
\let\fancy@Oelh\fancy@Oorh
\let\fancy@Oerh\fancy@Oolh
\let\fancy@Oolf\fancy@Oolh
\let\fancy@Oorf\fancy@Oorh
\let\fancy@Oelf\fancy@Oelh
\let\fancy@Oerf\fancy@Oerh
% New definitions for the use of \fancyhfoffset
% These calculate the \headwidth from \textwidth and the specified offsets.
\def\fancy@offsolh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@olh
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@orh\hskip-\f@ncyO@olh}
\def\fancy@offselh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@elh
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@erh\hskip-\f@ncyO@elh}
\def\fancy@offsolf{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@olf
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@orf\hskip-\f@ncyO@olf}
\def\fancy@offself{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@elf
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@erf\hskip-\f@ncyO@elf}
\def\fancy@setoffs{%
% Just in case \let\headwidth\textwidth was used
\fancy@gbl\let\headwidth\fancy@headwidth
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oolh\fancy@offsolh
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oelh\fancy@offselh
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oorh\hss
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oerh\hss
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oolf\fancy@offsolf
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oelf\fancy@offself
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oorf\hss
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oerf\hss}
\newif\iffootnote
\let\latex@makecol\@makecol
\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins\footnotetrue\else\footnotefalse\fi
\let\topfloat\@toplist\let\botfloat\@botlist\latex@makecol}
\def\iftopfloat#1#2{\ifx\topfloat\empty #2\else #1\fi}
\def\ifbotfloat#1#2{\ifx\botfloat\empty #2\else #1\fi}
\def\iffloatpage#1#2{\if@fcolmade #1\else #2\fi}
\newcommand{\fancypagestyle}[2]{%
\@namedef{ps@#1}{\let\fancy@gbl\relax#2\relax\ps@fancy}}

508
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/math_commands.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
%%%%% NEW MATH DEFINITIONS %%%%%
\usepackage{amsmath,amsfonts,bm}
% Mark sections of captions for referring to divisions of figures
\newcommand{\figleft}{{\em (Left)}}
\newcommand{\figcenter}{{\em (Center)}}
\newcommand{\figright}{{\em (Right)}}
\newcommand{\figtop}{{\em (Top)}}
\newcommand{\figbottom}{{\em (Bottom)}}
\newcommand{\captiona}{{\em (a)}}
\newcommand{\captionb}{{\em (b)}}
\newcommand{\captionc}{{\em (c)}}
\newcommand{\captiond}{{\em (d)}}
% Highlight a newly defined term
\newcommand{\newterm}[1]{{\bf #1}}
% Figure reference, lower-case.
\def\figref#1{figure~\ref{#1}}
% Figure reference, capital. For start of sentence
\def\Figref#1{Figure~\ref{#1}}
\def\twofigref#1#2{figures \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
\def\quadfigref#1#2#3#4{figures \ref{#1}, \ref{#2}, \ref{#3} and \ref{#4}}
% Section reference, lower-case.
\def\secref#1{section~\ref{#1}}
% Section reference, capital.
\def\Secref#1{Section~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to two sections.
\def\twosecrefs#1#2{sections \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
% Reference to three sections.
\def\secrefs#1#2#3{sections \ref{#1}, \ref{#2} and \ref{#3}}
% Reference to an equation, lower-case.
\def\eqref#1{equation~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to an equation, upper case
\def\Eqref#1{Equation~\ref{#1}}
% A raw reference to an equation---avoid using if possible
\def\plaineqref#1{\ref{#1}}
% Reference to a chapter, lower-case.
\def\chapref#1{chapter~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to an equation, upper case.
\def\Chapref#1{Chapter~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to a range of chapters
\def\rangechapref#1#2{chapters\ref{#1}--\ref{#2}}
% Reference to an algorithm, lower-case.
\def\algref#1{algorithm~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to an algorithm, upper case.
\def\Algref#1{Algorithm~\ref{#1}}
\def\twoalgref#1#2{algorithms \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
\def\Twoalgref#1#2{Algorithms \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
% Reference to a part, lower case
\def\partref#1{part~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to a part, upper case
\def\Partref#1{Part~\ref{#1}}
\def\twopartref#1#2{parts \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
\def\ceil#1{\lceil #1 \rceil}
\def\floor#1{\lfloor #1 \rfloor}
\def\1{\bm{1}}
\newcommand{\train}{\mathcal{D}}
\newcommand{\valid}{\mathcal{D_{\mathrm{valid}}}}
\newcommand{\test}{\mathcal{D_{\mathrm{test}}}}
\def\eps{{\epsilon}}
% Random variables
\def\reta{{\textnormal{$\eta$}}}
\def\ra{{\textnormal{a}}}
\def\rb{{\textnormal{b}}}
\def\rc{{\textnormal{c}}}
\def\rd{{\textnormal{d}}}
\def\re{{\textnormal{e}}}
\def\rf{{\textnormal{f}}}
\def\rg{{\textnormal{g}}}
\def\rh{{\textnormal{h}}}
\def\ri{{\textnormal{i}}}
\def\rj{{\textnormal{j}}}
\def\rk{{\textnormal{k}}}
\def\rl{{\textnormal{l}}}
% rm is already a command, just don't name any random variables m
\def\rn{{\textnormal{n}}}
\def\ro{{\textnormal{o}}}
\def\rp{{\textnormal{p}}}
\def\rq{{\textnormal{q}}}
\def\rr{{\textnormal{r}}}
\def\rs{{\textnormal{s}}}
\def\rt{{\textnormal{t}}}
\def\ru{{\textnormal{u}}}
\def\rv{{\textnormal{v}}}
\def\rw{{\textnormal{w}}}
\def\rx{{\textnormal{x}}}
\def\ry{{\textnormal{y}}}
\def\rz{{\textnormal{z}}}
% Random vectors
\def\rvepsilon{{\mathbf{\epsilon}}}
\def\rvtheta{{\mathbf{\theta}}}
\def\rva{{\mathbf{a}}}
\def\rvb{{\mathbf{b}}}
\def\rvc{{\mathbf{c}}}
\def\rvd{{\mathbf{d}}}
\def\rve{{\mathbf{e}}}
\def\rvf{{\mathbf{f}}}
\def\rvg{{\mathbf{g}}}
\def\rvh{{\mathbf{h}}}
\def\rvu{{\mathbf{i}}}
\def\rvj{{\mathbf{j}}}
\def\rvk{{\mathbf{k}}}
\def\rvl{{\mathbf{l}}}
\def\rvm{{\mathbf{m}}}
\def\rvn{{\mathbf{n}}}
\def\rvo{{\mathbf{o}}}
\def\rvp{{\mathbf{p}}}
\def\rvq{{\mathbf{q}}}
\def\rvr{{\mathbf{r}}}
\def\rvs{{\mathbf{s}}}
\def\rvt{{\mathbf{t}}}
\def\rvu{{\mathbf{u}}}
\def\rvv{{\mathbf{v}}}
\def\rvw{{\mathbf{w}}}
\def\rvx{{\mathbf{x}}}
\def\rvy{{\mathbf{y}}}
\def\rvz{{\mathbf{z}}}
% Elements of random vectors
\def\erva{{\textnormal{a}}}
\def\ervb{{\textnormal{b}}}
\def\ervc{{\textnormal{c}}}
\def\ervd{{\textnormal{d}}}
\def\erve{{\textnormal{e}}}
\def\ervf{{\textnormal{f}}}
\def\ervg{{\textnormal{g}}}
\def\ervh{{\textnormal{h}}}
\def\ervi{{\textnormal{i}}}
\def\ervj{{\textnormal{j}}}
\def\ervk{{\textnormal{k}}}
\def\ervl{{\textnormal{l}}}
\def\ervm{{\textnormal{m}}}
\def\ervn{{\textnormal{n}}}
\def\ervo{{\textnormal{o}}}
\def\ervp{{\textnormal{p}}}
\def\ervq{{\textnormal{q}}}
\def\ervr{{\textnormal{r}}}
\def\ervs{{\textnormal{s}}}
\def\ervt{{\textnormal{t}}}
\def\ervu{{\textnormal{u}}}
\def\ervv{{\textnormal{v}}}
\def\ervw{{\textnormal{w}}}
\def\ervx{{\textnormal{x}}}
\def\ervy{{\textnormal{y}}}
\def\ervz{{\textnormal{z}}}
% Random matrices
\def\rmA{{\mathbf{A}}}
\def\rmB{{\mathbf{B}}}
\def\rmC{{\mathbf{C}}}
\def\rmD{{\mathbf{D}}}
\def\rmE{{\mathbf{E}}}
\def\rmF{{\mathbf{F}}}
\def\rmG{{\mathbf{G}}}
\def\rmH{{\mathbf{H}}}
\def\rmI{{\mathbf{I}}}
\def\rmJ{{\mathbf{J}}}
\def\rmK{{\mathbf{K}}}
\def\rmL{{\mathbf{L}}}
\def\rmM{{\mathbf{M}}}
\def\rmN{{\mathbf{N}}}
\def\rmO{{\mathbf{O}}}
\def\rmP{{\mathbf{P}}}
\def\rmQ{{\mathbf{Q}}}
\def\rmR{{\mathbf{R}}}
\def\rmS{{\mathbf{S}}}
\def\rmT{{\mathbf{T}}}
\def\rmU{{\mathbf{U}}}
\def\rmV{{\mathbf{V}}}
\def\rmW{{\mathbf{W}}}
\def\rmX{{\mathbf{X}}}
\def\rmY{{\mathbf{Y}}}
\def\rmZ{{\mathbf{Z}}}
% Elements of random matrices
\def\ermA{{\textnormal{A}}}
\def\ermB{{\textnormal{B}}}
\def\ermC{{\textnormal{C}}}
\def\ermD{{\textnormal{D}}}
\def\ermE{{\textnormal{E}}}
\def\ermF{{\textnormal{F}}}
\def\ermG{{\textnormal{G}}}
\def\ermH{{\textnormal{H}}}
\def\ermI{{\textnormal{I}}}
\def\ermJ{{\textnormal{J}}}
\def\ermK{{\textnormal{K}}}
\def\ermL{{\textnormal{L}}}
\def\ermM{{\textnormal{M}}}
\def\ermN{{\textnormal{N}}}
\def\ermO{{\textnormal{O}}}
\def\ermP{{\textnormal{P}}}
\def\ermQ{{\textnormal{Q}}}
\def\ermR{{\textnormal{R}}}
\def\ermS{{\textnormal{S}}}
\def\ermT{{\textnormal{T}}}
\def\ermU{{\textnormal{U}}}
\def\ermV{{\textnormal{V}}}
\def\ermW{{\textnormal{W}}}
\def\ermX{{\textnormal{X}}}
\def\ermY{{\textnormal{Y}}}
\def\ermZ{{\textnormal{Z}}}
% Vectors
\def\vzero{{\bm{0}}}
\def\vone{{\bm{1}}}
\def\vmu{{\bm{\mu}}}
\def\vtheta{{\bm{\theta}}}
\def\va{{\bm{a}}}
\def\vb{{\bm{b}}}
\def\vc{{\bm{c}}}
\def\vd{{\bm{d}}}
\def\ve{{\bm{e}}}
\def\vf{{\bm{f}}}
\def\vg{{\bm{g}}}
\def\vh{{\bm{h}}}
\def\vi{{\bm{i}}}
\def\vj{{\bm{j}}}
\def\vk{{\bm{k}}}
\def\vl{{\bm{l}}}
\def\vm{{\bm{m}}}
\def\vn{{\bm{n}}}
\def\vo{{\bm{o}}}
\def\vp{{\bm{p}}}
\def\vq{{\bm{q}}}
\def\vr{{\bm{r}}}
\def\vs{{\bm{s}}}
\def\vt{{\bm{t}}}
\def\vu{{\bm{u}}}
\def\vv{{\bm{v}}}
\def\vw{{\bm{w}}}
\def\vx{{\bm{x}}}
\def\vy{{\bm{y}}}
\def\vz{{\bm{z}}}
% Elements of vectors
\def\evalpha{{\alpha}}
\def\evbeta{{\beta}}
\def\evepsilon{{\epsilon}}
\def\evlambda{{\lambda}}
\def\evomega{{\omega}}
\def\evmu{{\mu}}
\def\evpsi{{\psi}}
\def\evsigma{{\sigma}}
\def\evtheta{{\theta}}
\def\eva{{a}}
\def\evb{{b}}
\def\evc{{c}}
\def\evd{{d}}
\def\eve{{e}}
\def\evf{{f}}
\def\evg{{g}}
\def\evh{{h}}
\def\evi{{i}}
\def\evj{{j}}
\def\evk{{k}}
\def\evl{{l}}
\def\evm{{m}}
\def\evn{{n}}
\def\evo{{o}}
\def\evp{{p}}
\def\evq{{q}}
\def\evr{{r}}
\def\evs{{s}}
\def\evt{{t}}
\def\evu{{u}}
\def\evv{{v}}
\def\evw{{w}}
\def\evx{{x}}
\def\evy{{y}}
\def\evz{{z}}
% Matrix
\def\mA{{\bm{A}}}
\def\mB{{\bm{B}}}
\def\mC{{\bm{C}}}
\def\mD{{\bm{D}}}
\def\mE{{\bm{E}}}
\def\mF{{\bm{F}}}
\def\mG{{\bm{G}}}
\def\mH{{\bm{H}}}
\def\mI{{\bm{I}}}
\def\mJ{{\bm{J}}}
\def\mK{{\bm{K}}}
\def\mL{{\bm{L}}}
\def\mM{{\bm{M}}}
\def\mN{{\bm{N}}}
\def\mO{{\bm{O}}}
\def\mP{{\bm{P}}}
\def\mQ{{\bm{Q}}}
\def\mR{{\bm{R}}}
\def\mS{{\bm{S}}}
\def\mT{{\bm{T}}}
\def\mU{{\bm{U}}}
\def\mV{{\bm{V}}}
\def\mW{{\bm{W}}}
\def\mX{{\bm{X}}}
\def\mY{{\bm{Y}}}
\def\mZ{{\bm{Z}}}
\def\mBeta{{\bm{\beta}}}
\def\mPhi{{\bm{\Phi}}}
\def\mLambda{{\bm{\Lambda}}}
\def\mSigma{{\bm{\Sigma}}}
% Tensor
\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsfit}{\encodingdefault}{\sfdefault}{m}{sl}
\SetMathAlphabet{\mathsfit}{bold}{\encodingdefault}{\sfdefault}{bx}{n}
\newcommand{\tens}[1]{\bm{\mathsfit{#1}}}
\def\tA{{\tens{A}}}
\def\tB{{\tens{B}}}
\def\tC{{\tens{C}}}
\def\tD{{\tens{D}}}
\def\tE{{\tens{E}}}
\def\tF{{\tens{F}}}
\def\tG{{\tens{G}}}
\def\tH{{\tens{H}}}
\def\tI{{\tens{I}}}
\def\tJ{{\tens{J}}}
\def\tK{{\tens{K}}}
\def\tL{{\tens{L}}}
\def\tM{{\tens{M}}}
\def\tN{{\tens{N}}}
\def\tO{{\tens{O}}}
\def\tP{{\tens{P}}}
\def\tQ{{\tens{Q}}}
\def\tR{{\tens{R}}}
\def\tS{{\tens{S}}}
\def\tT{{\tens{T}}}
\def\tU{{\tens{U}}}
\def\tV{{\tens{V}}}
\def\tW{{\tens{W}}}
\def\tX{{\tens{X}}}
\def\tY{{\tens{Y}}}
\def\tZ{{\tens{Z}}}
% Graph
\def\gA{{\mathcal{A}}}
\def\gB{{\mathcal{B}}}
\def\gC{{\mathcal{C}}}
\def\gD{{\mathcal{D}}}
\def\gE{{\mathcal{E}}}
\def\gF{{\mathcal{F}}}
\def\gG{{\mathcal{G}}}
\def\gH{{\mathcal{H}}}
\def\gI{{\mathcal{I}}}
\def\gJ{{\mathcal{J}}}
\def\gK{{\mathcal{K}}}
\def\gL{{\mathcal{L}}}
\def\gM{{\mathcal{M}}}
\def\gN{{\mathcal{N}}}
\def\gO{{\mathcal{O}}}
\def\gP{{\mathcal{P}}}
\def\gQ{{\mathcal{Q}}}
\def\gR{{\mathcal{R}}}
\def\gS{{\mathcal{S}}}
\def\gT{{\mathcal{T}}}
\def\gU{{\mathcal{U}}}
\def\gV{{\mathcal{V}}}
\def\gW{{\mathcal{W}}}
\def\gX{{\mathcal{X}}}
\def\gY{{\mathcal{Y}}}
\def\gZ{{\mathcal{Z}}}
% Sets
\def\sA{{\mathbb{A}}}
\def\sB{{\mathbb{B}}}
\def\sC{{\mathbb{C}}}
\def\sD{{\mathbb{D}}}
% Don't use a set called E, because this would be the same as our symbol
% for expectation.
\def\sF{{\mathbb{F}}}
\def\sG{{\mathbb{G}}}
\def\sH{{\mathbb{H}}}
\def\sI{{\mathbb{I}}}
\def\sJ{{\mathbb{J}}}
\def\sK{{\mathbb{K}}}
\def\sL{{\mathbb{L}}}
\def\sM{{\mathbb{M}}}
\def\sN{{\mathbb{N}}}
\def\sO{{\mathbb{O}}}
\def\sP{{\mathbb{P}}}
\def\sQ{{\mathbb{Q}}}
\def\sR{{\mathbb{R}}}
\def\sS{{\mathbb{S}}}
\def\sT{{\mathbb{T}}}
\def\sU{{\mathbb{U}}}
\def\sV{{\mathbb{V}}}
\def\sW{{\mathbb{W}}}
\def\sX{{\mathbb{X}}}
\def\sY{{\mathbb{Y}}}
\def\sZ{{\mathbb{Z}}}
% Entries of a matrix
\def\emLambda{{\Lambda}}
\def\emA{{A}}
\def\emB{{B}}
\def\emC{{C}}
\def\emD{{D}}
\def\emE{{E}}
\def\emF{{F}}
\def\emG{{G}}
\def\emH{{H}}
\def\emI{{I}}
\def\emJ{{J}}
\def\emK{{K}}
\def\emL{{L}}
\def\emM{{M}}
\def\emN{{N}}
\def\emO{{O}}
\def\emP{{P}}
\def\emQ{{Q}}
\def\emR{{R}}
\def\emS{{S}}
\def\emT{{T}}
\def\emU{{U}}
\def\emV{{V}}
\def\emW{{W}}
\def\emX{{X}}
\def\emY{{Y}}
\def\emZ{{Z}}
\def\emSigma{{\Sigma}}
% entries of a tensor
% Same font as tensor, without \bm wrapper
\newcommand{\etens}[1]{\mathsfit{#1}}
\def\etLambda{{\etens{\Lambda}}}
\def\etA{{\etens{A}}}
\def\etB{{\etens{B}}}
\def\etC{{\etens{C}}}
\def\etD{{\etens{D}}}
\def\etE{{\etens{E}}}
\def\etF{{\etens{F}}}
\def\etG{{\etens{G}}}
\def\etH{{\etens{H}}}
\def\etI{{\etens{I}}}
\def\etJ{{\etens{J}}}
\def\etK{{\etens{K}}}
\def\etL{{\etens{L}}}
\def\etM{{\etens{M}}}
\def\etN{{\etens{N}}}
\def\etO{{\etens{O}}}
\def\etP{{\etens{P}}}
\def\etQ{{\etens{Q}}}
\def\etR{{\etens{R}}}
\def\etS{{\etens{S}}}
\def\etT{{\etens{T}}}
\def\etU{{\etens{U}}}
\def\etV{{\etens{V}}}
\def\etW{{\etens{W}}}
\def\etX{{\etens{X}}}
\def\etY{{\etens{Y}}}
\def\etZ{{\etens{Z}}}
% The true underlying data generating distribution
\newcommand{\pdata}{p_{\rm{data}}}
% The empirical distribution defined by the training set
\newcommand{\ptrain}{\hat{p}_{\rm{data}}}
\newcommand{\Ptrain}{\hat{P}_{\rm{data}}}
% The model distribution
\newcommand{\pmodel}{p_{\rm{model}}}
\newcommand{\Pmodel}{P_{\rm{model}}}
\newcommand{\ptildemodel}{\tilde{p}_{\rm{model}}}
% Stochastic autoencoder distributions
\newcommand{\pencode}{p_{\rm{encoder}}}
\newcommand{\pdecode}{p_{\rm{decoder}}}
\newcommand{\precons}{p_{\rm{reconstruct}}}
\newcommand{\laplace}{\mathrm{Laplace}} % Laplace distribution
\newcommand{\E}{\mathbb{E}}
\newcommand{\Ls}{\mathcal{L}}
\newcommand{\R}{\mathbb{R}}
\newcommand{\emp}{\tilde{p}}
\newcommand{\lr}{\alpha}
\newcommand{\reg}{\lambda}
\newcommand{\rect}{\mathrm{rectifier}}
\newcommand{\softmax}{\mathrm{softmax}}
\newcommand{\sigmoid}{\sigma}
\newcommand{\softplus}{\zeta}
\newcommand{\KL}{D_{\mathrm{KL}}}
\newcommand{\Var}{\mathrm{Var}}
\newcommand{\standarderror}{\mathrm{SE}}
\newcommand{\Cov}{\mathrm{Cov}}
% Wolfram Mathworld says $L^2$ is for function spaces and $\ell^2$ is for vectors
% But then they seem to use $L^2$ for vectors throughout the site, and so does
% wikipedia.
\newcommand{\normlzero}{L^0}
\newcommand{\normlone}{L^1}
\newcommand{\normltwo}{L^2}
\newcommand{\normlp}{L^p}
\newcommand{\normmax}{L^\infty}
\newcommand{\parents}{Pa} % See usage in notation.tex. Chosen to match Daphne's book.
\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmax}{arg\,max}
\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmin}{arg\,min}
\DeclareMathOperator{\sign}{sign}
\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
\let\ab\allowbreak

1246
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/colm2025/natbib.sty Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

485
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/fancyhdr.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
% fancyhdr.sty version 3.2
% Fancy headers and footers for LaTeX.
% Piet van Oostrum,
% Dept of Computer and Information Sciences, University of Utrecht,
% Padualaan 14, P.O. Box 80.089, 3508 TB Utrecht, The Netherlands
% Telephone: +31 30 2532180. Email: piet@cs.uu.nl
% ========================================================================
% LICENCE:
% This file may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public
% License, as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution.
% Either version 1 or, at your option, any later version.
% ========================================================================
% MODIFICATION HISTORY:
% Sep 16, 1994
% version 1.4: Correction for use with \reversemargin
% Sep 29, 1994:
% version 1.5: Added the \iftopfloat, \ifbotfloat and \iffloatpage commands
% Oct 4, 1994:
% version 1.6: Reset single spacing in headers/footers for use with
% setspace.sty or doublespace.sty
% Oct 4, 1994:
% version 1.7: changed \let\@mkboth\markboth to
% \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth} to make it more robust
% Dec 5, 1994:
% version 1.8: corrections for amsbook/amsart: define \@chapapp and (more
% importantly) use the \chapter/sectionmark definitions from ps@headings if
% they exist (which should be true for all standard classes).
% May 31, 1995:
% version 1.9: The proposed \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{\iffloatpage...
% construction in the doc did not work properly with the fancyplain style.
% June 1, 1995:
% version 1.91: The definition of \@mkboth wasn't restored on subsequent
% \pagestyle{fancy}'s.
% June 1, 1995:
% version 1.92: The sequence \pagestyle{fancyplain} \pagestyle{plain}
% \pagestyle{fancy} would erroneously select the plain version.
% June 1, 1995:
% version 1.93: \fancypagestyle command added.
% Dec 11, 1995:
% version 1.94: suggested by Conrad Hughes <chughes@maths.tcd.ie>
% CJCH, Dec 11, 1995: added \footruleskip to allow control over footrule
% position (old hardcoded value of .3\normalbaselineskip is far too high
% when used with very small footer fonts).
% Jan 31, 1996:
% version 1.95: call \@normalsize in the reset code if that is defined,
% otherwise \normalsize.
% this is to solve a problem with ucthesis.cls, as this doesn't
% define \@currsize. Unfortunately for latex209 calling \normalsize doesn't
% work as this is optimized to do very little, so there \@normalsize should
% be called. Hopefully this code works for all versions of LaTeX known to
% mankind.
% April 25, 1996:
% version 1.96: initialize \headwidth to a magic (negative) value to catch
% most common cases that people change it before calling \pagestyle{fancy}.
% Note it can't be initialized when reading in this file, because
% \textwidth could be changed afterwards. This is quite probable.
% We also switch to \MakeUppercase rather than \uppercase and introduce a
% \nouppercase command for use in headers. and footers.
% May 3, 1996:
% version 1.97: Two changes:
% 1. Undo the change in version 1.8 (using the pagestyle{headings} defaults
% for the chapter and section marks. The current version of amsbook and
% amsart classes don't seem to need them anymore. Moreover the standard
% latex classes don't use \markboth if twoside isn't selected, and this is
% confusing as \leftmark doesn't work as expected.
% 2. include a call to \ps@empty in ps@@fancy. This is to solve a problem
% in the amsbook and amsart classes, that make global changes to \topskip,
% which are reset in \ps@empty. Hopefully this doesn't break other things.
% May 7, 1996:
% version 1.98:
% Added % after the line \def\nouppercase
% May 7, 1996:
% version 1.99: This is the alpha version of fancyhdr 2.0
% Introduced the new commands \fancyhead, \fancyfoot, and \fancyhf.
% Changed \headrulewidth, \footrulewidth, \footruleskip to
% macros rather than length parameters, In this way they can be
% conditionalized and they don't consume length registers. There is no need
% to have them as length registers unless you want to do calculations with
% them, which is unlikely. Note that this may make some uses of them
% incompatible (i.e. if you have a file that uses \setlength or \xxxx=)
% May 10, 1996:
% version 1.99a:
% Added a few more % signs
% May 10, 1996:
% version 1.99b:
% Changed the syntax of \f@nfor to be resistent to catcode changes of :=
% Removed the [1] from the defs of \lhead etc. because the parameter is
% consumed by the \@[xy]lhead etc. macros.
% June 24, 1997:
% version 1.99c:
% corrected \nouppercase to also include the protected form of \MakeUppercase
% \global added to manipulation of \headwidth.
% \iffootnote command added.
% Some comments added about \@fancyhead and \@fancyfoot.
% Aug 24, 1998
% version 1.99d
% Changed the default \ps@empty to \ps@@empty in order to allow
% \fancypagestyle{empty} redefinition.
% Oct 11, 2000
% version 2.0
% Added LPPL license clause.
%
% A check for \headheight is added. An errormessage is given (once) if the
% header is too large. Empty headers don't generate the error even if
% \headheight is very small or even 0pt.
% Warning added for the use of 'E' option when twoside option is not used.
% In this case the 'E' fields will never be used.
%
% Mar 10, 2002
% version 2.1beta
% New command: \fancyhfoffset[place]{length}
% defines offsets to be applied to the header/footer to let it stick into
% the margins (if length > 0).
% place is like in fancyhead, except that only E,O,L,R can be used.
% This replaces the old calculation based on \headwidth and the marginpar
% area.
% \headwidth will be dynamically calculated in the headers/footers when
% this is used.
%
% Mar 26, 2002
% version 2.1beta2
% \fancyhfoffset now also takes h,f as possible letters in the argument to
% allow the header and footer widths to be different.
% New commands \fancyheadoffset and \fancyfootoffset added comparable to
% \fancyhead and \fancyfoot.
% Errormessages and warnings have been made more informative.
%
% Dec 9, 2002
% version 2.1
% The defaults for \footrulewidth, \plainheadrulewidth and
% \plainfootrulewidth are changed from \z@skip to 0pt. In this way when
% someone inadvertantly uses \setlength to change any of these, the value
% of \z@skip will not be changed, rather an errormessage will be given.
% March 3, 2004
% Release of version 3.0
% Oct 7, 2004
% version 3.1
% Added '\endlinechar=13' to \fancy@reset to prevent problems with
% includegraphics in header when verbatiminput is active.
% March 22, 2005
% version 3.2
% reset \everypar (the real one) in \fancy@reset because spanish.ldf does
% strange things with \everypar between << and >>.
\def\ifancy@mpty#1{\def\temp@a{#1}\ifx\temp@a\@empty}
\def\fancy@def#1#2{\ifancy@mpty{#2}\fancy@gbl\def#1{\leavevmode}\else
\fancy@gbl\def#1{#2\strut}\fi}
\let\fancy@gbl\global
\def\@fancyerrmsg#1{%
\ifx\PackageError\undefined
\errmessage{#1}\else
\PackageError{Fancyhdr}{#1}{}\fi}
\def\@fancywarning#1{%
\ifx\PackageWarning\undefined
\errmessage{#1}\else
\PackageWarning{Fancyhdr}{#1}{}\fi}
% Usage: \@forc \var{charstring}{command to be executed for each char}
% This is similar to LaTeX's \@tfor, but expands the charstring.
\def\@forc#1#2#3{\expandafter\f@rc\expandafter#1\expandafter{#2}{#3}}
\def\f@rc#1#2#3{\def\temp@ty{#2}\ifx\@empty\temp@ty\else
\f@@rc#1#2\f@@rc{#3}\fi}
\def\f@@rc#1#2#3\f@@rc#4{\def#1{#2}#4\f@rc#1{#3}{#4}}
% Usage: \f@nfor\name:=list\do{body}
% Like LaTeX's \@for but an empty list is treated as a list with an empty
% element
\newcommand{\f@nfor}[3]{\edef\@fortmp{#2}%
\expandafter\@forloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}}
% Usage: \def@ult \cs{defaults}{argument}
% sets \cs to the characters from defaults appearing in argument
% or defaults if it would be empty. All characters are lowercased.
\newcommand\def@ult[3]{%
\edef\temp@a{\lowercase{\edef\noexpand\temp@a{#3}}}\temp@a
\def#1{}%
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#2}%
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra\temp@a{\edef#1{#1\tmpf@ra}}{}}%
\ifx\@empty#1\def#1{#2}\fi}
%
% \if@in <char><set><truecase><falsecase>
%
\newcommand{\if@in}[4]{%
\edef\temp@a{#2}\def\temp@b##1#1##2\temp@b{\def\temp@b{##1}}%
\expandafter\temp@b#2#1\temp@b\ifx\temp@a\temp@b #4\else #3\fi}
\newcommand{\fancyhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyhead h}%
{\f@ncyhf\fancyhead h[]}}
\newcommand{\fancyfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyfoot f}%
{\f@ncyhf\fancyfoot f[]}}
\newcommand{\fancyhf}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhf\fancyhf{}}%
{\f@ncyhf\fancyhf{}[]}}
% New commands for offsets added
\newcommand{\fancyheadoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h}%
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h[]}}
\newcommand{\fancyfootoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f}%
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f[]}}
\newcommand{\fancyhfoffset}{\@ifnextchar[{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset{}}%
{\f@ncyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset{}[]}}
% The header and footer fields are stored in command sequences with
% names of the form: \f@ncy<x><y><z> with <x> for [eo], <y> from [lcr]
% and <z> from [hf].
\def\f@ncyhf#1#2[#3]#4{%
\def\temp@c{}%
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra{eolcrhf,EOLCRHF}%
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else
\@fancyerrmsg{Illegal char `\temp@c' in \string#1 argument:
[#3]}%
\fi
\f@nfor\temp@c{#3}%
{\def@ult\f@@@eo{eo}\temp@c
\if@twoside\else
\if\f@@@eo e\@fancywarning
{\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless}\fi\fi
\def@ult\f@@@lcr{lcr}\temp@c
\def@ult\f@@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
\@forc\f@@eo\f@@@eo
{\@forc\f@@lcr\f@@@lcr
{\@forc\f@@hf\f@@@hf
{\expandafter\fancy@def\csname
f@ncy\f@@eo\f@@lcr\f@@hf\endcsname
{#4}}}}}}
\def\f@ncyhfoffs#1#2[#3]#4{%
\def\temp@c{}%
\@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
{\expandafter\if@in\tmpf@ra{eolrhf,EOLRHF}%
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else
\@fancyerrmsg{Illegal char `\temp@c' in \string#1 argument:
[#3]}%
\fi
\f@nfor\temp@c{#3}%
{\def@ult\f@@@eo{eo}\temp@c
\if@twoside\else
\if\f@@@eo e\@fancywarning
{\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless}\fi\fi
\def@ult\f@@@lcr{lr}\temp@c
\def@ult\f@@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
\@forc\f@@eo\f@@@eo
{\@forc\f@@lcr\f@@@lcr
{\@forc\f@@hf\f@@@hf
{\expandafter\setlength\csname
f@ncyO@\f@@eo\f@@lcr\f@@hf\endcsname
{#4}}}}}%
\fancy@setoffs}
% Fancyheadings version 1 commands. These are more or less deprecated,
% but they continue to work.
\newcommand{\lhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlhead}{\@ylhead}}
\def\@xlhead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyelh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolh{#2}}
\def\@ylhead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyelh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolh{#1}}
\newcommand{\chead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xchead}{\@ychead}}
\def\@xchead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyech{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyoch{#2}}
\def\@ychead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyech{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyoch{#1}}
\newcommand{\rhead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrhead}{\@yrhead}}
\def\@xrhead[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyerh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorh{#2}}
\def\@yrhead#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyerh{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorh{#1}}
\newcommand{\lfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlfoot}{\@ylfoot}}
\def\@xlfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyelf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolf{#2}}
\def\@ylfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyelf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyolf{#1}}
\newcommand{\cfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xcfoot}{\@ycfoot}}
\def\@xcfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyecf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyocf{#2}}
\def\@ycfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyecf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyocf{#1}}
\newcommand{\rfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrfoot}{\@yrfoot}}
\def\@xrfoot[#1]#2{\fancy@def\f@ncyerf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorf{#2}}
\def\@yrfoot#1{\fancy@def\f@ncyerf{#1}\fancy@def\f@ncyorf{#1}}
\newlength{\fancy@headwidth}
\let\headwidth\fancy@headwidth
\newlength{\f@ncyO@elh}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@erh}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@olh}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@orh}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@elf}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@erf}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@olf}
\newlength{\f@ncyO@orf}
\newcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
\newcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
\newcommand{\footruleskip}{.3\normalbaselineskip}
% Fancyplain stuff shouldn't be used anymore (rather
% \fancypagestyle{plain} should be used), but it must be present for
% compatibility reasons.
\newcommand{\plainheadrulewidth}{0pt}
\newcommand{\plainfootrulewidth}{0pt}
\newif\if@fancyplain \@fancyplainfalse
\def\fancyplain#1#2{\if@fancyplain#1\else#2\fi}
\headwidth=-123456789sp %magic constant
% Command to reset various things in the headers:
% a.o. single spacing (taken from setspace.sty)
% and the catcode of ^^M (so that epsf files in the header work if a
% verbatim crosses a page boundary)
% It also defines a \nouppercase command that disables \uppercase and
% \Makeuppercase. It can only be used in the headers and footers.
\let\fnch@everypar\everypar% save real \everypar because of spanish.ldf
\def\fancy@reset{\fnch@everypar{}\restorecr\endlinechar=13
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
\def\nouppercase##1{{\let\uppercase\relax\let\MakeUppercase\relax
\expandafter\let\csname MakeUppercase \endcsname\relax##1}}%
\ifx\undefined\@newbaseline% NFSS not present; 2.09 or 2e
\ifx\@normalsize\undefined \normalsize % for ucthesis.cls
\else \@normalsize \fi
\else% NFSS (2.09) present
\@newbaseline%
\fi}
% Initialization of the head and foot text.
% The default values still contain \fancyplain for compatibility.
\fancyhf{} % clear all
% lefthead empty on ``plain'' pages, \rightmark on even, \leftmark on odd pages
% evenhead empty on ``plain'' pages, \leftmark on even, \rightmark on odd pages
\if@twoside
\fancyhead[el,or]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\rightmark}}
\fancyhead[er,ol]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\leftmark}}
\else
\fancyhead[l]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\rightmark}}
\fancyhead[r]{\fancyplain{}{\sl\leftmark}}
\fi
\fancyfoot[c]{\rm\thepage} % page number
% Use box 0 as a temp box and dimen 0 as temp dimen.
% This can be done, because this code will always
% be used inside another box, and therefore the changes are local.
\def\@fancyvbox#1#2{\setbox0\vbox{#2}\ifdim\ht0>#1\@fancywarning
{\string#1 is too small (\the#1): ^^J Make it at least \the\ht0.^^J
We now make it that large for the rest of the document.^^J
This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however\@gobble}%
\dimen0=#1\global\setlength{#1}{\ht0}\ht0=\dimen0\fi
\box0}
% Put together a header or footer given the left, center and
% right text, fillers at left and right and a rule.
% The \lap commands put the text into an hbox of zero size,
% so overlapping text does not generate an errormessage.
% These macros have 5 parameters:
% 1. LEFTSIDE BEARING % This determines at which side the header will stick
% out. When \fancyhfoffset is used this calculates \headwidth, otherwise
% it is \hss or \relax (after expansion).
% 2. \f@ncyolh, \f@ncyelh, \f@ncyolf or \f@ncyelf. This is the left component.
% 3. \f@ncyoch, \f@ncyech, \f@ncyocf or \f@ncyecf. This is the middle comp.
% 4. \f@ncyorh, \f@ncyerh, \f@ncyorf or \f@ncyerf. This is the right component.
% 5. RIGHTSIDE BEARING. This is always \relax or \hss (after expansion).
\def\@fancyhead#1#2#3#4#5{#1\hbox to\headwidth{\fancy@reset
\@fancyvbox\headheight{\hbox
{\rlap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedright#2}}\hfill
\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\centering#3}\hfill
\llap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}}\headrule}}#5}
\def\@fancyfoot#1#2#3#4#5{#1\hbox to\headwidth{\fancy@reset
\@fancyvbox\footskip{\footrule
\hbox{\rlap{\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\raggedright#2}}\hfill
\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\centering#3}\hfill
\llap{\parbox[t]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}}}}#5}
\def\headrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi
\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth \vskip-\headrulewidth}}
\def\footrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\footrulewidth\plainfootrulewidth\fi
\vskip-\footruleskip\vskip-\footrulewidth
\hrule\@width\headwidth\@height\footrulewidth\vskip\footruleskip}}
\def\ps@fancy{%
\@ifundefined{@chapapp}{\let\@chapapp\chaptername}{}%for amsbook
%
% Define \MakeUppercase for old LaTeXen.
% Note: we used \def rather than \let, so that \let\uppercase\relax (from
% the version 1 documentation) will still work.
%
\@ifundefined{MakeUppercase}{\def\MakeUppercase{\uppercase}}{}%
\@ifundefined{chapter}{\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth
{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\z@
\thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}{}}%
\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}%
{\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth {\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\m@ne
\@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}{}}%
\def\sectionmark##1{\markright{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
\thesection. \ \fi ##1}}}}%
%\csname ps@headings\endcsname % use \ps@headings defaults if they exist
\ps@@fancy
\gdef\ps@fancy{\@fancyplainfalse\ps@@fancy}%
% Initialize \headwidth if the user didn't
%
\ifdim\headwidth<0sp
%
% This catches the case that \headwidth hasn't been initialized and the
% case that the user added something to \headwidth in the expectation that
% it was initialized to \textwidth. We compensate this now. This loses if
% the user intended to multiply it by a factor. But that case is more
% likely done by saying something like \headwidth=1.2\textwidth.
% The doc says you have to change \headwidth after the first call to
% \pagestyle{fancy}. This code is just to catch the most common cases were
% that requirement is violated.
%
\global\advance\headwidth123456789sp\global\advance\headwidth\textwidth
\fi}
\def\ps@fancyplain{\ps@fancy \let\ps@plain\ps@plain@fancy}
\def\ps@plain@fancy{\@fancyplaintrue\ps@@fancy}
\let\ps@@empty\ps@empty
\def\ps@@fancy{%
\ps@@empty % This is for amsbook/amsart, which do strange things with \topskip
\def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}%
\def\@oddhead{\@fancyhead\fancy@Oolh\f@ncyolh\f@ncyoch\f@ncyorh\fancy@Oorh}%
\def\@oddfoot{\@fancyfoot\fancy@Oolf\f@ncyolf\f@ncyocf\f@ncyorf\fancy@Oorf}%
\def\@evenhead{\@fancyhead\fancy@Oelh\f@ncyelh\f@ncyech\f@ncyerh\fancy@Oerh}%
\def\@evenfoot{\@fancyfoot\fancy@Oelf\f@ncyelf\f@ncyecf\f@ncyerf\fancy@Oerf}%
}
% Default definitions for compatibility mode:
% These cause the header/footer to take the defined \headwidth as width
% And to shift in the direction of the marginpar area
\def\fancy@Oolh{\if@reversemargin\hss\else\relax\fi}
\def\fancy@Oorh{\if@reversemargin\relax\else\hss\fi}
\let\fancy@Oelh\fancy@Oorh
\let\fancy@Oerh\fancy@Oolh
\let\fancy@Oolf\fancy@Oolh
\let\fancy@Oorf\fancy@Oorh
\let\fancy@Oelf\fancy@Oelh
\let\fancy@Oerf\fancy@Oerh
% New definitions for the use of \fancyhfoffset
% These calculate the \headwidth from \textwidth and the specified offsets.
\def\fancy@offsolh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@olh
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@orh\hskip-\f@ncyO@olh}
\def\fancy@offselh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@elh
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@erh\hskip-\f@ncyO@elh}
\def\fancy@offsolf{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@olf
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@orf\hskip-\f@ncyO@olf}
\def\fancy@offself{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@elf
\advance\headwidth\f@ncyO@erf\hskip-\f@ncyO@elf}
\def\fancy@setoffs{%
% Just in case \let\headwidth\textwidth was used
\fancy@gbl\let\headwidth\fancy@headwidth
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oolh\fancy@offsolh
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oelh\fancy@offselh
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oorh\hss
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oerh\hss
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oolf\fancy@offsolf
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oelf\fancy@offself
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oorf\hss
\fancy@gbl\let\fancy@Oerf\hss}
\newif\iffootnote
\let\latex@makecol\@makecol
\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins\footnotetrue\else\footnotefalse\fi
\let\topfloat\@toplist\let\botfloat\@botlist\latex@makecol}
\def\iftopfloat#1#2{\ifx\topfloat\empty #2\else #1\fi}
\def\ifbotfloat#1#2{\ifx\botfloat\empty #2\else #1\fi}
\def\iffloatpage#1#2{\if@fcolmade #1\else #2\fi}
\newcommand{\fancypagestyle}[2]{%
\@namedef{ps@#1}{\let\fancy@gbl\relax#2\relax\ps@fancy}}

24
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/iclr2026_conference.bib Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
@incollection{Bengio+chapter2007,
author = {Bengio, Yoshua and LeCun, Yann},
booktitle = {Large Scale Kernel Machines},
publisher = {MIT Press},
title = {Scaling Learning Algorithms Towards {AI}},
year = {2007}
}
@article{Hinton06,
author = {Hinton, Geoffrey E. and Osindero, Simon and Teh, Yee Whye},
journal = {Neural Computation},
pages = {1527--1554},
title = {A Fast Learning Algorithm for Deep Belief Nets},
volume = {18},
year = {2006}
}
@book{goodfellow2016deep,
title={Deep learning},
author={Goodfellow, Ian and Bengio, Yoshua and Courville, Aaron and Bengio, Yoshua},
volume={1},
year={2016},
publisher={MIT Press}
}

1440
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/iclr2026_conference.bst Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

BIN
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/iclr2026_conference.pdf Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

246
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/iclr2026_conference.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
%%%% ICLR Macros (LaTex)
%%%% Adapted by Hugo Larochelle from the NIPS stylefile Macros
%%%% Style File
%%%% Dec 12, 1990 Rev Aug 14, 1991; Sept, 1995; April, 1997; April, 1999; October 2014
% This file can be used with Latex2e whether running in main mode, or
% 2.09 compatibility mode.
%
% If using main mode, you need to include the commands
% \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage{iclr14submit_e,times}
%
% Change the overall width of the page. If these parameters are
% changed, they will require corresponding changes in the
% maketitle section.
%
\usepackage{eso-pic} % used by \AddToShipoutPicture
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
\RequirePackage{natbib}
% modification to natbib citations
\setcitestyle{authoryear,round,citesep={;},aysep={,},yysep={;}}
\renewcommand{\topfraction}{0.95} % let figure take up nearly whole page
\renewcommand{\textfraction}{0.05} % let figure take up nearly whole page
% Define iclrfinal, set to true if iclrfinalcopy is defined
\newif\ificlrfinal
\iclrfinalfalse
\def\iclrfinalcopy{\iclrfinaltrue}
\font\iclrtenhv = phvb at 8pt
% Specify the dimensions of each page
\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}
\setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}
\oddsidemargin .5in % Note \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
\evensidemargin .5in
\marginparwidth 0.07 true in
%\marginparwidth 0.75 true in
%\topmargin 0 true pt % Nominal distance from top of page to top of
%\topmargin 0.125in
\topmargin -0.625in
\addtolength{\headsep}{0.25in}
\textheight 9.0 true in % Height of text (including footnotes & figures)
\textwidth 5.5 true in % Width of text line.
\widowpenalty=10000
\clubpenalty=10000
% \thispagestyle{empty} \pagestyle{empty}
\flushbottom \sloppy
% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
% Title stuff, taken from deproc.
\def\maketitle{\par
\begingroup
\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
\def\@makefnmark{\hbox to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}} % for perfect author
% name centering
% The footnote-mark was overlapping the footnote-text,
% added the following to fix this problem (MK)
\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
\hbox to1.8em{\hss $\m@th ^{\@thefnmark}$}##1}
\@maketitle \@thanks
\endgroup
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
\let\maketitle\relax \let\@maketitle\relax
\gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
% The toptitlebar has been raised to top-justify the first page
\usepackage{fancyhdr}
\pagestyle{fancy}
\fancyhead{}
% Title (includes both anonimized and non-anonimized versions)
\def\@maketitle{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth
%\linewidth\hsize \vskip 0.1in \toptitlebar \centering
{\LARGE\sc \@title\par}
%\bottomtitlebar % \vskip 0.1in % minus
\ificlrfinal
\lhead{Published as a conference paper at ICLR 2026}
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\@author\end{tabular}%
\else
\lhead{Under review as a conference paper at ICLR 2026}
\def\And{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\def\AND{\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}\ignorespaces}%
\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\bf\rule{\z@}{24pt}Anonymous authors\\Paper under double-blind review\end{tabular}%
\fi
\vskip 0.3in minus 0.1in}}
\renewenvironment{abstract}{\vskip.075in\centerline{\large\sc
Abstract}\vspace{0.5ex}\begin{quote}}{\par\end{quote}\vskip 1ex}
% sections with less space
\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus 0.3ex
minus0.2ex}{\large\sc\raggedright}}
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-1.8ex plus
-0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.8ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\sc\raggedright}}
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-1.5ex
plus -0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.5ex plus
.2ex}{\normalsize\sc\raggedright}}
\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\sc}}
\def\subsubsubsection{\vskip
5pt{\noindent\normalsize\rm\raggedright}}
% Footnotes
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 12pc \kern 2.6pt }
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
% Lists and paragraphs
\parindent 0pt
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parskip .5pc
%\leftmargin2em
\leftmargin3pc
\leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em
%\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \parsep}
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \topsep}
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
%\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt} % got rid of @ (MK)
\def\normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
\def\toptitlebar{\hrule height4pt\vskip .25in\vskip-\parskip}
\def\bottomtitlebar{\vskip .29in\vskip-\parskip\hrule height1pt\vskip
.09in} %
%Reduced second vskip to compensate for adding the strut in \@author
%% % Vertical Ruler
%% % This code is, largely, from the CVPR 2010 conference style file
%% % ----- define vruler
\makeatletter
\newbox\iclrrulerbox
\newcount\iclrrulercount
\newdimen\iclrruleroffset
\newdimen\cv@lineheight
\newdimen\cv@boxheight
\newbox\cv@tmpbox
\newcount\cv@refno
\newcount\cv@tot
% NUMBER with left flushed zeros \fillzeros[<WIDTH>]<NUMBER>
\newcount\cv@tmpc@ \newcount\cv@tmpc
\def\fillzeros[#1]#2{\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi
\cv@tmpc=1 %
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<10 \else \divide\cv@tmpc@ by 10 \advance\cv@tmpc by 1 \fi
\ifnum\cv@tmpc@=10\relax\cv@tmpc@=11\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc@>10 \repeat
\ifnum#2<0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax-\fi
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1\relax0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1 \repeat
\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi \relax\the\cv@tmpc@}%
% \makevruler[<SCALE>][<INITIAL_COUNT>][<STEP>][<DIGITS>][<HEIGHT>]
\def\makevruler[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]{\begingroup\offinterlineskip
\textheight=#5\vbadness=10000\vfuzz=120ex\overfullrule=0pt%
\global\setbox\iclrrulerbox=\vbox to \textheight{%
{\parskip=0pt\hfuzz=150em\cv@boxheight=\textheight
\cv@lineheight=#1\global\iclrrulercount=#2%
\cv@tot\cv@boxheight\divide\cv@tot\cv@lineheight\advance\cv@tot2%
\cv@refno1\vskip-\cv@lineheight\vskip1ex%
\loop\setbox\cv@tmpbox=\hbox to0cm{{\iclrtenhv\hfil\fillzeros[#4]\iclrrulercount}}%
\ht\cv@tmpbox\cv@lineheight\dp\cv@tmpbox0pt\box\cv@tmpbox\break
\advance\cv@refno1\global\advance\iclrrulercount#3\relax
\ifnum\cv@refno<\cv@tot\repeat}}\endgroup}%
\makeatother
% ----- end of vruler
% \makevruler[<SCALE>][<INITIAL_COUNT>][<STEP>][<DIGITS>][<HEIGHT>]
\def\iclrruler#1{\makevruler[12pt][#1][1][3][0.993\textheight]\usebox{\iclrrulerbox}}
\AddToShipoutPicture{%
\ificlrfinal\else
\iclrruleroffset=\textheight
\advance\iclrruleroffset by -3.7pt
\color[rgb]{.7,.7,.7}
\AtTextUpperLeft{%
\put(\LenToUnit{-35pt},\LenToUnit{-\iclrruleroffset}){%left ruler
\iclrruler{\iclrrulercount}}
}
\fi
}
% %% To add a vertical bar on the side
% \AddToShipoutPicture{
% \AtTextLowerLeft{
% \hspace*{-1.8cm}
% \colorbox[rgb]{0.7,0.7,0.7}{\small \parbox[b][\textheight]{0.1cm}{}}}
% }

414
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/iclr2026_conference.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
\documentclass{article} % For LaTeX2e
\usepackage{iclr2026_conference,times}
% Optional math commands from https://github.com/goodfeli/dlbook_notation.
\input{math_commands.tex}
\usepackage{hyperref}
\usepackage{url}
\title{Formatting Instructions for ICLR 2026 \\ Conference Submissions}
% Authors must not appear in the submitted version. They should be hidden
% as long as the \iclrfinalcopy macro remains commented out below.
% Non-anonymous submissions will be rejected without review.
\author{Antiquus S.~Hippocampus, Natalia Cerebro \& Amelie P. Amygdale \thanks{ Use footnote for providing further information
about author (webpage, alternative address)---\emph{not} for acknowledging
funding agencies. Funding acknowledgements go at the end of the paper.} \\
Department of Computer Science\\
Cranberry-Lemon University\\
Pittsburgh, PA 15213, USA \\
\texttt{\{hippo,brain,jen\}@cs.cranberry-lemon.edu} \\
\And
Ji Q. Ren \& Yevgeny LeNet \\
Department of Computational Neuroscience \\
University of the Witwatersrand \\
Joburg, South Africa \\
\texttt{\{robot,net\}@wits.ac.za} \\
\AND
Coauthor \\
Affiliation \\
Address \\
\texttt{email}
}
% The \author macro works with any number of authors. There are two commands
% used to separate the names and addresses of multiple authors: \And and \AND.
%
% Using \And between authors leaves it to \LaTeX{} to determine where to break
% the lines. Using \AND forces a linebreak at that point. So, if \LaTeX{}
% puts 3 of 4 authors names on the first line, and the last on the second
% line, try using \AND instead of \And before the third author name.
\newcommand{\fix}{\marginpar{FIX}}
\newcommand{\new}{\marginpar{NEW}}
%\iclrfinalcopy % Uncomment for camera-ready version, but NOT for submission.
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
The abstract paragraph should be indented 1/2~inch (3~picas) on both left and
right-hand margins. Use 10~point type, with a vertical spacing of 11~points.
The word \textsc{Abstract} must be centered, in small caps, and in point size 12. Two
line spaces precede the abstract. The abstract must be limited to one
paragraph.
\end{abstract}
\section{Submission of conference papers to ICLR 2026}
ICLR requires electronic submissions, processed by
\url{https://openreview.net/}. See ICLR's website for more instructions.
If your paper is ultimately accepted, the statement {\tt
{\textbackslash}iclrfinalcopy} should be inserted to adjust the
format to the camera ready requirements.
The format for the submissions is a variant of the NeurIPS format.
Please read carefully the instructions below, and follow them
faithfully.
\subsection{Style}
Papers to be submitted to ICLR 2026 must be prepared according to the
instructions presented here.
%% Please note that we have introduced automatic line number generation
%% into the style file for \LaTeXe. This is to help reviewers
%% refer to specific lines of the paper when they make their comments. Please do
%% NOT refer to these line numbers in your paper as they will be removed from the
%% style file for the final version of accepted papers.
Authors are required to use the ICLR \LaTeX{} style files obtainable at the
ICLR website. Please make sure you use the current files and
not previous versions. Tweaking the style files may be grounds for rejection.
\subsection{Retrieval of style files}
The style files for ICLR and other conference information are available online at:
\begin{center}
\url{http://www.iclr.cc/}
\end{center}
The file \verb+iclr2026_conference.pdf+ contains these
instructions and illustrates the
various formatting requirements your ICLR paper must satisfy.
Submissions must be made using \LaTeX{} and the style files
\verb+iclr2026_conference.sty+ and \verb+iclr2026_conference.bst+ (to be used with \LaTeX{}2e). The file
\verb+iclr2026_conference.tex+ may be used as a ``shell'' for writing your paper. All you
have to do is replace the author, title, abstract, and text of the paper with
your own.
The formatting instructions contained in these style files are summarized in
sections \ref{gen_inst}, \ref{headings}, and \ref{others} below.
\section{General formatting instructions}
\label{gen_inst}
The text must be confined within a rectangle 5.5~inches (33~picas) wide and
9~inches (54~picas) long. The left margin is 1.5~inch (9~picas).
Use 10~point type with a vertical spacing of 11~points. Times New Roman is the
preferred typeface throughout. Paragraphs are separated by 1/2~line space,
with no indentation.
Paper title is 17~point, in small caps and left-aligned.
All pages should start at 1~inch (6~picas) from the top of the page.
Authors' names are
set in boldface, and each name is placed above its corresponding
address. The lead author's name is to be listed first, and
the co-authors' names are set to follow. Authors sharing the
same address can be on the same line.
Please pay special attention to the instructions in section \ref{others}
regarding figures, tables, acknowledgments, and references.
There will be a strict upper limit of \textbf{9 pages} for the main text of the initial submission, with unlimited additional pages for citations. This limit will be expanded to \textbf{10 pages} for rebuttal/camera ready.
\section{Headings: first level}
\label{headings}
First level headings are in small caps,
flush left and in point size 12. One line space before the first level
heading and 1/2~line space after the first level heading.
\subsection{Headings: second level}
Second level headings are in small caps,
flush left and in point size 10. One line space before the second level
heading and 1/2~line space after the second level heading.
\subsubsection{Headings: third level}
Third level headings are in small caps,
flush left and in point size 10. One line space before the third level
heading and 1/2~line space after the third level heading.
\section{Citations, figures, tables, references}
\label{others}
These instructions apply to everyone, regardless of the formatter being used.
\subsection{Citations within the text}
Citations within the text should be based on the \texttt{natbib} package
and include the authors' last names and year (with the ``et~al.'' construct
for more than two authors). When the authors or the publication are
included in the sentence, the citation should not be in parenthesis using \verb|\citet{}| (as
in ``See \citet{Hinton06} for more information.''). Otherwise, the citation
should be in parenthesis using \verb|\citep{}| (as in ``Deep learning shows promise to make progress
towards AI~\citep{Bengio+chapter2007}.'').
The corresponding references are to be listed in alphabetical order of
authors, in the \textsc{References} section. As to the format of the
references themselves, any style is acceptable as long as it is used
consistently.
\subsection{Footnotes}
Indicate footnotes with a number\footnote{Sample of the first footnote} in the
text. Place the footnotes at the bottom of the page on which they appear.
Precede the footnote with a horizontal rule of 2~inches
(12~picas).\footnote{Sample of the second footnote}
\subsection{Figures}
All artwork must be neat, clean, and legible. Lines should be dark
enough for purposes of reproduction; art work should not be
hand-drawn. The figure number and caption always appear after the
figure. Place one line space before the figure caption, and one line
space after the figure. The figure caption is lower case (except for
first word and proper nouns); figures are numbered consecutively.
Make sure the figure caption does not get separated from the figure.
Leave sufficient space to avoid splitting the figure and figure caption.
You may use color figures.
However, it is best for the
figure captions and the paper body to make sense if the paper is printed
either in black/white or in color.
\begin{figure}[h]
\begin{center}
%\framebox[4.0in]{$\;$}
\fbox{\rule[-.5cm]{0cm}{4cm} \rule[-.5cm]{4cm}{0cm}}
\end{center}
\caption{Sample figure caption.}
\end{figure}
\subsection{Tables}
All tables must be centered, neat, clean and legible. Do not use hand-drawn
tables. The table number and title always appear before the table. See
Table~\ref{sample-table}.
Place one line space before the table title, one line space after the table
title, and one line space after the table. The table title must be lower case
(except for first word and proper nouns); tables are numbered consecutively.
\begin{table}[t]
\caption{Sample table title}
\label{sample-table}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\multicolumn{1}{c}{\bf PART} &\multicolumn{1}{c}{\bf DESCRIPTION}
\\ \hline \\
Dendrite &Input terminal \\
Axon &Output terminal \\
Soma &Cell body (contains cell nucleus) \\
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}
\section{Default Notation}
In an attempt to encourage standardized notation, we have included the
notation file from the textbook, \textit{Deep Learning}
\cite{goodfellow2016deep} available at
\url{https://github.com/goodfeli/dlbook_notation/}. Use of this style
is not required and can be disabled by commenting out
\texttt{math\_commands.tex}.
\centerline{\bf Numbers and Arrays}
\bgroup
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
\begin{tabular}{p{1in}p{3.25in}}
$\displaystyle a$ & A scalar (integer or real)\\
$\displaystyle \va$ & A vector\\
$\displaystyle \mA$ & A matrix\\
$\displaystyle \tA$ & A tensor\\
$\displaystyle \mI_n$ & Identity matrix with $n$ rows and $n$ columns\\
$\displaystyle \mI$ & Identity matrix with dimensionality implied by context\\
$\displaystyle \ve^{(i)}$ & Standard basis vector $[0,\dots,0,1,0,\dots,0]$ with a 1 at position $i$\\
$\displaystyle \text{diag}(\va)$ & A square, diagonal matrix with diagonal entries given by $\va$\\
$\displaystyle \ra$ & A scalar random variable\\
$\displaystyle \rva$ & A vector-valued random variable\\
$\displaystyle \rmA$ & A matrix-valued random variable\\
\end{tabular}
\egroup
\vspace{0.25cm}
\centerline{\bf Sets and Graphs}
\bgroup
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
$\displaystyle \sA$ & A set\\
$\displaystyle \R$ & The set of real numbers \\
$\displaystyle \{0, 1\}$ & The set containing 0 and 1 \\
$\displaystyle \{0, 1, \dots, n \}$ & The set of all integers between $0$ and $n$\\
$\displaystyle [a, b]$ & The real interval including $a$ and $b$\\
$\displaystyle (a, b]$ & The real interval excluding $a$ but including $b$\\
$\displaystyle \sA \backslash \sB$ & Set subtraction, i.e., the set containing the elements of $\sA$ that are not in $\sB$\\
$\displaystyle \gG$ & A graph\\
$\displaystyle \parents_\gG(\ervx_i)$ & The parents of $\ervx_i$ in $\gG$
\end{tabular}
\vspace{0.25cm}
\centerline{\bf Indexing}
\bgroup
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
$\displaystyle \eva_i$ & Element $i$ of vector $\va$, with indexing starting at 1 \\
$\displaystyle \eva_{-i}$ & All elements of vector $\va$ except for element $i$ \\
$\displaystyle \emA_{i,j}$ & Element $i, j$ of matrix $\mA$ \\
$\displaystyle \mA_{i, :}$ & Row $i$ of matrix $\mA$ \\
$\displaystyle \mA_{:, i}$ & Column $i$ of matrix $\mA$ \\
$\displaystyle \etA_{i, j, k}$ & Element $(i, j, k)$ of a 3-D tensor $\tA$\\
$\displaystyle \tA_{:, :, i}$ & 2-D slice of a 3-D tensor\\
$\displaystyle \erva_i$ & Element $i$ of the random vector $\rva$ \\
\end{tabular}
\egroup
\vspace{0.25cm}
\centerline{\bf Calculus}
\bgroup
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
% NOTE: the [2ex] on the next line adds extra height to that row of the table.
% Without that command, the fraction on the first line is too tall and collides
% with the fraction on the second line.
$\displaystyle\frac{d y} {d x}$ & Derivative of $y$ with respect to $x$\\ [2ex]
$\displaystyle \frac{\partial y} {\partial x} $ & Partial derivative of $y$ with respect to $x$ \\
$\displaystyle \nabla_\vx y $ & Gradient of $y$ with respect to $\vx$ \\
$\displaystyle \nabla_\mX y $ & Matrix derivatives of $y$ with respect to $\mX$ \\
$\displaystyle \nabla_\tX y $ & Tensor containing derivatives of $y$ with respect to $\tX$ \\
$\displaystyle \frac{\partial f}{\partial \vx} $ & Jacobian matrix $\mJ \in \R^{m\times n}$ of $f: \R^n \rightarrow \R^m$\\
$\displaystyle \nabla_\vx^2 f(\vx)\text{ or }\mH( f)(\vx)$ & The Hessian matrix of $f$ at input point $\vx$\\
$\displaystyle \int f(\vx) d\vx $ & Definite integral over the entire domain of $\vx$ \\
$\displaystyle \int_\sS f(\vx) d\vx$ & Definite integral with respect to $\vx$ over the set $\sS$ \\
\end{tabular}
\egroup
\vspace{0.25cm}
\centerline{\bf Probability and Information Theory}
\bgroup
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
$\displaystyle P(\ra)$ & A probability distribution over a discrete variable\\
$\displaystyle p(\ra)$ & A probability distribution over a continuous variable, or over
a variable whose type has not been specified\\
$\displaystyle \ra \sim P$ & Random variable $\ra$ has distribution $P$\\% so thing on left of \sim should always be a random variable, with name beginning with \r
$\displaystyle \E_{\rx\sim P} [ f(x) ]\text{ or } \E f(x)$ & Expectation of $f(x)$ with respect to $P(\rx)$ \\
$\displaystyle \Var(f(x)) $ & Variance of $f(x)$ under $P(\rx)$ \\
$\displaystyle \Cov(f(x),g(x)) $ & Covariance of $f(x)$ and $g(x)$ under $P(\rx)$\\
$\displaystyle H(\rx) $ & Shannon entropy of the random variable $\rx$\\
$\displaystyle \KL ( P \Vert Q ) $ & Kullback-Leibler divergence of P and Q \\
$\displaystyle \mathcal{N} ( \vx ; \vmu , \mSigma)$ & Gaussian distribution %
over $\vx$ with mean $\vmu$ and covariance $\mSigma$ \\
\end{tabular}
\egroup
\vspace{0.25cm}
\centerline{\bf Functions}
\bgroup
\def\arraystretch{1.5}
\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}p{3.25in}}
$\displaystyle f: \sA \rightarrow \sB$ & The function $f$ with domain $\sA$ and range $\sB$\\
$\displaystyle f \circ g $ & Composition of the functions $f$ and $g$ \\
$\displaystyle f(\vx ; \vtheta) $ & A function of $\vx$ parametrized by $\vtheta$.
(Sometimes we write $f(\vx)$ and omit the argument $\vtheta$ to lighten notation) \\
$\displaystyle \log x$ & Natural logarithm of $x$ \\
$\displaystyle \sigma(x)$ & Logistic sigmoid, $\displaystyle \frac{1} {1 + \exp(-x)}$ \\
$\displaystyle \zeta(x)$ & Softplus, $\log(1 + \exp(x))$ \\
$\displaystyle || \vx ||_p $ & $\normlp$ norm of $\vx$ \\
$\displaystyle || \vx || $ & $\normltwo$ norm of $\vx$ \\
$\displaystyle x^+$ & Positive part of $x$, i.e., $\max(0,x)$\\
$\displaystyle \1_\mathrm{condition}$ & is 1 if the condition is true, 0 otherwise\\
\end{tabular}
\egroup
\vspace{0.25cm}
\section{Final instructions}
Do not change any aspects of the formatting parameters in the style files.
In particular, do not modify the width or length of the rectangle the text
should fit into, and do not change font sizes (except perhaps in the
\textsc{References} section; see below). Please note that pages should be
numbered.
\section{Preparing PostScript or PDF files}
Please prepare PostScript or PDF files with paper size ``US Letter'', and
not, for example, ``A4''. The -t
letter option on dvips will produce US Letter files.
Consider directly generating PDF files using \verb+pdflatex+
(especially if you are a MiKTeX user).
PDF figures must be substituted for EPS figures, however.
Otherwise, please generate your PostScript and PDF files with the following commands:
\begin{verbatim}
dvips mypaper.dvi -t letter -Ppdf -G0 -o mypaper.ps
ps2pdf mypaper.ps mypaper.pdf
\end{verbatim}
\subsection{Margins in LaTeX}
Most of the margin problems come from figures positioned by hand using
\verb+\special+ or other commands. We suggest using the command
\verb+\includegraphics+
from the graphicx package. Always specify the figure width as a multiple of
the line width as in the example below using .eps graphics
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} ...
\includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{myfile.eps}
\end{verbatim}
or % Apr 2009 addition
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} ...
\includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{myfile.pdf}
\end{verbatim}
for .pdf graphics.
See section~4.4 in the graphics bundle documentation (\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.ps})
A number of width problems arise when LaTeX cannot properly hyphenate a
line. Please give LaTeX hyphenation hints using the \verb+\-+ command.
\subsubsection*{Author Contributions}
If you'd like to, you may include a section for author contributions as is done
in many journals. This is optional and at the discretion of the authors.
\subsubsection*{Acknowledgments}
Use unnumbered third level headings for the acknowledgments. All
acknowledgments, including those to funding agencies, go at the end of the paper.
\bibliography{iclr2026_conference}
\bibliographystyle{iclr2026_conference}
\appendix
\section{Appendix}
You may include other additional sections here.
\end{document}

508
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/math_commands.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
%%%%% NEW MATH DEFINITIONS %%%%%
\usepackage{amsmath,amsfonts,bm}
% Mark sections of captions for referring to divisions of figures
\newcommand{\figleft}{{\em (Left)}}
\newcommand{\figcenter}{{\em (Center)}}
\newcommand{\figright}{{\em (Right)}}
\newcommand{\figtop}{{\em (Top)}}
\newcommand{\figbottom}{{\em (Bottom)}}
\newcommand{\captiona}{{\em (a)}}
\newcommand{\captionb}{{\em (b)}}
\newcommand{\captionc}{{\em (c)}}
\newcommand{\captiond}{{\em (d)}}
% Highlight a newly defined term
\newcommand{\newterm}[1]{{\bf #1}}
% Figure reference, lower-case.
\def\figref#1{figure~\ref{#1}}
% Figure reference, capital. For start of sentence
\def\Figref#1{Figure~\ref{#1}}
\def\twofigref#1#2{figures \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
\def\quadfigref#1#2#3#4{figures \ref{#1}, \ref{#2}, \ref{#3} and \ref{#4}}
% Section reference, lower-case.
\def\secref#1{section~\ref{#1}}
% Section reference, capital.
\def\Secref#1{Section~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to two sections.
\def\twosecrefs#1#2{sections \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
% Reference to three sections.
\def\secrefs#1#2#3{sections \ref{#1}, \ref{#2} and \ref{#3}}
% Reference to an equation, lower-case.
\def\eqref#1{equation~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to an equation, upper case
\def\Eqref#1{Equation~\ref{#1}}
% A raw reference to an equation---avoid using if possible
\def\plaineqref#1{\ref{#1}}
% Reference to a chapter, lower-case.
\def\chapref#1{chapter~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to an equation, upper case.
\def\Chapref#1{Chapter~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to a range of chapters
\def\rangechapref#1#2{chapters\ref{#1}--\ref{#2}}
% Reference to an algorithm, lower-case.
\def\algref#1{algorithm~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to an algorithm, upper case.
\def\Algref#1{Algorithm~\ref{#1}}
\def\twoalgref#1#2{algorithms \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
\def\Twoalgref#1#2{Algorithms \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
% Reference to a part, lower case
\def\partref#1{part~\ref{#1}}
% Reference to a part, upper case
\def\Partref#1{Part~\ref{#1}}
\def\twopartref#1#2{parts \ref{#1} and \ref{#2}}
\def\ceil#1{\lceil #1 \rceil}
\def\floor#1{\lfloor #1 \rfloor}
\def\1{\bm{1}}
\newcommand{\train}{\mathcal{D}}
\newcommand{\valid}{\mathcal{D_{\mathrm{valid}}}}
\newcommand{\test}{\mathcal{D_{\mathrm{test}}}}
\def\eps{{\epsilon}}
% Random variables
\def\reta{{\textnormal{$\eta$}}}
\def\ra{{\textnormal{a}}}
\def\rb{{\textnormal{b}}}
\def\rc{{\textnormal{c}}}
\def\rd{{\textnormal{d}}}
\def\re{{\textnormal{e}}}
\def\rf{{\textnormal{f}}}
\def\rg{{\textnormal{g}}}
\def\rh{{\textnormal{h}}}
\def\ri{{\textnormal{i}}}
\def\rj{{\textnormal{j}}}
\def\rk{{\textnormal{k}}}
\def\rl{{\textnormal{l}}}
% rm is already a command, just don't name any random variables m
\def\rn{{\textnormal{n}}}
\def\ro{{\textnormal{o}}}
\def\rp{{\textnormal{p}}}
\def\rq{{\textnormal{q}}}
\def\rr{{\textnormal{r}}}
\def\rs{{\textnormal{s}}}
\def\rt{{\textnormal{t}}}
\def\ru{{\textnormal{u}}}
\def\rv{{\textnormal{v}}}
\def\rw{{\textnormal{w}}}
\def\rx{{\textnormal{x}}}
\def\ry{{\textnormal{y}}}
\def\rz{{\textnormal{z}}}
% Random vectors
\def\rvepsilon{{\mathbf{\epsilon}}}
\def\rvtheta{{\mathbf{\theta}}}
\def\rva{{\mathbf{a}}}
\def\rvb{{\mathbf{b}}}
\def\rvc{{\mathbf{c}}}
\def\rvd{{\mathbf{d}}}
\def\rve{{\mathbf{e}}}
\def\rvf{{\mathbf{f}}}
\def\rvg{{\mathbf{g}}}
\def\rvh{{\mathbf{h}}}
\def\rvu{{\mathbf{i}}}
\def\rvj{{\mathbf{j}}}
\def\rvk{{\mathbf{k}}}
\def\rvl{{\mathbf{l}}}
\def\rvm{{\mathbf{m}}}
\def\rvn{{\mathbf{n}}}
\def\rvo{{\mathbf{o}}}
\def\rvp{{\mathbf{p}}}
\def\rvq{{\mathbf{q}}}
\def\rvr{{\mathbf{r}}}
\def\rvs{{\mathbf{s}}}
\def\rvt{{\mathbf{t}}}
\def\rvu{{\mathbf{u}}}
\def\rvv{{\mathbf{v}}}
\def\rvw{{\mathbf{w}}}
\def\rvx{{\mathbf{x}}}
\def\rvy{{\mathbf{y}}}
\def\rvz{{\mathbf{z}}}
% Elements of random vectors
\def\erva{{\textnormal{a}}}
\def\ervb{{\textnormal{b}}}
\def\ervc{{\textnormal{c}}}
\def\ervd{{\textnormal{d}}}
\def\erve{{\textnormal{e}}}
\def\ervf{{\textnormal{f}}}
\def\ervg{{\textnormal{g}}}
\def\ervh{{\textnormal{h}}}
\def\ervi{{\textnormal{i}}}
\def\ervj{{\textnormal{j}}}
\def\ervk{{\textnormal{k}}}
\def\ervl{{\textnormal{l}}}
\def\ervm{{\textnormal{m}}}
\def\ervn{{\textnormal{n}}}
\def\ervo{{\textnormal{o}}}
\def\ervp{{\textnormal{p}}}
\def\ervq{{\textnormal{q}}}
\def\ervr{{\textnormal{r}}}
\def\ervs{{\textnormal{s}}}
\def\ervt{{\textnormal{t}}}
\def\ervu{{\textnormal{u}}}
\def\ervv{{\textnormal{v}}}
\def\ervw{{\textnormal{w}}}
\def\ervx{{\textnormal{x}}}
\def\ervy{{\textnormal{y}}}
\def\ervz{{\textnormal{z}}}
% Random matrices
\def\rmA{{\mathbf{A}}}
\def\rmB{{\mathbf{B}}}
\def\rmC{{\mathbf{C}}}
\def\rmD{{\mathbf{D}}}
\def\rmE{{\mathbf{E}}}
\def\rmF{{\mathbf{F}}}
\def\rmG{{\mathbf{G}}}
\def\rmH{{\mathbf{H}}}
\def\rmI{{\mathbf{I}}}
\def\rmJ{{\mathbf{J}}}
\def\rmK{{\mathbf{K}}}
\def\rmL{{\mathbf{L}}}
\def\rmM{{\mathbf{M}}}
\def\rmN{{\mathbf{N}}}
\def\rmO{{\mathbf{O}}}
\def\rmP{{\mathbf{P}}}
\def\rmQ{{\mathbf{Q}}}
\def\rmR{{\mathbf{R}}}
\def\rmS{{\mathbf{S}}}
\def\rmT{{\mathbf{T}}}
\def\rmU{{\mathbf{U}}}
\def\rmV{{\mathbf{V}}}
\def\rmW{{\mathbf{W}}}
\def\rmX{{\mathbf{X}}}
\def\rmY{{\mathbf{Y}}}
\def\rmZ{{\mathbf{Z}}}
% Elements of random matrices
\def\ermA{{\textnormal{A}}}
\def\ermB{{\textnormal{B}}}
\def\ermC{{\textnormal{C}}}
\def\ermD{{\textnormal{D}}}
\def\ermE{{\textnormal{E}}}
\def\ermF{{\textnormal{F}}}
\def\ermG{{\textnormal{G}}}
\def\ermH{{\textnormal{H}}}
\def\ermI{{\textnormal{I}}}
\def\ermJ{{\textnormal{J}}}
\def\ermK{{\textnormal{K}}}
\def\ermL{{\textnormal{L}}}
\def\ermM{{\textnormal{M}}}
\def\ermN{{\textnormal{N}}}
\def\ermO{{\textnormal{O}}}
\def\ermP{{\textnormal{P}}}
\def\ermQ{{\textnormal{Q}}}
\def\ermR{{\textnormal{R}}}
\def\ermS{{\textnormal{S}}}
\def\ermT{{\textnormal{T}}}
\def\ermU{{\textnormal{U}}}
\def\ermV{{\textnormal{V}}}
\def\ermW{{\textnormal{W}}}
\def\ermX{{\textnormal{X}}}
\def\ermY{{\textnormal{Y}}}
\def\ermZ{{\textnormal{Z}}}
% Vectors
\def\vzero{{\bm{0}}}
\def\vone{{\bm{1}}}
\def\vmu{{\bm{\mu}}}
\def\vtheta{{\bm{\theta}}}
\def\va{{\bm{a}}}
\def\vb{{\bm{b}}}
\def\vc{{\bm{c}}}
\def\vd{{\bm{d}}}
\def\ve{{\bm{e}}}
\def\vf{{\bm{f}}}
\def\vg{{\bm{g}}}
\def\vh{{\bm{h}}}
\def\vi{{\bm{i}}}
\def\vj{{\bm{j}}}
\def\vk{{\bm{k}}}
\def\vl{{\bm{l}}}
\def\vm{{\bm{m}}}
\def\vn{{\bm{n}}}
\def\vo{{\bm{o}}}
\def\vp{{\bm{p}}}
\def\vq{{\bm{q}}}
\def\vr{{\bm{r}}}
\def\vs{{\bm{s}}}
\def\vt{{\bm{t}}}
\def\vu{{\bm{u}}}
\def\vv{{\bm{v}}}
\def\vw{{\bm{w}}}
\def\vx{{\bm{x}}}
\def\vy{{\bm{y}}}
\def\vz{{\bm{z}}}
% Elements of vectors
\def\evalpha{{\alpha}}
\def\evbeta{{\beta}}
\def\evepsilon{{\epsilon}}
\def\evlambda{{\lambda}}
\def\evomega{{\omega}}
\def\evmu{{\mu}}
\def\evpsi{{\psi}}
\def\evsigma{{\sigma}}
\def\evtheta{{\theta}}
\def\eva{{a}}
\def\evb{{b}}
\def\evc{{c}}
\def\evd{{d}}
\def\eve{{e}}
\def\evf{{f}}
\def\evg{{g}}
\def\evh{{h}}
\def\evi{{i}}
\def\evj{{j}}
\def\evk{{k}}
\def\evl{{l}}
\def\evm{{m}}
\def\evn{{n}}
\def\evo{{o}}
\def\evp{{p}}
\def\evq{{q}}
\def\evr{{r}}
\def\evs{{s}}
\def\evt{{t}}
\def\evu{{u}}
\def\evv{{v}}
\def\evw{{w}}
\def\evx{{x}}
\def\evy{{y}}
\def\evz{{z}}
% Matrix
\def\mA{{\bm{A}}}
\def\mB{{\bm{B}}}
\def\mC{{\bm{C}}}
\def\mD{{\bm{D}}}
\def\mE{{\bm{E}}}
\def\mF{{\bm{F}}}
\def\mG{{\bm{G}}}
\def\mH{{\bm{H}}}
\def\mI{{\bm{I}}}
\def\mJ{{\bm{J}}}
\def\mK{{\bm{K}}}
\def\mL{{\bm{L}}}
\def\mM{{\bm{M}}}
\def\mN{{\bm{N}}}
\def\mO{{\bm{O}}}
\def\mP{{\bm{P}}}
\def\mQ{{\bm{Q}}}
\def\mR{{\bm{R}}}
\def\mS{{\bm{S}}}
\def\mT{{\bm{T}}}
\def\mU{{\bm{U}}}
\def\mV{{\bm{V}}}
\def\mW{{\bm{W}}}
\def\mX{{\bm{X}}}
\def\mY{{\bm{Y}}}
\def\mZ{{\bm{Z}}}
\def\mBeta{{\bm{\beta}}}
\def\mPhi{{\bm{\Phi}}}
\def\mLambda{{\bm{\Lambda}}}
\def\mSigma{{\bm{\Sigma}}}
% Tensor
\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsfit}{\encodingdefault}{\sfdefault}{m}{sl}
\SetMathAlphabet{\mathsfit}{bold}{\encodingdefault}{\sfdefault}{bx}{n}
\newcommand{\tens}[1]{\bm{\mathsfit{#1}}}
\def\tA{{\tens{A}}}
\def\tB{{\tens{B}}}
\def\tC{{\tens{C}}}
\def\tD{{\tens{D}}}
\def\tE{{\tens{E}}}
\def\tF{{\tens{F}}}
\def\tG{{\tens{G}}}
\def\tH{{\tens{H}}}
\def\tI{{\tens{I}}}
\def\tJ{{\tens{J}}}
\def\tK{{\tens{K}}}
\def\tL{{\tens{L}}}
\def\tM{{\tens{M}}}
\def\tN{{\tens{N}}}
\def\tO{{\tens{O}}}
\def\tP{{\tens{P}}}
\def\tQ{{\tens{Q}}}
\def\tR{{\tens{R}}}
\def\tS{{\tens{S}}}
\def\tT{{\tens{T}}}
\def\tU{{\tens{U}}}
\def\tV{{\tens{V}}}
\def\tW{{\tens{W}}}
\def\tX{{\tens{X}}}
\def\tY{{\tens{Y}}}
\def\tZ{{\tens{Z}}}
% Graph
\def\gA{{\mathcal{A}}}
\def\gB{{\mathcal{B}}}
\def\gC{{\mathcal{C}}}
\def\gD{{\mathcal{D}}}
\def\gE{{\mathcal{E}}}
\def\gF{{\mathcal{F}}}
\def\gG{{\mathcal{G}}}
\def\gH{{\mathcal{H}}}
\def\gI{{\mathcal{I}}}
\def\gJ{{\mathcal{J}}}
\def\gK{{\mathcal{K}}}
\def\gL{{\mathcal{L}}}
\def\gM{{\mathcal{M}}}
\def\gN{{\mathcal{N}}}
\def\gO{{\mathcal{O}}}
\def\gP{{\mathcal{P}}}
\def\gQ{{\mathcal{Q}}}
\def\gR{{\mathcal{R}}}
\def\gS{{\mathcal{S}}}
\def\gT{{\mathcal{T}}}
\def\gU{{\mathcal{U}}}
\def\gV{{\mathcal{V}}}
\def\gW{{\mathcal{W}}}
\def\gX{{\mathcal{X}}}
\def\gY{{\mathcal{Y}}}
\def\gZ{{\mathcal{Z}}}
% Sets
\def\sA{{\mathbb{A}}}
\def\sB{{\mathbb{B}}}
\def\sC{{\mathbb{C}}}
\def\sD{{\mathbb{D}}}
% Don't use a set called E, because this would be the same as our symbol
% for expectation.
\def\sF{{\mathbb{F}}}
\def\sG{{\mathbb{G}}}
\def\sH{{\mathbb{H}}}
\def\sI{{\mathbb{I}}}
\def\sJ{{\mathbb{J}}}
\def\sK{{\mathbb{K}}}
\def\sL{{\mathbb{L}}}
\def\sM{{\mathbb{M}}}
\def\sN{{\mathbb{N}}}
\def\sO{{\mathbb{O}}}
\def\sP{{\mathbb{P}}}
\def\sQ{{\mathbb{Q}}}
\def\sR{{\mathbb{R}}}
\def\sS{{\mathbb{S}}}
\def\sT{{\mathbb{T}}}
\def\sU{{\mathbb{U}}}
\def\sV{{\mathbb{V}}}
\def\sW{{\mathbb{W}}}
\def\sX{{\mathbb{X}}}
\def\sY{{\mathbb{Y}}}
\def\sZ{{\mathbb{Z}}}
% Entries of a matrix
\def\emLambda{{\Lambda}}
\def\emA{{A}}
\def\emB{{B}}
\def\emC{{C}}
\def\emD{{D}}
\def\emE{{E}}
\def\emF{{F}}
\def\emG{{G}}
\def\emH{{H}}
\def\emI{{I}}
\def\emJ{{J}}
\def\emK{{K}}
\def\emL{{L}}
\def\emM{{M}}
\def\emN{{N}}
\def\emO{{O}}
\def\emP{{P}}
\def\emQ{{Q}}
\def\emR{{R}}
\def\emS{{S}}
\def\emT{{T}}
\def\emU{{U}}
\def\emV{{V}}
\def\emW{{W}}
\def\emX{{X}}
\def\emY{{Y}}
\def\emZ{{Z}}
\def\emSigma{{\Sigma}}
% entries of a tensor
% Same font as tensor, without \bm wrapper
\newcommand{\etens}[1]{\mathsfit{#1}}
\def\etLambda{{\etens{\Lambda}}}
\def\etA{{\etens{A}}}
\def\etB{{\etens{B}}}
\def\etC{{\etens{C}}}
\def\etD{{\etens{D}}}
\def\etE{{\etens{E}}}
\def\etF{{\etens{F}}}
\def\etG{{\etens{G}}}
\def\etH{{\etens{H}}}
\def\etI{{\etens{I}}}
\def\etJ{{\etens{J}}}
\def\etK{{\etens{K}}}
\def\etL{{\etens{L}}}
\def\etM{{\etens{M}}}
\def\etN{{\etens{N}}}
\def\etO{{\etens{O}}}
\def\etP{{\etens{P}}}
\def\etQ{{\etens{Q}}}
\def\etR{{\etens{R}}}
\def\etS{{\etens{S}}}
\def\etT{{\etens{T}}}
\def\etU{{\etens{U}}}
\def\etV{{\etens{V}}}
\def\etW{{\etens{W}}}
\def\etX{{\etens{X}}}
\def\etY{{\etens{Y}}}
\def\etZ{{\etens{Z}}}
% The true underlying data generating distribution
\newcommand{\pdata}{p_{\rm{data}}}
% The empirical distribution defined by the training set
\newcommand{\ptrain}{\hat{p}_{\rm{data}}}
\newcommand{\Ptrain}{\hat{P}_{\rm{data}}}
% The model distribution
\newcommand{\pmodel}{p_{\rm{model}}}
\newcommand{\Pmodel}{P_{\rm{model}}}
\newcommand{\ptildemodel}{\tilde{p}_{\rm{model}}}
% Stochastic autoencoder distributions
\newcommand{\pencode}{p_{\rm{encoder}}}
\newcommand{\pdecode}{p_{\rm{decoder}}}
\newcommand{\precons}{p_{\rm{reconstruct}}}
\newcommand{\laplace}{\mathrm{Laplace}} % Laplace distribution
\newcommand{\E}{\mathbb{E}}
\newcommand{\Ls}{\mathcal{L}}
\newcommand{\R}{\mathbb{R}}
\newcommand{\emp}{\tilde{p}}
\newcommand{\lr}{\alpha}
\newcommand{\reg}{\lambda}
\newcommand{\rect}{\mathrm{rectifier}}
\newcommand{\softmax}{\mathrm{softmax}}
\newcommand{\sigmoid}{\sigma}
\newcommand{\softplus}{\zeta}
\newcommand{\KL}{D_{\mathrm{KL}}}
\newcommand{\Var}{\mathrm{Var}}
\newcommand{\standarderror}{\mathrm{SE}}
\newcommand{\Cov}{\mathrm{Cov}}
% Wolfram Mathworld says $L^2$ is for function spaces and $\ell^2$ is for vectors
% But then they seem to use $L^2$ for vectors throughout the site, and so does
% wikipedia.
\newcommand{\normlzero}{L^0}
\newcommand{\normlone}{L^1}
\newcommand{\normltwo}{L^2}
\newcommand{\normlp}{L^p}
\newcommand{\normmax}{L^\infty}
\newcommand{\parents}{Pa} % See usage in notation.tex. Chosen to match Daphne's book.
\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmax}{arg\,max}
\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmin}{arg\,min}
\DeclareMathOperator{\sign}{sign}
\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
\let\ab\allowbreak

1246
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/iclr2026/natbib.sty Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

79
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/algorithm.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
% ALGORITHM STYLE -- Released 8 April 1996
% for LaTeX-2e
% Copyright -- 1994 Peter Williams
% E-mail Peter.Williams@dsto.defence.gov.au
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{algorithm}
\typeout{Document Style `algorithm' - floating environment}
\RequirePackage{float}
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
\newcommand{\ALG@within}{nothing}
\newboolean{ALG@within}
\setboolean{ALG@within}{false}
\newcommand{\ALG@floatstyle}{ruled}
\newcommand{\ALG@name}{Algorithm}
\newcommand{\listalgorithmname}{List of \ALG@name s}
% Declare Options
% first appearance
\DeclareOption{plain}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@floatstyle}{plain}
}
\DeclareOption{ruled}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@floatstyle}{ruled}
}
\DeclareOption{boxed}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@floatstyle}{boxed}
}
% then numbering convention
\DeclareOption{part}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{part}
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
}
\DeclareOption{chapter}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{chapter}
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
}
\DeclareOption{section}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{section}
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
}
\DeclareOption{subsection}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{subsection}
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
}
\DeclareOption{subsubsection}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{subsubsection}
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
}
\DeclareOption{nothing}{
\renewcommand{\ALG@within}{nothing}
\setboolean{ALG@within}{true}
}
\DeclareOption*{\edef\ALG@name{\CurrentOption}}
% ALGORITHM
%
\ProcessOptions
\floatstyle{\ALG@floatstyle}
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ALG@within}}{
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{part}}
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[part]}{}
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{chapter}}
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[chapter]}{}
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{section}}
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[section]}{}
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{subsection}}
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[subsection]}{}
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{subsubsection}}
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}[subsubsection]}{}
\ifthenelse{\equal{\ALG@within}{nothing}}
{\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}}{}
}{
\newfloat{algorithm}{htbp}{loa}
}
\floatname{algorithm}{\ALG@name}
\newcommand{\listofalgorithms}{\listof{algorithm}{\listalgorithmname}}

201
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/algorithmic.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
% ALGORITHMIC STYLE -- Released 8 APRIL 1996
% for LaTeX version 2e
% Copyright -- 1994 Peter Williams
% E-mail PeterWilliams@dsto.defence.gov.au
%
% Modified by Alex Smola (08/2000)
% E-mail Alex.Smola@anu.edu.au
%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{algorithmic}
\typeout{Document Style `algorithmic' - environment}
%
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
\RequirePackage{calc}
\newboolean{ALC@noend}
\setboolean{ALC@noend}{false}
\newcounter{ALC@line}
\newcounter{ALC@rem}
\newlength{\ALC@tlm}
%
\DeclareOption{noend}{\setboolean{ALC@noend}{true}}
%
\ProcessOptions
%
% ALGORITHMIC
\newcommand{\algorithmicrequire}{\textbf{Require:}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicensure}{\textbf{Ensure:}}
\newcommand{\algorithmiccomment}[1]{\{#1\}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicend}{\textbf{end}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicif}{\textbf{if}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicthen}{\textbf{then}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicelse}{\textbf{else}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicelsif}{\algorithmicelse\ \algorithmicif}
\newcommand{\algorithmicendif}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicif}
\newcommand{\algorithmicfor}{\textbf{for}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicforall}{\textbf{for all}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicdo}{\textbf{do}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicendfor}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicfor}
\newcommand{\algorithmicwhile}{\textbf{while}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicendwhile}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicwhile}
\newcommand{\algorithmicloop}{\textbf{loop}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicendloop}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicloop}
\newcommand{\algorithmicrepeat}{\textbf{repeat}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicuntil}{\textbf{until}}
%changed by alex smola
\newcommand{\algorithmicinput}{\textbf{input}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicoutput}{\textbf{output}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicset}{\textbf{set}}
\newcommand{\algorithmictrue}{\textbf{true}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicfalse}{\textbf{false}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicand}{\textbf{and\ }}
\newcommand{\algorithmicor}{\textbf{or\ }}
\newcommand{\algorithmicfunction}{\textbf{function}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicendfunction}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicfunction}
\newcommand{\algorithmicmain}{\textbf{main}}
\newcommand{\algorithmicendmain}{\algorithmicend\ \algorithmicmain}
%end changed by alex smola
\def\ALC@item[#1]{%
\if@noparitem \@donoparitem
\else \if@inlabel \indent \par \fi
\ifhmode \unskip\unskip \par \fi
\if@newlist \if@nobreak \@nbitem \else
\addpenalty\@beginparpenalty
\addvspace\@topsep \addvspace{-\parskip}\fi
\else \addpenalty\@itempenalty \addvspace\itemsep
\fi
\global\@inlabeltrue
\fi
\everypar{\global\@minipagefalse\global\@newlistfalse
\if@inlabel\global\@inlabelfalse \hskip -\parindent \box\@labels
\penalty\z@ \fi
\everypar{}}\global\@nobreakfalse
\if@noitemarg \@noitemargfalse \if@nmbrlist \refstepcounter{\@listctr}\fi \fi
\sbox\@tempboxa{\makelabel{#1}}%
\global\setbox\@labels
\hbox{\unhbox\@labels \hskip \itemindent
\hskip -\labelwidth \hskip -\ALC@tlm
\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\labelwidth
\box\@tempboxa
\else \hbox to\labelwidth {\unhbox\@tempboxa}\fi
\hskip \ALC@tlm}\ignorespaces}
%
\newenvironment{algorithmic}[1][0]{
\let\@item\ALC@item
\newcommand{\ALC@lno}{%
\ifthenelse{\equal{\arabic{ALC@rem}}{0}}
{{\footnotesize \arabic{ALC@line}:}}{}%
}
\let\@listii\@listi
\let\@listiii\@listi
\let\@listiv\@listi
\let\@listv\@listi
\let\@listvi\@listi
\let\@listvii\@listi
\newenvironment{ALC@g}{
\begin{list}{\ALC@lno}{ \itemsep\z@ \itemindent\z@
\listparindent\z@ \rightmargin\z@
\topsep\z@ \partopsep\z@ \parskip\z@\parsep\z@
\leftmargin 1em
\addtolength{\ALC@tlm}{\leftmargin}
}
}
{\end{list}}
\newcommand{\ALC@it}{\addtocounter{ALC@line}{1}\addtocounter{ALC@rem}{1}\ifthenelse{\equal{\arabic{ALC@rem}}{#1}}{\setcounter{ALC@rem}{0}}{}\item}
\newcommand{\ALC@com}[1]{\ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{default}}%
{}{\ \algorithmiccomment{##1}}}
\newcommand{\REQUIRE}{\item[\algorithmicrequire]}
\newcommand{\ENSURE}{\item[\algorithmicensure]}
\newcommand{\STATE}{\ALC@it}
\newcommand{\COMMENT}[1]{\algorithmiccomment{##1}}
%changes by alex smola
\newcommand{\INPUT}{\item[\algorithmicinput]}
\newcommand{\OUTPUT}{\item[\algorithmicoutput]}
\newcommand{\SET}{\item[\algorithmicset]}
% \newcommand{\TRUE}{\algorithmictrue}
% \newcommand{\FALSE}{\algorithmicfalse}
\newcommand{\AND}{\algorithmicand}
\newcommand{\OR}{\algorithmicor}
\newenvironment{ALC@func}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
\newenvironment{ALC@main}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
%end changes by alex smola
\newenvironment{ALC@if}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
\newenvironment{ALC@for}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
\newenvironment{ALC@whl}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
\newenvironment{ALC@loop}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
\newenvironment{ALC@rpt}{\begin{ALC@g}}{\end{ALC@g}}
\renewcommand{\\}{\@centercr}
\newcommand{\IF}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicif\ ##2\ \algorithmicthen%
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@if}}
\newcommand{\SHORTIF}[2]{\ALC@it\algorithmicif\ ##1\
\algorithmicthen\ {##2}}
\newcommand{\ELSE}[1][default]{\end{ALC@if}\ALC@it\algorithmicelse%
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@if}}
\newcommand{\ELSIF}[2][default]%
{\end{ALC@if}\ALC@it\algorithmicelsif\ ##2\ \algorithmicthen%
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@if}}
\newcommand{\FOR}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicfor\ ##2\ \algorithmicdo%
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@for}}
\newcommand{\FORALL}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicforall\ ##2\ %
\algorithmicdo%
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@for}}
\newcommand{\SHORTFORALL}[2]{\ALC@it\algorithmicforall\ ##1\ %
\algorithmicdo\ {##2}}
\newcommand{\WHILE}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicwhile\ ##2\ %
\algorithmicdo%
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@whl}}
\newcommand{\LOOP}[1][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicloop%
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@loop}}
%changed by alex smola
\newcommand{\FUNCTION}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicfunction\ ##2\ %
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@func}}
\newcommand{\MAIN}[2][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicmain\ ##2\ %
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@main}}
%end changed by alex smola
\newcommand{\REPEAT}[1][default]{\ALC@it\algorithmicrepeat%
\ALC@com{##1}\begin{ALC@rpt}}
\newcommand{\UNTIL}[1]{\end{ALC@rpt}\ALC@it\algorithmicuntil\ ##1}
\ifthenelse{\boolean{ALC@noend}}{
\newcommand{\ENDIF}{\end{ALC@if}}
\newcommand{\ENDFOR}{\end{ALC@for}}
\newcommand{\ENDWHILE}{\end{ALC@whl}}
\newcommand{\ENDLOOP}{\end{ALC@loop}}
\newcommand{\ENDFUNCTION}{\end{ALC@func}}
\newcommand{\ENDMAIN}{\end{ALC@main}}
}{
\newcommand{\ENDIF}{\end{ALC@if}\ALC@it\algorithmicendif}
\newcommand{\ENDFOR}{\end{ALC@for}\ALC@it\algorithmicendfor}
\newcommand{\ENDWHILE}{\end{ALC@whl}\ALC@it\algorithmicendwhile}
\newcommand{\ENDLOOP}{\end{ALC@loop}\ALC@it\algorithmicendloop}
\newcommand{\ENDFUNCTION}{\end{ALC@func}\ALC@it\algorithmicendfunction}
\newcommand{\ENDMAIN}{\end{ALC@main}\ALC@it\algorithmicendmain}
}
\renewcommand{\@toodeep}{}
\begin{list}{\ALC@lno}{\setcounter{ALC@line}{0}\setcounter{ALC@rem}{0}%
\itemsep\z@ \itemindent\z@ \listparindent\z@%
\partopsep\z@ \parskip\z@ \parsep\z@%
\labelsep 0.5em \topsep 0.2em%
\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{0}}
{\labelwidth 0.5em }
{\labelwidth 1.2em }
\leftmargin\labelwidth \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}
\ALC@tlm\labelsep
}
}
{\end{list}}

75
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/example_paper.bib Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
@inproceedings{langley00,
author = {P. Langley},
title = {Crafting Papers on Machine Learning},
year = {2000},
pages = {1207--1216},
editor = {Pat Langley},
booktitle = {Proceedings of the 17th International Conference
on Machine Learning (ICML 2000)},
address = {Stanford, CA},
publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann}
}
@TechReport{mitchell80,
author = "T. M. Mitchell",
title = "The Need for Biases in Learning Generalizations",
institution = "Computer Science Department, Rutgers University",
year = "1980",
address = "New Brunswick, MA",
}
@phdthesis{kearns89,
author = {M. J. Kearns},
title = {Computational Complexity of Machine Learning},
school = {Department of Computer Science, Harvard University},
year = {1989}
}
@Book{MachineLearningI,
editor = "R. S. Michalski and J. G. Carbonell and T.
M. Mitchell",
title = "Machine Learning: An Artificial Intelligence
Approach, Vol. I",
publisher = "Tioga",
year = "1983",
address = "Palo Alto, CA"
}
@Book{DudaHart2nd,
author = "R. O. Duda and P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork",
title = "Pattern Classification",
publisher = "John Wiley and Sons",
edition = "2nd",
year = "2000"
}
@misc{anonymous,
title= {Suppressed for Anonymity},
author= {Author, N. N.},
year= {2021}
}
@InCollection{Newell81,
author = "A. Newell and P. S. Rosenbloom",
title = "Mechanisms of Skill Acquisition and the Law of
Practice",
booktitle = "Cognitive Skills and Their Acquisition",
pages = "1--51",
publisher = "Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.",
year = "1981",
editor = "J. R. Anderson",
chapter = "1",
address = "Hillsdale, NJ"
}
@Article{Samuel59,
author = "A. L. Samuel",
title = "Some Studies in Machine Learning Using the Game of
Checkers",
journal = "IBM Journal of Research and Development",
year = "1959",
volume = "3",
number = "3",
pages = "211--229"
}

BIN
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/example_paper.pdf Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

662
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/example_paper.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
%%%%%%%% ICML 2026 EXAMPLE LATEX SUBMISSION FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\documentclass{article}
% Recommended, but optional, packages for figures and better typesetting:
\usepackage{microtype}
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{subcaption}
\usepackage{booktabs} % for professional tables
% hyperref makes hyperlinks in the resulting PDF.
% If your build breaks (sometimes temporarily if a hyperlink spans a page)
% please comment out the following usepackage line and replace
% \usepackage{icml2026} with \usepackage[nohyperref]{icml2026} above.
\usepackage{hyperref}
% Attempt to make hyperref and algorithmic work together better:
\newcommand{\theHalgorithm}{\arabic{algorithm}}
% Use the following line for the initial blind version submitted for review:
\usepackage{icml2026}
% For preprint, use
% \usepackage[preprint]{icml2026}
% If accepted, instead use the following line for the camera-ready submission:
% \usepackage[accepted]{icml2026}
\usepackage{amsmath}
\usepackage{amssymb}
\usepackage{mathtools}
\usepackage{amsthm}
% if you use cleveref..
\usepackage[capitalize,noabbrev]{cleveref}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% THEOREMS
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\theoremstyle{plain}
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
\newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition}
\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}
\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}
\theoremstyle{definition}
\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}
\newtheorem{assumption}[theorem]{Assumption}
\theoremstyle{remark}
\newtheorem{remark}[theorem]{Remark}
% Todonotes is useful during development; simply uncomment the next line
% and comment out the line below the next line to turn off comments
%\usepackage[disable,textsize=tiny]{todonotes}
\usepackage[textsize=tiny]{todonotes}
% The \icmltitle you define below is probably too long as a header.
% Therefore, a short form for the running title is supplied here:
\icmltitlerunning{Submission and Formatting Instructions for ICML 2026}
\begin{document}
\twocolumn[
\icmltitle{Submission and Formatting Instructions for \\
International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML 2026)}
% It is OKAY to include author information, even for blind submissions: the
% style file will automatically remove it for you unless you've provided
% the [accepted] option to the icml2026 package.
% List of affiliations: The first argument should be a (short) identifier you
% will use later to specify author affiliations Academic affiliations
% should list Department, University, City, Region, Country Industry
% affiliations should list Company, City, Region, Country
% You can specify symbols, otherwise they are numbered in order. Ideally, you
% should not use this facility. Affiliations will be numbered in order of
% appearance and this is the preferred way.
\icmlsetsymbol{equal}{*}
\begin{icmlauthorlist}
\icmlauthor{Firstname1 Lastname1}{equal,yyy}
\icmlauthor{Firstname2 Lastname2}{equal,yyy,comp}
\icmlauthor{Firstname3 Lastname3}{comp}
\icmlauthor{Firstname4 Lastname4}{sch}
\icmlauthor{Firstname5 Lastname5}{yyy}
\icmlauthor{Firstname6 Lastname6}{sch,yyy,comp}
\icmlauthor{Firstname7 Lastname7}{comp}
%\icmlauthor{}{sch}
\icmlauthor{Firstname8 Lastname8}{sch}
\icmlauthor{Firstname8 Lastname8}{yyy,comp}
%\icmlauthor{}{sch}
%\icmlauthor{}{sch}
\end{icmlauthorlist}
\icmlaffiliation{yyy}{Department of XXX, University of YYY, Location, Country}
\icmlaffiliation{comp}{Company Name, Location, Country}
\icmlaffiliation{sch}{School of ZZZ, Institute of WWW, Location, Country}
\icmlcorrespondingauthor{Firstname1 Lastname1}{first1.last1@xxx.edu}
\icmlcorrespondingauthor{Firstname2 Lastname2}{first2.last2@www.uk}
% You may provide any keywords that you find helpful for describing your
% paper; these are used to populate the "keywords" metadata in the PDF but
% will not be shown in the document
\icmlkeywords{Machine Learning, ICML}
\vskip 0.3in
]
% this must go after the closing bracket ] following \twocolumn[ ...
% This command actually creates the footnote in the first column listing the
% affiliations and the copyright notice. The command takes one argument, which
% is text to display at the start of the footnote. The \icmlEqualContribution
% command is standard text for equal contribution. Remove it (just {}) if you
% do not need this facility.
% Use ONE of the following lines. DO NOT remove the command.
% If you have no special notice, KEEP empty braces:
\printAffiliationsAndNotice{} % no special notice (required even if empty)
% Or, if applicable, use the standard equal contribution text:
% \printAffiliationsAndNotice{\icmlEqualContribution}
\begin{abstract}
This document provides a basic paper template and submission guidelines.
Abstracts must be a single paragraph, ideally between 4--6 sentences long.
Gross violations will trigger corrections at the camera-ready phase.
\end{abstract}
\section{Electronic Submission}
Submission to ICML 2026 will be entirely electronic, via a web site
(not email). Information about the submission process and \LaTeX\ templates
are available on the conference web site at:
\begin{center}
\texttt{http://icml.cc/}
\end{center}
The guidelines below will be enforced for initial submissions and
camera-ready copies. Here is a brief summary:
\begin{itemize}
\item Submissions must be in PDF\@.
\item If your paper has appendices, submit the appendix together with the
main body and the references \textbf{as a single file}. Reviewers will not
look for appendices as a separate PDF file. So if you submit such an extra
file, reviewers will very likely miss it.
\item Page limit: The main body of the paper has to be fitted to 8 pages,
excluding references and appendices; the space for the latter two is not
limited in pages, but the total file size may not exceed 10MB. For the
final version of the paper, authors can add one extra page to the main
body.
\item \textbf{Do not include author information or acknowledgements} in your
initial submission.
\item Your paper should be in \textbf{10 point Times font}.
\item Make sure your PDF file only uses Type-1 fonts.
\item Place figure captions \emph{under} the figure (and omit titles from
inside the graphic file itself). Place table captions \emph{over} the
table.
\item References must include page numbers whenever possible and be as
complete as possible. Place multiple citations in chronological order.
\item Do not alter the style template; in particular, do not compress the
paper format by reducing the vertical spaces.
\item Keep your abstract brief and self-contained, one paragraph and roughly
4--6 sentences. Gross violations will require correction at the
camera-ready phase. The title should have content words capitalized.
\end{itemize}
\subsection{Submitting Papers}
\textbf{Anonymous Submission:} ICML uses double-blind review: no identifying
author information may appear on the title page or in the paper
itself. \cref{author info} gives further details.
\medskip
Authors must provide their manuscripts in \textbf{PDF} format.
Furthermore, please make sure that files contain only embedded Type-1 fonts
(e.g.,~using the program \texttt{pdffonts} in linux or using
File/DocumentProperties/Fonts in Acrobat). Other fonts (like Type-3)
might come from graphics files imported into the document.
Authors using \textbf{Word} must convert their document to PDF\@. Most
of the latest versions of Word have the facility to do this
automatically. Submissions will not be accepted in Word format or any
format other than PDF\@. Really. We're not joking. Don't send Word.
Those who use \textbf{\LaTeX} should avoid including Type-3 fonts.
Those using \texttt{latex} and \texttt{dvips} may need the following
two commands:
{\footnotesize
\begin{verbatim}
dvips -Ppdf -tletter -G0 -o paper.ps paper.dvi
ps2pdf paper.ps
\end{verbatim}}
It is a zero following the ``-G'', which tells dvips to use
the config.pdf file. Newer \TeX\ distributions don't always need this
option.
Using \texttt{pdflatex} rather than \texttt{latex}, often gives better
results. This program avoids the Type-3 font problem, and supports more
advanced features in the \texttt{microtype} package.
\textbf{Graphics files} should be a reasonable size, and included from
an appropriate format. Use vector formats (.eps/.pdf) for plots,
lossless bitmap formats (.png) for raster graphics with sharp lines, and
jpeg for photo-like images.
The style file uses the \texttt{hyperref} package to make clickable
links in documents. If this causes problems for you, add
\texttt{nohyperref} as one of the options to the \texttt{icml2026}
usepackage statement.
\subsection{Submitting Final Camera-Ready Copy}
The final versions of papers accepted for publication should follow the
same format and naming convention as initial submissions, except that
author information (names and affiliations) should be given. See
\cref{final author} for formatting instructions.
The footnote, ``Preliminary work. Under review by the International
Conference on Machine Learning (ICML). Do not distribute.'' must be
modified to ``\textit{Proceedings of the
$\mathit{43}^{rd}$ International Conference on Machine Learning},
Seoul, South Korea, PMLR 306, 2026.
Copyright 2026 by the author(s).''
For those using the \textbf{\LaTeX} style file, this change (and others) is
handled automatically by simply changing
$\mathtt{\backslash usepackage\{icml2026\}}$ to
$$\mathtt{\backslash usepackage[accepted]\{icml2026\}}$$
Authors using \textbf{Word} must edit the
footnote on the first page of the document themselves.
Camera-ready copies should have the title of the paper as running head
on each page except the first one. The running title consists of a
single line centered above a horizontal rule which is $1$~point thick.
The running head should be centered, bold and in $9$~point type. The
rule should be $10$~points above the main text. For those using the
\textbf{\LaTeX} style file, the original title is automatically set as running
head using the \texttt{fancyhdr} package which is included in the ICML
2026 style file package. In case that the original title exceeds the
size restrictions, a shorter form can be supplied by using
\verb|\icmltitlerunning{...}|
just before $\mathtt{\backslash begin\{document\}}$.
Authors using \textbf{Word} must edit the header of the document themselves.
\section{Format of the Paper}
All submissions must follow the specified format.
\subsection{Dimensions}
The text of the paper should be formatted in two columns, with an
overall width of 6.75~inches, height of 9.0~inches, and 0.25~inches
between the columns. The left margin should be 0.75~inches and the top
margin 1.0~inch (2.54~cm). The right and bottom margins will depend on
whether you print on US letter or A4 paper, but all final versions
must be produced for US letter size.
Do not write anything on the margins.
The paper body should be set in 10~point type with a vertical spacing
of 11~points. Please use Times typeface throughout the text.
\subsection{Title}
The paper title should be set in 14~point bold type and centered
between two horizontal rules that are 1~point thick, with 1.0~inch
between the top rule and the top edge of the page. Capitalize the
first letter of content words and put the rest of the title in lower
case.
You can use TeX math in the title (we suggest sparingly),
but no custom macros, images, or other TeX commands.
Please make sure that accents, special characters, etc., are entered using
TeX commands and not using non-English characters.
\subsection{Author Information for Submission}
\label{author info}
ICML uses double-blind review, so author information must not appear. If
you are using \LaTeX\/ and the \texttt{icml2026.sty} file, use
\verb+\icmlauthor{...}+ to specify authors and \verb+\icmlaffiliation{...}+
to specify affiliations. (Read the TeX code used to produce this document for
an example usage.) The author information will not be printed unless
\texttt{accepted} is passed as an argument to the style file. Submissions that
include the author information will not be reviewed.
\subsubsection{Self-Citations}
If you are citing published papers for which you are an author, refer
to yourself in the third person. In particular, do not use phrases
that reveal your identity (e.g., ``in previous work \cite{langley00}, we
have shown \ldots'').
Do not anonymize citations in the reference section. The only exception are manuscripts that are
not yet published (e.g., under submission). If you choose to refer to
such unpublished manuscripts \cite{anonymous}, anonymized copies have
to be submitted
as Supplementary Material via OpenReview\@. However, keep in mind that an ICML
paper should be self contained and should contain sufficient detail
for the reviewers to evaluate the work. In particular, reviewers are
not required to look at the Supplementary Material when writing their
review (they are not required to look at more than the first $8$ pages of the submitted document).
\subsubsection{Camera-Ready Author Information}
\label{final author}
If a paper is accepted, a final camera-ready copy must be prepared.
%
For camera-ready papers, author information should start 0.3~inches below the
bottom rule surrounding the title. The authors' names should appear in 10~point
bold type, in a row, separated by white space, and centered. Author names should
not be broken across lines. Unbolded superscripted numbers, starting 1, should
be used to refer to affiliations.
Affiliations should be numbered in the order of appearance. A single footnote
block of text should be used to list all the affiliations. (Academic
affiliations should list Department, University, City, State/Region, Country.
Similarly for industrial affiliations.)
Each distinct affiliations should be listed once. If an author has multiple
affiliations, multiple superscripts should be placed after the name, separated
by thin spaces. If the authors would like to highlight equal contribution by
multiple first authors, those authors should have an asterisk placed after their
name in superscript, and the term ``\textsuperscript{*}Equal contribution"
should be placed in the footnote block ahead of the list of affiliations. A
list of corresponding authors and their emails (in the format Full Name
\textless{}email@domain.com\textgreater{}) can follow the list of affiliations.
Ideally only one or two names should be listed.
A sample file with author names is included in the ICML2026 style file
package. Turn on the \texttt{[accepted]} option to the stylefile to
see the names rendered. All of the guidelines above are implemented
by the \LaTeX\ style file.
\subsection{Abstract}
The paper abstract should begin in the left column, 0.4~inches below the final
address. The heading `Abstract' should be centered, bold, and in 11~point type.
The abstract body should use 10~point type, with a vertical spacing of
11~points, and should be indented 0.25~inches more than normal on left-hand and
right-hand margins. Insert 0.4~inches of blank space after the body. Keep your
abstract brief and self-contained, limiting it to one paragraph and roughly 4--6
sentences. Gross violations will require correction at the camera-ready phase.
\subsection{Partitioning the Text}
You should organize your paper into sections and paragraphs to help readers
place a structure on the material and understand its contributions.
\subsubsection{Sections and Subsections}
Section headings should be numbered, flush left, and set in 11~pt bold type
with the content words capitalized. Leave 0.25~inches of space before the
heading and 0.15~inches after the heading.
Similarly, subsection headings should be numbered, flush left, and set in 10~pt
bold type with the content words capitalized. Leave
0.2~inches of space before the heading and 0.13~inches afterward.
Finally, subsubsection headings should be numbered, flush left, and set in
10~pt small caps with the content words capitalized. Leave
0.18~inches of space before the heading and 0.1~inches after the heading.
Please use no more than three levels of headings.
\subsubsection{Paragraphs and Footnotes}
Within each section or subsection, you should further partition the paper into
paragraphs. Do not indent the first line of a given paragraph, but insert a
blank line between succeeding ones.
You can use footnotes\footnote{Footnotes should be complete sentences.}
to provide readers with additional information about a topic without
interrupting the flow of the paper. Indicate footnotes with a number in the
text where the point is most relevant. Place the footnote in 9~point type at
the bottom of the column in which it appears. Precede the first footnote in a
column with a horizontal rule of 0.8~inches.\footnote{Multiple footnotes can
appear in each column, in the same order as they appear in the text,
but spread them across columns and pages if possible.}
\begin{figure}[ht]
\vskip 0.2in
\begin{center}
\centerline{\includegraphics[width=\columnwidth]{icml_numpapers}}
\caption{
Historical locations and number of accepted papers for International
Machine Learning Conferences (ICML 1993 -- ICML 2008) and International
Workshops on Machine Learning (ML 1988 -- ML 1992). At the time this
figure was produced, the number of accepted papers for ICML 2008 was
unknown and instead estimated.
}
\label{icml-historical}
\end{center}
\end{figure}
\subsection{Figures}
You may want to include figures in the paper to illustrate your approach and
results. Such artwork should be centered, legible, and separated from the text.
Lines should be dark and at least 0.5~points thick for purposes of
reproduction, and text should not appear on a gray background.
Label all distinct components of each figure. If the figure takes the form of a
graph, then give a name for each axis and include a legend that briefly
describes each curve. Do not include a title inside the figure; instead, the
caption should serve this function.
Number figures sequentially, placing the figure number and caption \emph{after}
the graphics, with at least 0.1~inches of space before the caption and
0.1~inches after it, as in \cref{icml-historical}. The figure caption should be
set in 9~point type and centered unless it runs two or more lines, in which
case it should be flush left. You may float figures to the top or bottom of a
column, and you may set wide figures across both columns (use the environment
\texttt{figure*} in \LaTeX). Always place two-column figures at the top or
bottom of the page.
\subsection{Algorithms}
If you are using \LaTeX, please use the ``algorithm'' and ``algorithmic''
environments to format pseudocode. These require the corresponding stylefiles,
algorithm.sty and algorithmic.sty, which are supplied with this package.
\cref{alg:example} shows an example.
\begin{algorithm}[tb]
\caption{Bubble Sort}
\label{alg:example}
\begin{algorithmic}
\STATE {\bfseries Input:} data $x_i$, size $m$
\REPEAT
\STATE Initialize $noChange = true$.
\FOR{$i=1$ {\bfseries to} $m-1$}
\IF{$x_i > x_{i+1}$}
\STATE Swap $x_i$ and $x_{i+1}$
\STATE $noChange = false$
\ENDIF
\ENDFOR
\UNTIL{$noChange$ is $true$}
\end{algorithmic}
\end{algorithm}
\subsection{Tables}
You may also want to include tables that summarize material. Like figures,
these should be centered, legible, and numbered consecutively. However, place
the title \emph{above} the table with at least 0.1~inches of space before the
title and the same after it, as in \cref{sample-table}. The table title should
be set in 9~point type and centered unless it runs two or more lines, in which
case it should be flush left.
% Note use of \abovespace and \belowspace to get reasonable spacing
% above and below tabular lines.
\begin{table}[t]
\caption{Classification accuracies for naive Bayes and flexible
Bayes on various data sets.}
\label{sample-table}
\begin{center}
\begin{small}
\begin{sc}
\begin{tabular}{lcccr}
\toprule
Data set & Naive & Flexible & Better? \\
\midrule
Breast & 95.9$\pm$ 0.2 & 96.7$\pm$ 0.2 & $\surd$ \\
Cleveland & 83.3$\pm$ 0.6 & 80.0$\pm$ 0.6 & $\times$ \\
Glass2 & 61.9$\pm$ 1.4 & 83.8$\pm$ 0.7 & $\surd$ \\
Credit & 74.8$\pm$ 0.5 & 78.3$\pm$ 0.6 & \\
Horse & 73.3$\pm$ 0.9 & 69.7$\pm$ 1.0 & $\times$ \\
Meta & 67.1$\pm$ 0.6 & 76.5$\pm$ 0.5 & $\surd$ \\
Pima & 75.1$\pm$ 0.6 & 73.9$\pm$ 0.5 & \\
Vehicle & 44.9$\pm$ 0.6 & 61.5$\pm$ 0.4 & $\surd$ \\
\bottomrule
\end{tabular}
\end{sc}
\end{small}
\end{center}
\vskip -0.1in
\end{table}
Tables contain textual material, whereas figures contain graphical material.
Specify the contents of each row and column in the table's topmost row. Again,
you may float tables to a column's top or bottom, and set wide tables across
both columns. Place two-column tables at the top or bottom of the page.
\subsection{Theorems and Such}
The preferred way is to number definitions, propositions, lemmas, etc.
consecutively, within sections, as shown below.
\begin{definition}
\label{def:inj}
A function $f:X \to Y$ is injective if for any $x,y\in X$ different, $f(x)\ne
f(y)$.
\end{definition}
Using \cref{def:inj} we immediate get the following result:
\begin{proposition}
If $f$ is injective mapping a set $X$ to another set $Y$,
the cardinality of $Y$ is at least as large as that of $X$
\end{proposition}
\begin{proof}
Left as an exercise to the reader.
\end{proof}
\cref{lem:usefullemma} stated next will prove to be useful.
\begin{lemma}
\label{lem:usefullemma}
For any $f:X \to Y$ and $g:Y\to Z$ injective functions, $f \circ g$ is
injective.
\end{lemma}
\begin{theorem}
\label{thm:bigtheorem}
If $f:X\to Y$ is bijective, the cardinality of $X$ and $Y$ are the same.
\end{theorem}
An easy corollary of \cref{thm:bigtheorem} is the following:
\begin{corollary}
If $f:X\to Y$ is bijective,
the cardinality of $X$ is at least as large as that of $Y$.
\end{corollary}
\begin{assumption}
The set $X$ is finite.
\label{ass:xfinite}
\end{assumption}
\begin{remark}
According to some, it is only the finite case (cf. \cref{ass:xfinite}) that
is interesting.
\end{remark}
%restatable
\subsection{Citations and References}
Please use APA reference format regardless of your formatter or word processor.
If you rely on the \LaTeX\/ bibliographic facility, use \texttt{natbib.sty} and
\texttt{icml2026.bst} included in the style-file package to obtain this format.
Citations within the text should include the authors' last names and year. If
the authors' names are included in the sentence, place only the year in
parentheses, for example when referencing Arthur Samuel's pioneering work
\yrcite{Samuel59}. Otherwise place the entire reference in parentheses with the
authors and year separated by a comma \cite{Samuel59}. List multiple references
separated by semicolons \cite{kearns89,Samuel59,mitchell80}. Use the `et~al.'
construct only for citations with three or more authors or after listing all
authors to a publication in an earlier reference \cite{MachineLearningI}.
Authors should cite their own work in the third person in the initial version
of their paper submitted for blind review. Please refer to \cref{author info}
for detailed instructions on how to cite your own papers.
Use an unnumbered first-level section heading for the references, and use a
hanging indent style, with the first line of the reference flush against the
left margin and subsequent lines indented by 10 points. The references at the
end of this document give examples for journal articles \cite{Samuel59},
conference publications \cite{langley00}, book chapters \cite{Newell81}, books
\cite{DudaHart2nd}, edited volumes \cite{MachineLearningI}, technical reports
\cite{mitchell80}, and dissertations \cite{kearns89}.
Alphabetize references by the surnames of the first authors, with single author
entries preceding multiple author entries. Order references for the same
authors by year of publication, with the earliest first. Make sure that each
reference includes all relevant information (e.g., page numbers).
Please put some effort into making references complete, presentable, and
consistent, e.g. use the actual current name of authors. If using bibtex,
please protect capital letters of names and abbreviations in titles, for
example, use \{B\}ayesian or \{L\}ipschitz in your .bib file.
\section*{Accessibility}
Authors are kindly asked to make their submissions as accessible as possible
for everyone including people with disabilities and sensory or neurological
differences. Tips of how to achieve this and what to pay attention to will be
provided on the conference website \url{http://icml.cc/}.
\section*{Software and Data}
If a paper is accepted, we strongly encourage the publication of software and
data with the camera-ready version of the paper whenever appropriate. This can
be done by including a URL in the camera-ready copy. However, \textbf{do not}
include URLs that reveal your institution or identity in your submission for
review. Instead, provide an anonymous URL or upload the material as
``Supplementary Material'' into the OpenReview reviewing system. Note that
reviewers are not required to look at this material when writing their review.
% Acknowledgements should only appear in the accepted version.
\section*{Acknowledgements}
\textbf{Do not} include acknowledgements in the initial version of the paper
submitted for blind review.
If a paper is accepted, the final camera-ready version can (and usually should)
include acknowledgements. Such acknowledgements should be placed at the end of
the section, in an unnumbered section that does not count towards the paper
page limit. Typically, this will include thanks to reviewers who gave useful
comments, to colleagues who contributed to the ideas, and to funding agencies
and corporate sponsors that provided financial support.
\section*{Impact Statement}
Authors are \textbf{required} to include a statement of the potential broader
impact of their work, including its ethical aspects and future societal
consequences. This statement should be in an unnumbered section at the end of
the paper (co-located with Acknowledgements -- the two may appear in either
order, but both must be before References), and does not count toward the paper
page limit. In many cases, where the ethical impacts and expected societal
implications are those that are well established when advancing the field of
Machine Learning, substantial discussion is not required, and a simple
statement such as the following will suffice:
``This paper presents work whose goal is to advance the field of Machine
Learning. There are many potential societal consequences of our work, none
which we feel must be specifically highlighted here.''
The above statement can be used verbatim in such cases, but we encourage
authors to think about whether there is content which does warrant further
discussion, as this statement will be apparent if the paper is later flagged
for ethics review.
% In the unusual situation where you want a paper to appear in the
% references without citing it in the main text, use \nocite
\nocite{langley00}
\bibliography{example_paper}
\bibliographystyle{icml2026}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% APPENDIX
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\newpage
\appendix
\onecolumn
\section{You \emph{can} have an appendix here.}
You can have as much text here as you want. The main body must be at most $8$
pages long. For the final version, one more page can be added. If you want, you
can use an appendix like this one.
The $\mathtt{\backslash onecolumn}$ command above can be kept in place if you
prefer a one-column appendix, or can be removed if you prefer a two-column
appendix. Apart from this possible change, the style (font size, spacing,
margins, page numbering, etc.) should be kept the same as the main body.
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\end{document}
% This document was modified from the file originally made available by
% Pat Langley and Andrea Danyluk for ICML-2K. This version was created
% by Iain Murray in 2018, and modified by Alexandre Bouchard in
% 2019 and 2021 and by Csaba Szepesvari, Gang Niu and Sivan Sabato in 2022.
% Modified again in 2023 and 2024 by Sivan Sabato and Jonathan Scarlett.
% Previous contributors include Dan Roy, Lise Getoor and Tobias
% Scheffer, which was slightly modified from the 2010 version by
% Thorsten Joachims & Johannes Fuernkranz, slightly modified from the
% 2009 version by Kiri Wagstaff and Sam Roweis's 2008 version, which is
% slightly modified from Prasad Tadepalli's 2007 version which is a
% lightly changed version of the previous year's version by Andrew
% Moore, which was in turn edited from those of Kristian Kersting and
% Codrina Lauth. Alex Smola contributed to the algorithmic style files.

864
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/fancyhdr.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,864 @@
%%
%% This is file `fancyhdr.sty',
%% generated with the docstrip utility.
%%
%% The original source files were:
%%
%% fancyhdr.dtx (with options: `fancyhdr')
%%
%% This is a generated file.
%%
%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
%% license is in:
%%
%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%%
%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
%% 2005/12/01 or later.
%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2018-04-01]
\ProvidesPackage{fancyhdr}%
[2025/02/07 v5.2
Extensive control of page headers and footers]%
% Copyright (C) 1994-2025 by Pieter van Oostrum <pieter@vanoostrum.org>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\ifdefined\NewDocumentCommand\else\RequirePackage{xparse}\fi
\newif\iff@nch@check
\f@nch@checktrue
\DeclareOption{nocheck}{%
\f@nch@checkfalse
}
\let\f@nch@gbl\relax
\newif\iff@nch@compatViii
\DeclareOption{compatV3}{%
\PackageWarningNoLine{fancyhdr}{The `compatV3' option is deprecated.\MessageBreak
It will disappear in one of the following releases.\MessageBreak
Please change your document to work\MessageBreak
without this option}
\let\f@nch@gbl\global
\f@nch@compatViiitrue
}
\newif\iff@nch@twoside
\f@nch@twosidefalse
\DeclareOption{twoside}{%
\if@twoside\else\f@nch@twosidetrue\fi
}
\newcommand\f@nch@def[2]{%
\def\temp@a{#2}\ifx\temp@a\@empty\f@nch@gbl\def#1{}%
\else\f@nch@gbl\def#1{#2\strut}\fi}
\DeclareOption{myheadings}{%
\@ifundefined{chapter}{%
\def\ps@myheadings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
\fancyhf{}
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
\let\sectionmark\@gobble
\let\subsectionmark\@gobble
}%
}%
{\def\ps@myheadings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
\fancyhf{}
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
\let\chaptermark\@gobble
\let\sectionmark\@gobble
}%
}%
}
\DeclareOption{headings}{%
\@ifundefined{chapter}{%
\if@twoside
\def\ps@headings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}
\fancyhf{}
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
\def\sectionmark##1{%
\markboth{\MakeUppercase{%
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\quad \fi##1}}{}}%
\def\subsectionmark##1{%
\markright{%
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne \thesubsection\quad \fi##1}}%
}%
\else
\def\ps@headings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}
\fancyhf{}
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
\def\sectionmark##1{%
\markright {\MakeUppercase{%
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\quad \fi##1}}}%
\let\subsectionmark\@gobble % Not needed but inserted for safety
}%
\fi
}{\if@twoside
\def\ps@headings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}
\fancyhf{}
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
\def\chaptermark##1{%
\markboth{\MakeUppercase{%
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \if@mainmatter
\@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi\fi##1}}{}}%
\def\sectionmark##1{%
\markright {\MakeUppercase{%
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection. \ \fi##1}}}%
}%
\else
\def\ps@headings{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}
\fancyhf{}
\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}%
\fancyhead[RE]{\slshape\leftmark}%
\fancyhead[LO]{\slshape\rightmark}%
\def\chaptermark##1{%
\markright{\MakeUppercase{%
\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \if@mainmatter
\@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi\fi##1}}}%
\let\sectionmark\@gobble % Not needed but inserted for safety
}%
\fi
}%
}
\ProcessOptions*
\newcommand{\f@nch@forc}[3]{\expandafter\f@nchf@rc\expandafter#1\expandafter{#2}{#3}}
\newcommand{\f@nchf@rc}[3]{\def\temp@ty{#2}\ifx\@empty\temp@ty\else
\f@nch@rc#1#2\f@nch@rc{#3}\fi}
\long\def\f@nch@rc#1#2#3\f@nch@rc#4{\def#1{#2}#4\f@nchf@rc#1{#3}{#4}}
\newcommand{\f@nch@for}[3]{\edef\@fortmp{#2}%
\expandafter\@forloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}}
\newcommand\f@nch@default[3]{%
\edef\temp@a{\lowercase{\edef\noexpand\temp@a{#3}}}\temp@a \def#1{}%
\f@nch@forc\tmpf@ra{#2}%
{\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\tmpf@ra\temp@a{\edef#1{#1\tmpf@ra}}{}}%
\ifx\@empty#1\def#1{#2}\fi}
\newcommand{\f@nch@ifin}[4]{%
\edef\temp@a{#2}\def\temp@b##1#1##2\temp@b{\def\temp@b{##1}}%
\expandafter\temp@b#2#1\temp@b\ifx\temp@a\temp@b #4\else #3\fi}
\newcommand{\fancyhead}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhf\fancyhead h[#1]{#2}}%
\newcommand{\fancyfoot}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhf\fancyfoot f[#1]{#2}}%
\newcommand{\fancyhf}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhf\fancyhf {}[#1]{#2}}%
\newcommand{\fancyheadoffset}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhfoffs\fancyheadoffset h[#1]{#2}}%
\newcommand{\fancyfootoffset}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhfoffs\fancyfootoffset f[#1]{#2}}%
\newcommand{\fancyhfoffset}[2][]{\f@nch@fancyhfoffs\fancyhfoffset {}[#1]{#2}}%
\def\f@nch@fancyhf@Echeck#1{%
\if@twoside\else
\iff@nch@twoside\else
\if\f@nch@@eo e%
\PackageWarning{fancyhdr} {\string#1's `E' option without twoside option is useless.\MessageBreak
Please consider using the `twoside' option}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
\long\def\f@nch@fancyhf#1#2[#3]#4{%
\def\temp@c{}%
\f@nch@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
{\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\tmpf@ra{eolcrhf,EOLCRHF}%
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else \PackageError{fancyhdr}{Illegal char `\temp@c' in
\string#1 argument: [#3]}{}%
\fi \f@nch@for\temp@c{#3}%
{\f@nch@default\f@nch@@eo{eo}\temp@c
\f@nch@fancyhf@Echeck{#1}%
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@lcr{lcr}\temp@c
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
\f@nch@forc\f@nch@eo\f@nch@@eo
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@@lcr
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@hf\f@nch@@hf
{\expandafter\f@nch@def\csname
f@nch@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname {#4}}}}}}
\def\f@nch@fancyhfoffs#1#2[#3]#4{%
\def\temp@c{}%
\f@nch@forc\tmpf@ra{#3}%
{\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\tmpf@ra{eolrhf,EOLRHF}%
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else \PackageError{fancyhdr}{Illegal char `\temp@c' in
\string#1 argument: [#3]}{}%
\fi \f@nch@for\temp@c{#3}%
{\f@nch@default\f@nch@@eo{eo}\temp@c
\f@nch@fancyhf@Echeck{#1}%
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@lcr{lr}\temp@c
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@hf{hf}{#2\temp@c}%
\f@nch@forc\f@nch@eo\f@nch@@eo
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@@lcr
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@hf\f@nch@@hf
{\expandafter\setlength\csname
f@nch@offset@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname {#4}}}}}%
\f@nch@setoffs}
\NewDocumentCommand {\fancyheadwidth}{ s O{} O{} m }
{\f@nch@fancyhfwidth{#1}\fancyheadwidth h[#2][#3]{#4}}%
\NewDocumentCommand {\fancyfootwidth}{ s O{} O{} m }
{\f@nch@fancyhfwidth{#1}\fancyfootwidth f[#2][#3]{#4}}%
\NewDocumentCommand {\fancyhfwidth} { s O{} O{} m }
{\f@nch@fancyhfwidth{#1}\fancyhfwidth {}[#2][#3]{#4}}%
\def\f@nch@fancyhfwidth#1#2#3[#4][#5]#6{%
\setlength\@tempdima{#6}%
\def\temp@c{}%
\f@nch@forc\tmpf@ra{#4}%
{\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\tmpf@ra{eolcrhf,EOLCRHF}%
{}{\edef\temp@c{\temp@c\tmpf@ra}}}%
\ifx\@empty\temp@c\else \PackageError{fancyhdr}{Illegal char `\temp@c' in
\string#2 argument: [#4]}{}%
\fi
\f@nch@for\temp@c{#4}%
{\f@nch@default\f@nch@@eo{eo}\temp@c
\f@nch@fancyhf@Echeck{#2}%
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@lcr{lcr}\temp@c
\f@nch@default\f@nch@@hf{hf}{#3\temp@c}%
\f@nch@forc\f@nch@eo\f@nch@@eo
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@@lcr
{\f@nch@forc\f@nch@hf\f@nch@@hf
{%
\IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
\expandafter\edef\csname
f@nch@width@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname{\the\@tempdima}%
}%
{%
\expandafter\def\csname
f@nch@width@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname{#6}%
}%
\csname f@nchdrwdt@align@v@\f@nch@hf\endcsname
\edef\f@nch@align@@h{\f@nch@lcr}%
\def\temp@a{#5}%
\ifx\temp@a\@empty \else \f@nchdrwdt@align#5\@nil{#2}\fi
\expandafter\edef\csname
f@nch@align@\f@nch@eo\f@nch@lcr\f@nch@hf\endcsname
{\f@nch@align@@v\f@nch@align@@h}}}}}}
\def\f@nch@width@elh{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@ech{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@erh{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@olh{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@och{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@orh{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@elf{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@ecf{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@erf{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@olf{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@ocf{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@width@orf{\headwidth}
\def\f@nch@align@elh{bl}
\def\f@nch@align@ech{bc}
\def\f@nch@align@erh{br}
\def\f@nch@align@olh{bl}
\def\f@nch@align@och{bc}
\def\f@nch@align@orh{br}
\def\f@nch@align@elf{tl}
\def\f@nch@align@ecf{tc}
\def\f@nch@align@erf{tr}
\def\f@nch@align@olf{tl}
\def\f@nch@align@ocf{tc}
\def\f@nch@align@orf{tr}
\def\f@nchdrwdt@align@v@h{\def\f@nch@align@@v{b}}%
\def\f@nchdrwdt@align@v@f{\def\f@nch@align@@v{t}}%
\long\def\f@nchdrwdt@align#1#2\@nil#3{%
\f@nch@ifin{#1}{TtcbB-}{%
\f@nch@ifin{#1}{-}{}{\def\f@nch@align@@v{#1}}%
\def\@tempa{#2}%
\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else \def\f@nch@align@@h{#2}\fi
}%
{\def\f@nch@align@@h{#1}}%
\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\expandafter{\f@nch@align@@h}{lcrj}{}%
{\PackageError{fancyhdr}
{\string#3: Illegal char `\f@nch@align@@h'\MessageBreak
in alignment argument}{}}%
}
\newcommand{\lhead}[2][\f@nch@olh]%
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@olh{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@elh{#1}}
\newcommand{\chead}[2][\f@nch@och]%
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@och{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@ech{#1}}
\newcommand{\rhead}[2][\f@nch@orh]%
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@orh{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@erh{#1}}
\newcommand{\lfoot}[2][\f@nch@olf]%
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@olf{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@elf{#1}}
\newcommand{\cfoot}[2][\f@nch@ocf]%
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@ocf{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@ecf{#1}}
\newcommand{\rfoot}[2][\f@nch@orf]%
{\f@nch@def\f@nch@orf{#2}\f@nch@def\f@nch@erf{#1}}
\newlength{\f@nch@headwidth} \let\headwidth\f@nch@headwidth
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@elh}
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@erh}
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@olh}
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@orh}
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@elf}
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@erf}
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@olf}
\newlength{\f@nch@offset@orf}
\newcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
\newcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
\@ifundefined{headruleskip}%
{\newcommand{\headruleskip}{0pt}}{}
\@ifundefined{footruleskip}%
{\newcommand{\footruleskip}{.3\normalbaselineskip}}{}
\newcommand{\plainheadrulewidth}{0pt}
\newcommand{\plainfootrulewidth}{0pt}
\newif\if@fancyplain \@fancyplainfalse
\def\fancyplain#1#2{\if@fancyplain#1\else#2\fi}
\headwidth=-123456789sp
\let\f@nch@raggedleft\raggedleft
\let\f@nch@raggedright\raggedright
\let\f@nch@centering\centering
\let\f@nch@everypar\everypar
\ifdefined\ExplSyntaxOn
\ExplSyntaxOn
\providecommand\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion}
\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2021-06-01}{
\def\f@nch@saveclr@parhook #1{
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@__hook~#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname __hook~#1\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@__hook_toplevel~#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname __hook_toplevel~#1\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@__hook_next~#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname __hook_next~#1\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@g__hook_#1_code_prop\expandafter\endcsname
\csname g__hook_#1_code_prop\endcsname
\RemoveFromHook{#1}[*]
\ClearHookNext{#1}
}
\def\f@nch@restore@parhook #1{
\global\expandafter\let\csname __hook~#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname f@nch@__hook~#1\endcsname
\global\expandafter\let\csname __hook_toplevel~#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname f@nch@__hook_toplevel~#1\endcsname
\global\expandafter\let\csname __hook_next~#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname f@nch@__hook_next~#1\endcsname
\global\expandafter\let\csname g__hook_#1_code_prop\expandafter\endcsname
\csname f@nch@g__hook_#1_code_prop\endcsname
}
\def\f@nch@resetpar{
\f@nch@everypar{}
\f@nch@saveclr@parhook{para/before}
\f@nch@saveclr@parhook{para/begin}
\f@nch@saveclr@parhook{para/end}
\f@nch@saveclr@parhook{para/after}
}
\def\f@nch@restorepar{
\f@nch@restore@parhook{para/before}
\f@nch@restore@parhook{para/begin}
\f@nch@restore@parhook{para/end}
\f@nch@restore@parhook{para/after}
}
}{
\def\f@nch@resetpar{
\f@nch@everypar{}
}
\def\f@nch@restorepar{}
}
\ExplSyntaxOff
\else
\def\f@nch@resetpar{%
\f@nch@everypar{}%
}
\def\f@nch@restorepar{}
\fi
\newcommand\f@nch@noUppercase[2][]{#2}
\def\f@nch@reset{\f@nch@resetpar\restorecr\endlinechar=13
\catcode`\\=0\catcode`\{=1\catcode`\}=2\catcode`\$=3\catcode`\&=4
\catcode`\#=6\catcode`\^=7\catcode`\_=8\catcode`\ =10\catcode`\@=11
\catcode`\:=11\catcode`\~=13\catcode`\%=14
\catcode0=15 %NULL
\catcode9=10 %TAB
\let\\\@normalcr \let\raggedleft\f@nch@raggedleft
\let\raggedright\f@nch@raggedright \let\centering\f@nch@centering
\def\baselinestretch{1}%
\hsize=\headwidth
\def\nouppercase##1{{%
\let\uppercase\relax\let\MakeUppercase\f@nch@noUppercase
\expandafter\let\csname MakeUppercase \endcsname\relax
\expandafter\def\csname MakeUppercase\space\space\space\endcsname
[####1]####2{####2}%
##1}}%
\@ifundefined{@normalsize} {\normalsize} % for ucthesis.cls
{\@normalsize}%
}
\newcommand*{\fancycenter}[1][1em]{%
\@ifnextchar[{\f@nch@center{#1}}{\f@nch@center{#1}[3]}%
}
\def\f@nch@center#1[#2]#3#4#5{%
\def\@tempa{#4}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
\hbox to\linewidth{\color@begingroup{#3}\hfil {#5}\color@endgroup}%
\else
\setlength\@tempdima{#1}%
\setlength{\@tempdimb}{#2\@tempdima}%
\@tempdimc \@tempdimb \advance\@tempdimc -\@tempdima
\setlength\@tempskipa{\@tempdimb \@plus 1fil \@minus \@tempdimc}%
\@tempskipb\@tempskipa
\def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
\addtolength\@tempskipa{\z@ \@minus \@tempdima}%
\fi
\def\@tempa{#5}\ifx\@tempa\@empty % empty right
\addtolength\@tempskipb{\z@ \@minus \@tempdima}%
\fi
\settowidth{\@tempdimb}{#3}%
\settowidth{\@tempdimc}{#5}%
\ifdim\@tempdimb>\@tempdimc
\advance\@tempdimb -\@tempdimc
\addtolength\@tempskipb{\@tempdimb \@minus \@tempdimb}%
\else
\advance\@tempdimc -\@tempdimb
\addtolength\@tempskipa{\@tempdimc \@minus \@tempdimc}%
\fi
\hbox to\linewidth{\color@begingroup{#3}\hskip \@tempskipa
{#4}\hskip \@tempskipb {#5}\color@endgroup}%
\fi
}
\newcommand{\f@nch@headinit}{}
\newcommand{\fancyheadinit}[1]{%
\def\f@nch@headinit{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\f@nch@footinit}{}
\newcommand{\fancyfootinit}[1]{%
\def\f@nch@footinit{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\fancyhfinit}[1]{%
\def\f@nch@headinit{#1}%
\def\f@nch@footinit{#1}%
}
\ifdefined\NewMirroredHookPair
\NewMirroredHookPair{fancyhdr/before}{fancyhdr/after}
\NewMirroredHookPair{fancyhdr/head/begin}{fancyhdr/head/end}
\NewMirroredHookPair{fancyhdr/foot/begin}{fancyhdr/foot/end}
\fi
\newlength\f@nch@height
\newlength\f@nch@footalignment
\newif\iff@nch@footalign\f@nch@footalignfalse
\newcommand{\fancyfootalign}[1]{%
\def\temp@a{#1}%
\ifx\temp@a\@empty
\f@nch@footalignfalse
\else
\f@nch@footaligntrue
\setlength\f@nch@footalignment{#1}%
\fi
}
\newcommand\fancyhdrsettoheight[2]{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname f@nch@#2\endcsname\fancyhdrsettoheight
\else\PackageError{fancyhdr}{Unknown parameter #2 in \string\fancyhdrsettoheight}{}\fi
\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\f@nch@checkfalse\csname @#2\endcsname}}%
\setlength{#1}\f@nch@height
\setbox\@tempboxa\box\voidb@x
}
\let\f@nch@oddhead\fancyhdrsettoheight
\let\f@nch@evenhead\fancyhdrsettoheight
\let\f@nch@oddfoot\fancyhdrsettoheight
\let\f@nch@evenfoot\fancyhdrsettoheight
\newcommand\f@nch@vbox[2]{%
\setbox0\vbox{#2}%
\global\f@nch@height=\ht0
\ifdim\ht0>#1\relax
\iff@nch@check
\dimen0=#1\advance\dimen0-\ht0
\PackageWarning{fancyhdr}{%
\string#1 is too small (\the#1): \MessageBreak
Make it at least \the\ht0, for example:\MessageBreak
\string\setlength{\string#1}{\the\ht0}%
\iff@nch@compatViii .\MessageBreak
We now make it that large for the rest of the document.\MessageBreak
This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however
\fi
\ifx#1\headheight .\MessageBreak
You might also make \topmargin smaller:\MessageBreak
\string\addtolength{\string\topmargin}{\the\dimen0}%
\fi
\@gobble
}%
\iff@nch@compatViii
\dimen0=#1\relax
\global#1=\ht0\relax
\ht0=\dimen0 %
\else
\ht0=#1\relax
\fi
\else
\ht0=#1\relax
\fi
\fi
\box0}
\newcommand\f@nch@head[6]{%
\f@nch@reset
\ifdefined\UseHook\UseHook{fancyhdr/before}\UseHook{fancyhdr/head/begin}\fi
\f@nch@headinit\relax
#1%
\hbox to\headwidth{%
\f@nch@vbox\headheight{%
\f@nch@hfbox{#2}{#3}{#4}{#6}{h}%
\vskip\headruleskip\relax
\headrule
}%
}%
#5%
\ifdefined\UseHook\UseHook{fancyhdr/head/end}\UseHook{fancyhdr/after}\fi
\f@nch@restorepar
}
\newcommand\f@nch@foot[6]{%
\f@nch@reset
\ifdefined\UseHook\UseHook{fancyhdr/before}\UseHook{fancyhdr/foot/begin}\fi
\f@nch@footinit\relax
#1%
\hbox to\headwidth{%
\f@nch@vbox\footskip{%
\setbox0=\vbox{\footrule}\unvbox0
\vskip\footruleskip
\f@nch@hfbox{#2}{#3}{#4}{#6}{f}%
\iff@nch@footalign \vskip\f@nch@footalignment \fi
}%
}%
#5%
\ifdefined\UseHook\UseHook{fancyhdr/foot/end}\UseHook{fancyhdr/after}\fi
\f@nch@restorepar
}
\newlength\f@nch@widthL
\newlength\f@nch@widthC
\newlength\f@nch@widthR
\newcommand\f@nch@hfbox[5]{%
\setlength\f@nch@widthL{\csname f@nch@width@#4l#5\endcsname}%
\setlength\f@nch@widthC{\csname f@nch@width@#4c#5\endcsname}%
\setlength\f@nch@widthR{\csname f@nch@width@#4r#5\endcsname}%
\let\@tempa\f@nch@hfbox@center
\ifdim \dimexpr \f@nch@widthL+\f@nch@widthC+\f@nch@widthR>\headwidth
\else
\ifdim \dimexpr \f@nch@widthL+0.5\f@nch@widthC>0.5\headwidth
\let \@tempa\f@nch@hfbox@fit
\fi
\ifdim \dimexpr \f@nch@widthR+0.5\f@nch@widthC>0.5\headwidth
\let \@tempa\f@nch@hfbox@fit
\fi
\fi
\@tempa{#1}{#2}{#3}#4#5%
}
\newcommand\f@nch@hfbox@center[5]{%
\hbox to \headwidth{%
\rlap{\f@nch@parbox{#1}\f@nch@widthL{#4}l{#5}}%
\hfill
\f@nch@parbox{#2}\f@nch@widthC{#4}c{#5}%
\hfill
\llap{\f@nch@parbox{#3}\f@nch@widthR{#4}r{#5}}%
}%
}
\newcommand\f@nch@hfbox@fit[5]{%
\hbox to \headwidth{%
\f@nch@parbox{#1}\f@nch@widthL{#4}l{#5}%
\hfill
\f@nch@parbox{#2}\f@nch@widthC{#4}c{#5}%
\hfill
\f@nch@parbox{#3}\f@nch@widthR{#4}r{#5}%
}%
}%
\newcommand\f@nch@parbox[5]{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\f@nch@parbox@align
\csname f@nch@align@#3#4#5\endcsname
\parbox[\f@nch@align@@v]{#2}%
{%
\f@nch@align@@pre
\f@nch@align@@h\leavevmode\ignorespaces#1%
\f@nch@align@@post
}%
}
\newcommand\f@nch@parbox@align[2]{%
\def\f@nch@align@@pre{}%
\def\f@nch@align@@post{}%
\csname f@nch@parbox@align@v#1\endcsname
\csname f@nch@parbox@align@h#2\endcsname
}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vT{\def\f@nch@align@@v{t}\def\f@nch@align@@pre{\vspace{0pt}}}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vt{\def\f@nch@align@@v{t}}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vc{\def\f@nch@align@@v{c}}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vb{\def\f@nch@align@@v{b}}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@vB{\def\f@nch@align@@v{b}\def\f@nch@align@@post{\vspace{0pt}}}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@hl{\def\f@nch@align@@h{\raggedright}}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@hc{\def\f@nch@align@@h{\centering}}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@hr{\def\f@nch@align@@h{\raggedleft}}
\def\f@nch@parbox@align@hj{\def\f@nch@align@@h{}}
\@ifundefined{@chapapp}{\let\@chapapp\chaptername}{}%
\def\f@nch@initialise{%
\@ifundefined{chapter}%
{\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth>\z@
\thesection\hskip 1em\relax
\fi ##1}}{}}%
\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}%
{\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth {\MakeUppercase{\ifnum
\c@secnumdepth>\m@ne \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}{}}%
\def\sectionmark##1{\markright{\MakeUppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
\thesection. \ \fi ##1}}}%
}%
\def\headrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi
\hrule\@height\headrulewidth\@width\headwidth
\vskip-\headrulewidth}}%
\def\footrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\footrulewidth\plainfootrulewidth\fi
\hrule\@width\headwidth\@height\footrulewidth}}%
\def\headrulewidth{0.4pt}%
\def\footrulewidth{0pt}%
\def\headruleskip{0pt}%
\def\footruleskip{0.3\normalbaselineskip}%
\fancyhf{}%
\if@twoside
\fancyhead[el,or]{\fancyplain{}{\slshape\rightmark}}%
\fancyhead[er,ol]{\fancyplain{}{\slshape\leftmark}}%
\else
\fancyhead[l]{\fancyplain{}{\slshape\rightmark}}%
\fancyhead[r]{\fancyplain{}{\slshape\leftmark}}%
\fi
\fancyfoot[c]{\rmfamily\thepage}% page number
}
\f@nch@initialise
\def\ps@f@nch@fancyproto{%
\ifdim\headwidth<0sp
\global\advance\headwidth123456789sp\global\advance\headwidth\textwidth
\fi
\gdef\ps@f@nch@fancyproto{\@fancyplainfalse\ps@f@nch@fancycore}%
\@fancyplainfalse\ps@f@nch@fancycore
}%
\@namedef{f@nch@ps@f@nch@fancyproto-is-fancyhdr}{}
\def\ps@fancy{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto}
\@namedef{f@nch@ps@fancy-is-fancyhdr}{}
\def\ps@fancyplain{\ps@f@nch@fancyproto \let\ps@plain\ps@plain@fancy}
\def\ps@plain@fancy{\@fancyplaintrue\ps@f@nch@fancycore}
\let\f@nch@ps@empty\ps@empty
\def\ps@f@nch@fancycore{%
\f@nch@ps@empty
\def\@mkboth{\protect\markboth}%
\def\f@nch@oddhead{\f@nch@head\f@nch@Oolh\f@nch@olh\f@nch@och\f@nch@orh\f@nch@Oorh{o}}%
\def\@oddhead{%
\iff@nch@twoside
\ifodd\c@page
\f@nch@oddhead
\else
\@evenhead
\fi
\else
\f@nch@oddhead
\fi
}
\def\f@nch@oddfoot{\f@nch@foot\f@nch@Oolf\f@nch@olf\f@nch@ocf\f@nch@orf\f@nch@Oorf{o}}%
\def\@oddfoot{%
\iff@nch@twoside
\ifodd\c@page
\f@nch@oddfoot
\else
\@evenfoot
\fi
\else
\f@nch@oddfoot
\fi
}
\def\@evenhead{\f@nch@head\f@nch@Oelh\f@nch@elh\f@nch@ech\f@nch@erh\f@nch@Oerh{e}}%
\def\@evenfoot{\f@nch@foot\f@nch@Oelf\f@nch@elf\f@nch@ecf\f@nch@erf\f@nch@Oerf{e}}%
}
\def\f@nch@Oolh{\if@reversemargin\hss\else\relax\fi}
\def\f@nch@Oorh{\if@reversemargin\relax\else\hss\fi}
\let\f@nch@Oelh\f@nch@Oorh
\let\f@nch@Oerh\f@nch@Oolh
\let\f@nch@Oolf\f@nch@Oolh
\let\f@nch@Oorf\f@nch@Oorh
\let\f@nch@Oelf\f@nch@Oelh
\let\f@nch@Oerf\f@nch@Oerh
\def\f@nch@offsolh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@olh
\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@orh\hskip-\f@nch@offset@olh}
\def\f@nch@offselh{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@elh
\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@erh\hskip-\f@nch@offset@elh}
\def\f@nch@offsolf{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@olf
\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@orf\hskip-\f@nch@offset@olf}
\def\f@nch@offself{\headwidth=\textwidth\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@elf
\advance\headwidth\f@nch@offset@erf\hskip-\f@nch@offset@elf}
\def\f@nch@setoffs{%
\f@nch@gbl\let\headwidth\f@nch@headwidth
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oolh{\f@nch@offsolh}%
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oelh{\f@nch@offselh}%
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oorh{\hss}%
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oerh{\hss}%
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oolf{\f@nch@offsolf}%
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oelf{\f@nch@offself}%
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oorf{\hss}%
\f@nch@gbl\def\f@nch@Oerf{\hss}%
}
\newif\iff@nch@footnote
\AtBeginDocument{%
\let\latex@makecol\@makecol
\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins\f@nch@footnotefalse\else\f@nch@footnotetrue\fi
\let\f@nch@topfloat\@toplist\let\f@nch@botfloat\@botlist\latex@makecol}%
}
\newcommand\iftopfloat[2]{\ifx\f@nch@topfloat\@empty #2\else #1\fi}%
\newcommand\ifbotfloat[2]{\ifx\f@nch@botfloat\@empty #2\else #1\fi}%
\newcommand\iffloatpage[2]{\if@fcolmade #1\else #2\fi}%
\newcommand\iffootnote[2]{\iff@nch@footnote #1\else #2\fi}%
\ifx\@temptokenb\undefined \csname newtoks\endcsname\@temptokenb\fi
\newif\iff@nch@pagestyle@star
\newcommand\fancypagestyle{%
\@ifstar{\f@nch@pagestyle@startrue\f@nch@pagestyle}%
{\f@nch@pagestyle@starfalse\f@nch@pagestyle}%
}
\newcommand\f@nch@pagestyle[1]{%
\@ifnextchar[{\f@nch@@pagestyle{#1}}{\f@nch@@pagestyle{#1}[f@nch@fancyproto]}%
}
\long\def\f@nch@@pagestyle#1[#2]#3{%
\@ifundefined{ps@#2}{%
\PackageError{fancyhdr}{\string\fancypagestyle: Unknown base page style `#2'}{}%
}{%
\@ifundefined{f@nch@ps@#2-is-fancyhdr}{%
\PackageError{fancyhdr}{\string\fancypagestyle: Base page style `#2' is not fancyhdr-based}{}%
}%
{%
\f@nch@pagestyle@setup
\def\temp@b{\@namedef{ps@#1}}%
\expandafter\temp@b\expandafter{\the\@temptokenb
\let\f@nch@gbl\relax\@nameuse{ps@#2}#3\relax}%
\@namedef{f@nch@ps@#1-is-fancyhdr}{}%
}%
}%
}
\newcommand\f@nch@pagestyle@setup{%
\iff@nch@pagestyle@star
\iff@nch@check\@temptokenb={\f@nch@checktrue}\else\@temptokenb={\f@nch@checkfalse}\fi
\@tfor\temp@a:=
\f@nch@olh\f@nch@och\f@nch@orh\f@nch@elh\f@nch@ech\f@nch@erh
\f@nch@olf\f@nch@ocf\f@nch@orf\f@nch@elf\f@nch@ecf\f@nch@erf
\f@nch@width@elh\f@nch@width@ech\f@nch@width@erh\f@nch@width@olh
\f@nch@width@och\f@nch@width@orh\f@nch@width@elf\f@nch@width@ecf
\f@nch@width@erf\f@nch@width@olf\f@nch@width@ocf\f@nch@width@orf
\f@nch@align@elh\f@nch@align@ech\f@nch@align@erh\f@nch@align@olh
\f@nch@align@och\f@nch@align@orh\f@nch@align@elf\f@nch@align@ecf
\f@nch@align@erf\f@nch@align@olf\f@nch@align@ocf\f@nch@align@orf
\f@nch@Oolh\f@nch@Oorh\f@nch@Oelh\f@nch@Oerh
\f@nch@Oolf\f@nch@Oorf\f@nch@Oelf\f@nch@Oerf
\f@nch@headinit\f@nch@footinit
\headrule\headrulewidth\footrule\footrulewidth
\do {%
\toks@=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\temp@a}%
\toks@=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
\expandafter\expandafter\temp@a\expandafter{\the\toks@}}%
\edef\temp@b{\@temptokenb={\the\@temptokenb\the\toks@}}%
\temp@b
}%
\@tfor\temp@a:=
\f@nch@offset@olh\f@nch@offset@orh\f@nch@offset@elh\f@nch@offset@erh
\f@nch@offset@olf\f@nch@offset@orf\f@nch@offset@elf\f@nch@offset@erf
\do {%
\toks@=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\temp@a}%
\toks@=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setlength
\expandafter\expandafter\temp@a\expandafter{\the\toks@}}%
\edef\temp@b{\@temptokenb={\the\@temptokenb\the\toks@}}%
\temp@b
}%
\else
\@temptokenb={}%
\fi
}
\newcommand\fancypagestyleassign[2]{%
\@ifundefined{ps@#2}{%
\PackageError{fancyhdr}{\string\fancypagestyleassign: Unknown page style `#2'}{}%
}{%
\expandafter\let
\csname ps@#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname ps@#2\endcsname
\@ifundefined{f@nch@ps@#2-is-fancyhdr}{%
\expandafter\let\csname f@nch@ps@#1-is-fancyhdr\endcsname\@undefined
}{%
\@namedef{f@nch@ps@#1-is-fancyhdr}{}%
}%
}%
}
\fancypagestyle*{fancydefault}{\f@nch@initialise}
\def\f@nchdrbox@topstrut{\vrule height\ht\strutbox width\z@}
\def\f@nchdrbox@botstrut{\vrule depth\dp\strutbox width\z@}
\def\f@nchdrbox@nostrut{\noalign{\vspace{0pt}}\let\f@nchdrbox@@crstrut\f@nchdrbox@botstrut}
\NewDocumentCommand{\fancyhdrbox}{ O{cl} o m }{%
\begingroup
\let\f@nchdrbox@@pre\f@nchdrbox@topstrut
\let\f@nchdrbox@@postx\f@nchdrbox@botstrut
\let\f@nchdrbox@@posty\relax
\let\f@nchdrbox@@crstrut\strut
\IfNoValueTF{#2}%
{\let\f@nchdrbox@@halignto\@empty}%
{\setlength\@tempdima{#2}%
\def\f@nchdrbox@@halignto{to\@tempdima}}%
\def\@tempa{#1}%
\ifx\@tempa\@empty
\f@nchdrbox@align cl\@nil{#3}%
\else
\f@nchdrbox@align #1\@nil{#3}%
\fi
\endgroup
}
\protected\def\f@nchdrbox@cr{%
{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@ifstar\@f@nchdrbox@xcr\@f@nchdrbox@xcr}
\def\@f@nchdrbox@xcr{%
\unskip\f@nchdrbox@@crstrut
\@ifnextchar[\@f@nchdrbox@argc{\ifnum0=`{\fi}\cr}%
}
\def\@f@nchdrbox@argc[#1]{%
\ifnum0=`{\fi}%
\ifdim #1>\z@
\unskip\@f@nchdrbox@xargc{#1}%
\else
\@f@nchdrbox@yargc{#1}%
\fi}
\def\@f@nchdrbox@xargc#1{\@tempdima #1\advance\@tempdima \dp \strutbox
\vrule \@height\z@ \@depth\@tempdima \@width\z@ \cr}
\def\@f@nchdrbox@yargc#1{\cr\noalign{\setlength\@tempdima{#1}\vskip\@tempdima}}
\def\f@nchdrbox@T{\let\f@nchdrbox@@pre\f@nchdrbox@nostrut
\f@nchdrbox@t}
\def\f@nchdrbox@t{\def\f@nchdrbox@@v{t}\def\f@nchdrbox@@h{l}}
\def\f@nchdrbox@c{\def\f@nchdrbox@@v{c}\def\f@nchdrbox@@h{c}}
\def\f@nchdrbox@b{\def\f@nchdrbox@@v{b}\def\f@nchdrbox@@h{l}}
\def\f@nchdrbox@B{\let\f@nchdrbox@@postx\relax
\def\f@nchdrbox@@posty{\vspace{0pt}}%
\f@nchdrbox@b}
\long\def\f@nchdrbox@align#1#2\@nil#3{%
\f@nch@ifin{#1}{TtcbB}{%
\@nameuse{f@nchdrbox@#1}%
\def\@tempa{#2}%
\ifx\@tempa\@empty\else \def\f@nchdrbox@@h{#2}\fi
}%
{\def\f@nchdrbox@@v{c}\def\f@nchdrbox@@h{#1}}%
\expandafter\f@nch@ifin\expandafter{\f@nchdrbox@@h}{lcr}{}%
{\PackageError{fancyhdr}{\string\fancyhdrbox: Illegal char `\f@nchdrbox@@h'\MessageBreak
in alignment argument}{}}%
\let\\\f@nchdrbox@cr
\setbox0=\if \f@nchdrbox@@v t\vtop
\else \vbox
\fi
{%
\ialign \f@nchdrbox@@halignto
\bgroup \relax
{\if \f@nchdrbox@@h l\hskip 1sp\else \hfil \fi
\ignorespaces ##\unskip
\if\f@nchdrbox@@h r\else \hfil \fi
}%
\tabskip\z@skip \cr
\f@nchdrbox@@pre
#3\unskip \f@nchdrbox@@postx
\crcr
\egroup
\f@nchdrbox@@posty
}%
\if\f@nchdrbox@@v c\@tempdima=\ht0\advance\@tempdima\dp0%
\ht0=0.5\@tempdima\dp0=0.5\@tempdima\fi
\leavevmode \box0
}
\@ifclassloaded{newlfm}
{
\let\ps@@empty\f@nch@ps@empty
\AtBeginDocument{%
\renewcommand{\@zfancyhead}[5]{\relax\hbox to\headwidth{\f@nch@reset
\@zfancyvbox\headheight{\hbox
{\rlap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedright\f@nch@olh}}\hfill
\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\centering\f@nch@olh}\hfill
\llap{\parbox[b]{\headwidth}{\raggedleft\f@nch@orh}}}%
\zheadrule}}\relax}%
}
}
{}
\endinput
%%
%% End of file `fancyhdr.sty'.

1443
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/icml2026.bst Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

767
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/icml2026.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,767 @@
% File: icml2026.sty (LaTeX style file for ICML-2026, version of 2025-10-29)
% This file contains the LaTeX formatting parameters for a two-column
% conference proceedings that is 8.5 inches wide by 11 inches high.
%
% Modified by Hanze Dong, Alberto Bietti, and Felix Berkenkamp, 2025
% - Revert to times for better compatibility
% - Updated years, volume, location
% - Added preprint version
% - Based on the suggestion from Johan Larsson:
% 1. Added an end-of-document safety check to ensure the affiliations or notice footnote is printed:
% (1) Introduces a flag \newif\ificml@noticeprinted and sets it false by default.
% (2) At end of document, emits a package warning if \printAffiliationsAndNotice{...} was never called.
% 2. \printAffiliationsAndNotice now sets the flag when called: Begins with \global\icml@noticeprintedtrue.
% - Migrated to more recent version of fancyhdr for running title in header
%
% Modified by Johan Larsson, 2025
% - Use newtx instead of times, aligning serif, sans-serif, typerwriter,
% and math fonts.
% - Use caption package to setup captions instead of manually defining themanually defining them.
% - Formatted icml2026.sty and example_paper.tex
% - Use title case for section title to 2.9
% - Replace subfigure package with subcaption in example, since it is
% designed to work together with the caption package (which is now required).
% - Remove unused label in example
%
% Modified by Tegan Maharaj and Felix Berkenkamp 2025: changed years, volume, location
%
% Modified by Jonathan Scarlett 2024: changed years, volume, location
%
% Modified by Sivan Sabato 2023: changed years and volume number.
% Modified by Jonathan Scarlett 2023: added page numbers to every page
%
% Modified by Csaba Szepesvari 2022: changed years, PMLR ref. Turned off checking marginparwidth
% as marginparwidth only controls the space available for margin notes and margin notes
% will NEVER be used anyways in submitted versions, so there is no reason one should
% check whether marginparwidth has been tampered with.
% Also removed pdfview=FitH from hypersetup as it did not do its job; the default choice is a bit better
% but of course the double-column format is not supported by this hyperlink preview functionality
% in a completely satisfactory fashion.
% Modified by Gang Niu 2022: Changed color to xcolor
%
% Modified by Iain Murray 2018: changed years, location. Remove affiliation notes when anonymous.
% Move times dependency from .tex to .sty so fewer people delete it.
%
% Modified by Daniel Roy 2017: changed byline to use footnotes for affiliations, and removed emails
%
% Modified by Percy Liang 12/2/2013: changed the year, location from the previous template for ICML 2014
% Modified by Fei Sha 9/2/2013: changed the year, location form the previous template for ICML 2013
%
% Modified by Fei Sha 4/24/2013: (1) remove the extra whitespace after the
% first author's email address (in %the camera-ready version) (2) change the
% Proceeding ... of ICML 2010 to 2014 so PDF's metadata will show up %
% correctly
%
% Modified by Sanjoy Dasgupta, 2013: changed years, location
%
% Modified by Francesco Figari, 2012: changed years, location
%
% Modified by Christoph Sawade and Tobias Scheffer, 2011: added line
% numbers, changed years
%
% Modified by Hal Daume III, 2010: changed years, added hyperlinks
%
% Modified by Kiri Wagstaff, 2009: changed years
%
% Modified by Sam Roweis, 2008: changed years
%
% Modified by Ricardo Silva, 2007: update of the ifpdf verification
%
% Modified by Prasad Tadepalli and Andrew Moore, merely changing years.
%
% Modified by Kristian Kersting, 2005, based on Jennifer Dy's 2004 version
% - running title. If the original title is to long or is breaking a line,
% use \icmltitlerunning{...} in the preamble to supply a shorter form.
% Added fancyhdr package to get a running head.
% - Updated to store the page size because pdflatex does compile the
% page size into the pdf.
%
% Hacked by Terran Lane, 2003:
% - Updated to use LaTeX2e style file conventions (ProvidesPackage,
% etc.)
% - Added an ``appearing in'' block at the base of the first column
% (thus keeping the ``appearing in'' note out of the bottom margin
% where the printer should strip in the page numbers).
% - Added a package option [accepted] that selects between the ``Under
% review'' notice (default, when no option is specified) and the
% ``Appearing in'' notice (for use when the paper has been accepted
% and will appear).
%
% Originally created as: ml2k.sty (LaTeX style file for ICML-2000)
% by P. Langley (12/23/99)
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% This version of the style file supports both a ``review'' version
%% and a ``final/accepted'' version. The difference is only in the
%% text that appears in the note at the bottom of the first column of
%% the first page. The default behavior is to print a note to the
%% effect that the paper is under review and don't distribute it. The
%% final/accepted version prints an ``Appearing in'' note. To get the
%% latter behavior, in the calling file change the ``usepackage'' line
%% from:
%% \usepackage{icml2025}
%% to
%% \usepackage[accepted]{icml2025}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{icml2026}[2025/10/29 v2.0 ICML Conference Style File]
% Before 2018, \usepackage{times} was in the example TeX, but inevitably
% not everybody did it.
% \RequirePackage[amsthm]{newtx}
% 2025.11.6 revert to times for better compatibility
\RequirePackage{times}
% Use fancyhdr package
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
\RequirePackage{xcolor} % changed from color to xcolor (2021/11/24)
\RequirePackage{algorithm}
\RequirePackage{algorithmic}
\RequirePackage{natbib}
\RequirePackage{eso-pic} % used by \AddToShipoutPicture
\RequirePackage{forloop}
\RequirePackage{url}
\RequirePackage{caption}
%%%%%%%% Options
\DeclareOption{accepted}{%
\renewcommand{\Notice@String}{\ICML@appearing}
\gdef\isaccepted{1}
}
% === Preprint option ===
\DeclareOption{preprint}{%%
\renewcommand{\Notice@String}{\ICML@preprint}%%
\gdef\ispreprint{1}%%
}
% Distinct preprint footer text
\newcommand{\ICML@preprint}{%
\textit{Preprint. \today.}%
}
\DeclareOption{nohyperref}{%
\gdef\nohyperref{1}
}
% Helper flag: show real authors for accepted or preprint
\newif\ificmlshowauthors
\icmlshowauthorsfalse
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% This string is printed at the bottom of the page for the
% final/accepted version of the ``appearing in'' note. Modify it to
% change that text.
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\newcommand{\ICML@appearing}{\textit{Proceedings of the
$\mathit{43}^{rd}$ International Conference on Machine Learning},
Seoul, South Korea. PMLR 306, 2026.
Copyright 2026 by the author(s).}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% This string is printed at the bottom of the page for the draft/under
% review version of the ``appearing in'' note. Modify it to change
% that text.
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\newcommand{\Notice@String}{Preliminary work. Under review by the
International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML)\@. Do not distribute.}
% Cause the declared options to actually be parsed and activated
\ProcessOptions\relax
% After options are processed, decide if authors should be visible
\ifdefined\isaccepted \icmlshowauthorstrue \fi
\ifdefined\ispreprint \icmlshowauthorstrue \fi
\ifdefined\isaccepted\else\ifdefined\ispreprint\else\ifdefined\hypersetup
\hypersetup{pdfauthor={Anonymous Authors}}
\fi\fi\fi
\ifdefined\nohyperref\else\ifdefined\hypersetup
\definecolor{mydarkblue}{rgb}{0,0.08,0.45}
\hypersetup{ %
pdftitle={},
pdfsubject={Proceedings of the International Conference on Machine Learning 2026},
pdfkeywords={},
pdfborder=0 0 0,
pdfpagemode=UseNone,
colorlinks=true,
linkcolor=mydarkblue,
citecolor=mydarkblue,
filecolor=mydarkblue,
urlcolor=mydarkblue,
}
\fi
\fi
% Uncomment the following for debugging. It will cause LaTeX to dump
% the version of the ``appearing in'' string that will actually appear
% in the document.
%\typeout{>> Notice string='\Notice@String'}
% Change citation commands to be more like old ICML styles
\newcommand{\yrcite}[1]{\citeyearpar{#1}}
\renewcommand{\cite}[1]{\citep{#1}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% to ensure the letter format is used. pdflatex does compile the
% page size into the pdf. This is done using \pdfpagewidth and
% \pdfpageheight. As Latex does not know this directives, we first
% check whether pdflatex or latex is used.
%
% Kristian Kersting 2005
%
% in order to account for the more recent use of pdfetex as the default
% compiler, I have changed the pdf verification.
%
% Ricardo Silva 2007
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\paperwidth=8.5in
\paperheight=11in
% old PDFLaTex verification, circa 2005
%
%\newif\ifpdf\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
% \pdffalse % we are not running PDFLaTeX
%\else
% \pdfoutput=1 % we are running PDFLaTeX
% \pdftrue
%\fi
\newif\ifpdf %adapted from ifpdf.sty
\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
\else
\ifx\pdfoutput\relax
\else
\ifcase\pdfoutput
\else
\pdftrue
\fi
\fi
\fi
\ifpdf
% \pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth
% \pdfpageheight=\paperheight
\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{8.5in}
\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{11in}
\fi
% Physical page layout
\evensidemargin -0.23in
\oddsidemargin -0.23in
\setlength\textheight{9.0in}
\setlength\textwidth{6.75in}
\setlength\columnsep{0.25in}
\setlength\headheight{10pt}
\setlength\headsep{10pt}
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-20pt}
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.29in}
% Historically many authors tried to include packages like geometry or fullpage,
% which change the page layout. It either makes the proceedings inconsistent, or
% wastes organizers' time chasing authors. So let's nip these problems in the
% bud here. -- Iain Murray 2018.
%\RequirePackage{printlen}
\AtBeginDocument{%
\newif\ifmarginsmessedwith
\marginsmessedwithfalse
\ifdim\oddsidemargin=-16.62178pt \else oddsidemargin has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\headheight=10.0pt \else headheight has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\textheight=650.43pt \else textheight has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\marginparsep=11.0pt \else marginparsep has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\footskip=25.0pt \else footskip has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\hoffset=0.0pt \else hoffset has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\paperwidth=614.295pt \else paperwidth has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\topmargin=-24.95781pt \else topmargin has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\headsep=10.0pt \else headsep has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\textwidth=487.8225pt \else textwidth has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\marginparpush=5.0pt \else marginparpush has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\voffset=0.0pt \else voffset has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifdim\paperheight=794.96999pt \else paperheight has been altered.\\ \marginsmessedwithtrue\fi
\ifmarginsmessedwith
\textbf{\large \em The page layout violates the ICML style.}
Please do not change the page layout, or include packages like geometry,
savetrees, or fullpage, which change it for you.
We're not able to reliably undo arbitrary changes to the style. Please remove
the offending package(s), or layout-changing commands and try again.
\fi}
%% The following is adapted from code in the acmconf.sty conference
%% style file. The constants in it are somewhat magical, and appear
%% to work well with the two-column format on US letter paper that
%% ICML uses, but will break if you change that layout, or if you use
%% a longer block of text for the copyright notice string. Fiddle with
%% them if necessary to get the block to fit/look right.
%%
%% -- Terran Lane, 2003
%%
%% The following comments are included verbatim from acmconf.sty:
%%
%%% This section (written by KBT) handles the 1" box in the lower left
%%% corner of the left column of the first page by creating a picture,
%%% and inserting the predefined string at the bottom (with a negative
%%% displacement to offset the space allocated for a non-existent
%%% caption).
%%%
\def\ftype@copyrightbox{8}
\def\@copyrightspace{
\@float{copyrightbox}[b]
\begin{center}
\setlength{\unitlength}{1pc}
\begin{picture}(20,1.5)
\put(0,2.5){\line(1,0){4.818}}
\put(0,0){\parbox[b]{19.75pc}{\small \Notice@String}}
\end{picture}
\end{center}
\end@float}
\setlength\footskip{25.0pt}
\flushbottom \twocolumn
\sloppy
% Clear out the addcontentsline command
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%% commands for formatting paper title, author names, and addresses.
% box to check the size of the running head
\newbox\titrun
% general page style
\pagestyle{fancy}
\fancyhf{}
\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage}
% set the width of the head rule to 1 point
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{1pt}
% definition to set the head as running head in the preamble
\def\icmltitlerunning#1{\gdef\@icmltitlerunning{#1}}
% main definition adapting \icmltitle from 2004
\long\def\icmltitle#1{%
%check whether @icmltitlerunning exists
% if not \icmltitle is used as running head
\ifx\undefined\@icmltitlerunning%
\gdef\@icmltitlerunning{#1}
\fi
%add it to pdf information
\ifdefined\nohyperref\else\ifdefined\hypersetup
\hypersetup{pdftitle={#1}}
\fi\fi
%get the dimension of the running title
\global\setbox\titrun=\vbox{\small\bf\@icmltitlerunning}
% error flag
\gdef\@runningtitleerror{0}
% running title too long
\ifdim\wd\titrun>\textwidth%
\gdef\@runningtitleerror{1}%
% running title breaks a line
\else \ifdim\ht\titrun>6.25pt
\gdef\@runningtitleerror{2}%
\fi
\fi
% if there is somthing wrong with the running title
\ifnum\@runningtitleerror>0
\typeout{}%
\typeout{}%
\typeout{*******************************************************}%
\typeout{Title exceeds size limitations for running head.}%
\typeout{Please supply a shorter form for the running head}
\typeout{with \string\icmltitlerunning{...}\space prior to \string\begin{document}}%
\typeout{*******************************************************}%
\typeout{}%
\typeout{}%
% set default running title
\gdef\@icmltitlerunning{Title Suppressed Due to Excessive Size}
\fi
% no running title on the first page of the paper
\thispagestyle{plain}
{\center\baselineskip 18pt
\toptitlebar{\Large\bf #1}\bottomtitlebar}
}
% set running title header
\fancyhead[C]{\small\bf\@icmltitlerunning}
\gdef\icmlfullauthorlist{}
\newcommand\addstringtofullauthorlist{\g@addto@macro\icmlfullauthorlist}
\newcommand\addtofullauthorlist[1]{%
\ifdefined\icmlanyauthors%
\addstringtofullauthorlist{, #1}%
\else%
\addstringtofullauthorlist{#1}%
\gdef\icmlanyauthors{1}%
\fi%
\ifdefined\hypersetup%
\hypersetup{pdfauthor=\icmlfullauthorlist}%
\fi
}
\def\toptitlebar{\hrule height1pt \vskip .25in}
\def\bottomtitlebar{\vskip .22in \hrule height1pt \vskip .3in}
\newenvironment{icmlauthorlist}{%
\setlength\topsep{0pt}
\setlength\parskip{0pt}
\begin{center}
}{%
\end{center}
}
\newcounter{@affiliationcounter}
\newcommand{\@pa}[1]{%
\ifcsname the@affil#1\endcsname
% do nothing
\else
\ifcsname @icmlsymbol#1\endcsname
% nothing
\else
\stepcounter{@affiliationcounter}%
\newcounter{@affil#1}%
\setcounter{@affil#1}{\value{@affiliationcounter}}%
\fi
\fi%
\ifcsname @icmlsymbol#1\endcsname
\textsuperscript{\csname @icmlsymbol#1\endcsname\,}%
\else
\textsuperscript{\arabic{@affil#1}\,}%
\fi
}
\newcommand{\icmlauthor}[2]{%
\ificmlshowauthors
\mbox{\bf #1}\,\@for\theaffil:=#2\do{\@pa{\theaffil}} \addtofullauthorlist{#1}%
\else
\ifdefined\@icmlfirsttime\else
\gdef\@icmlfirsttime{1}
\mbox{\bf Anonymous Authors}\@pa{@anon} \addtofullauthorlist{Anonymous Authors}
\fi
\fi
}
\newcommand{\icmlsetsymbol}[2]{%
\expandafter\gdef\csname @icmlsymbol#1\endcsname{#2}
}
\newcommand{\icmlaffiliation}[2]{%
\ificmlshowauthors
\ifcsname the@affil#1\endcsname
\expandafter\gdef\csname @affilname\csname the@affil#1\endcsname\endcsname{#2}%
\else
{\bf AUTHORERR: Error in use of \textbackslash{}icmlaffiliation command. Label ``#1'' not mentioned in some \textbackslash{}icmlauthor\{author name\}\{labels here\} command beforehand. }
\typeout{}%
\typeout{}%
\typeout{*******************************************************}%
\typeout{Affiliation label undefined. }%
\typeout{Make sure \string\icmlaffiliation\space follows }%
\typeout{all of \string\icmlauthor\space commands}%
\typeout{*******************************************************}%
\typeout{}%
\typeout{}%
\fi
\else
\expandafter\gdef\csname @affilname1\endcsname{Anonymous Institution, Anonymous City, Anonymous Region, Anonymous Country}
\fi
}
\newcommand{\icmlcorrespondingauthor}[2]{%
\ificmlshowauthors
\ifdefined\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text
\g@addto@macro\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text{, #1 \textless{}#2\textgreater{}}
\else
\gdef\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text{#1 \textless{}#2\textgreater{}}
\fi
\else
\gdef\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text{Anonymous Author \textless{}anon.email@domain.com\textgreater{}}
\fi
}
\newcommand{\icmlEqualContribution}{\textsuperscript{*}Equal contribution }
% --- ICML 2026: ensure authors do not omit the affiliations/notice footnote ---
\newif\ificml@noticeprinted
\icml@noticeprintedfalse
\AtEndDocument{%
\ificml@noticeprinted\relax\else
\PackageWarningNoLine{icml2026}{%
You did not call \string\printAffiliationsAndNotice{}. If you have no notice,%
call \string\printAffiliationsAndNotice\string{} (empty braces).%
}%
\fi
}
\newcounter{@affilnum}
\newcommand{\printAffiliationsAndNotice}[1]{\global\icml@noticeprintedtrue%
\stepcounter{@affiliationcounter}%
{\let\thefootnote\relax\footnotetext{\hspace*{-\footnotesep}\ificmlshowauthors #1\fi%
\forloop{@affilnum}{1}{\value{@affilnum} < \value{@affiliationcounter}}{
\textsuperscript{\arabic{@affilnum}}\ifcsname @affilname\the@affilnum\endcsname%
\csname @affilname\the@affilnum\endcsname%
\else
{\bf AUTHORERR: Missing \textbackslash{}icmlaffiliation.}
\fi
}.%
\ifdefined\icmlcorrespondingauthor@text
{ }Correspondence to: \icmlcorrespondingauthor@text.
\else
{\bf AUTHORERR: Missing \textbackslash{}icmlcorrespondingauthor.}
\fi
\ \\
\Notice@String
}
}
}
\long\def\icmladdress#1{%
{\bf The \textbackslash{}icmladdress command is no longer used. See the example\_paper PDF .tex for usage of \textbackslash{}icmlauther and \textbackslash{}icmlaffiliation.}
}
%% keywords as first class citizens
\def\icmlkeywords#1{%
\ifdefined\nohyperref\else\ifdefined\hypersetup
\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={#1}}
\fi\fi
}
% modification to natbib citations
\setcitestyle{authoryear,round,citesep={;},aysep={,},yysep={;}}
% Redefinition of the abstract environment.
\renewenvironment{abstract}
{%
\centerline{\large\bf Abstract}
\vspace{-0.12in}\begin{quote}}
{\par\end{quote}\vskip 0.12in}
% numbered section headings with different treatment of numbers
\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{\if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
\par \@tempskipa #4\relax
\@afterindenttrue
\ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \fi
\if@nobreak \everypar{}\else
\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}\addvspace{\@tempskipa}\fi \@ifstar
{\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}{\@dblarg{\@sict{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}}
\def\@sict#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
\def\@svsec{}\else
\refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
\@tempskipa #5\relax
\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
\begingroup #6\relax
\@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec.~}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
\endgroup
\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
#7}\else
\def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
{#7}\addcontentsline
{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
#7}}\fi
\@xsect{#5}}
\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
\def\@svsec{}\else
\refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 0.4em }\fi
\@tempskipa #5\relax
\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
\begingroup #6\relax
\@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
\endgroup
\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
#7}\else
\def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
{#7}\addcontentsline
{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
#7}}\fi
\@xsect{#5}}
% section headings with less space above and below them
\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-0.12in}{0.02in}
{\large\bf\raggedright}}
\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-0.10in}{0.01in}
{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}}
\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-0.08in}{0.01in}
{\normalsize\sc\raggedright}}
\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
% Footnotes
\footnotesep 6.65pt %
\skip\footins 9pt
\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 0.8in \kern 2.6pt }
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
% Lists and paragraphs
\parindent 0pt
\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parskip 6pt
\leftmargin 2em \leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em
\leftmarginvi .5em
\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \parsep}
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
\parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
\itemsep \topsep}
\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
% Revised formatting for figure captions and table titles.
\captionsetup{
skip=0.1in,
font=small,
labelfont={it,small},
labelsep=period
}
\captionsetup[table]{position=above}
\captionsetup[figure]{position=below}
\def\fnum@figure{Figure \thefigure}
\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable}
% Strut macros for skipping spaces above and below text in tables.
\def\abovestrut#1{\rule[0in]{0in}{#1}\ignorespaces}
\def\belowstrut#1{\rule[-#1]{0in}{#1}\ignorespaces}
\def\abovespace{\abovestrut{0.20in}}
\def\aroundspace{\abovestrut{0.20in}\belowstrut{0.10in}}
\def\belowspace{\belowstrut{0.10in}}
% Various personal itemization commands.
\def\texitem#1{\par\noindent\hangindent 12pt
\hbox to 12pt {\hss #1 ~}\ignorespaces}
\def\icmlitem{\texitem{$\bullet$}}
% To comment out multiple lines of text.
\long\def\comment#1{}
%% Line counter (not in final version). Adapted from NIPS style file by Christoph Sawade
% Vertical Ruler
% This code is, largely, from the CVPR 2010 conference style file
% ----- define vruler
\makeatletter
\newbox\icmlrulerbox
\newcount\icmlrulercount
\newdimen\icmlruleroffset
\newdimen\cv@lineheight
\newdimen\cv@boxheight
\newbox\cv@tmpbox
\newcount\cv@refno
\newcount\cv@tot
% NUMBER with left flushed zeros \fillzeros[<WIDTH>]<NUMBER>
\newcount\cv@tmpc@ \newcount\cv@tmpc
\def\fillzeros[#1]#2{\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi
\cv@tmpc=1 %
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<10 \else \divide\cv@tmpc@ by 10 \advance\cv@tmpc by 1 \fi
\ifnum\cv@tmpc@=10\relax\cv@tmpc@=11\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc@>10 \repeat
\ifnum#2<0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax-\fi
\loop\ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1\relax0\advance\cv@tmpc1\relax\fi \ifnum\cv@tmpc<#1 \repeat
\cv@tmpc@=#2\relax\ifnum\cv@tmpc@<0\cv@tmpc@=-\cv@tmpc@\fi \relax\the\cv@tmpc@}%
% \makevruler[<SCALE>][<INITIAL_COUNT>][<STEP>][<DIGITS>][<HEIGHT>]
\def\makevruler[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]{
\begingroup\offinterlineskip
\textheight=#5\vbadness=10000\vfuzz=120ex\overfullrule=0pt%
\global\setbox\icmlrulerbox=\vbox to \textheight{%
{
\parskip=0pt\hfuzz=150em\cv@boxheight=\textheight
\cv@lineheight=#1\global\icmlrulercount=#2%
\cv@tot\cv@boxheight\divide\cv@tot\cv@lineheight\advance\cv@tot2%
\cv@refno1\vskip-\cv@lineheight\vskip1ex%
\loop\setbox\cv@tmpbox=\hbox to0cm{\hfil {\hfil\fillzeros[#4]\icmlrulercount}}%
\ht\cv@tmpbox\cv@lineheight\dp\cv@tmpbox0pt\box\cv@tmpbox\break
\advance\cv@refno1\global\advance\icmlrulercount#3\relax
\ifnum\cv@refno<\cv@tot\repeat
}
}
\endgroup
}%
\makeatother
% ----- end of vruler
% \makevruler[<SCALE>][<INITIAL_COUNT>][<STEP>][<DIGITS>][<HEIGHT>]
\def\icmlruler#1{\makevruler[12pt][#1][1][3][\textheight]\usebox{\icmlrulerbox}}
\AddToShipoutPicture{%
\icmlruleroffset=\textheight
\advance\icmlruleroffset by 5.2pt % top margin
\color[rgb]{.7,.7,.7}
\ificmlshowauthors\else
\AtTextUpperLeft{%
\put(\LenToUnit{-35pt},\LenToUnit{-\icmlruleroffset}){%left ruler
\icmlruler{\icmlrulercount}}
%\put(\LenToUnit{1.04\textwidth},\LenToUnit{-\icmlruleroffset}){%right ruler
% \icmlruler{\icmlrulercount}}
}
\fi
}
\endinput

BIN
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/icml2026/icml_numpapers.pdf Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

36
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/neurips2025/Makefile Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
FIGURES_FOLDER := figures
PDFS := \
$(filter-out $(wildcard $(FIGURES_FOLDER)/*-crop.pdf),$(wildcard $(FIGURES_FOLDER)/*.pdf)) \
$(filter-out $(wildcard $(FIGURES_FOLDER)/**/*-crop.pdf),$(wildcard $(FIGURES_FOLDER)/**/*.pdf))
CROPPED_PDFS := $(PDFS:.pdf=-crop.pdf)
all: main.pdf
%.pdf: %.tex Makefile $(CROPPED_PDFS)
pdflatex -synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $<
-bibtex $*.aux
pdflatex -synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $<
pdflatex -synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $<
.PHONY: figures
figures: $(CROPPED_PDFS)
.PRECIOUS: $(CROPPED_PDFS)
%-crop.pdf: %.pdf Makefile
pdfcrop $<
.PHONY: clean upgrade
clean:
find . -maxdepth 1 \
\( -name "*.aux" -o -name "*.bbl" -o -name "*.blg" -o \
-name "*.log" -o -name "*.out" -o -name "*.pdf" -o \
-name "*.synctex.gz" \) | xargs $(RM)
find $(FIGURES_FOLDER) -name "*-crop.pdf" | xargs $(RM)
YEAR := 2025
upgrade:
curl -O https://media.neurips.cc/Conferences/NeurIPS$(YEAR)/Styles.zip
unzip -u Styles.zip
mv Styles/neurips_${YEAR}.sty neurips.sty
$(RM) -r Styles.zip Styles

53
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/neurips2025/extra_pkgs.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
\usepackage[export]{adjustbox}
\usepackage[ruled]{algorithm2e}
\usepackage[inline, shortlabels]{enumitem}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{hyperref}
\usepackage{microtype}
\usepackage{pifont}
\usepackage{xcolor}
\usepackage{xurl}
% Figures and Tables
\usepackage{graphicx}
\usepackage{booktabs}
\usepackage{tabularray}
% Monospaced Code Blocks
\usepackage{listings}
% Math Packages
\usepackage{amsmath, amsfonts}
\usepackage{nicefrac}
\UseTblrLibrary{booktabs}
\lstset{
backgroundcolor=\color{white}, % choose the background color; you must add \usepackage{color} or \usepackage{xcolor}; should come as last argument
basicstyle=\ttfamily, % the size of the fonts that are used for the code
breakatwhitespace=false, % sets if automatic breaks should only happen at whitespace
breaklines=true, % sets automatic line breaking
captionpos=b, % sets the caption-position to bottom
columns=fullflexible, % reduce the column spacing
commentstyle=\color{gray}, % comment style
deletekeywords={}, % if you want to delete keywords from the given language
escapeinside={\%*}{*)}, % if you want to add LaTeX within your code
extendedchars=true, % lets you use non-ASCII characters; for 8-bits encodings only, does not work with UTF-8
frame=none, % adds no frame around the code
keepspaces=true, % keeps spaces in text, useful for keeping indentation of code (possibly needs columns=flexible)
keywordstyle=\color{blue}, % keyword style
language=C++, % the language of the code
morekeywords={}, % if you want to add more keywords to the set
numbers=none, % where to put the line-numbers; possible values are (none, left, right)
numbersep=5pt, % how far the line-numbers are from the code
numberstyle=\color{black}, % the style that is used for the line-numbers
rulecolor=\color{black}, % if not set, the frame-color may be changed on line-breaks within not-black text (e.g. comments (green here))
showspaces=false, % show spaces everywhere adding particular underscores; it overrides 'showstringspaces'
showstringspaces=false, % underline spaces within strings only
showtabs=false, % show tabs within strings adding particular underscores
stepnumber=1, % the step between two line-numbers. If it's 1, each line will be numbered
stringstyle=\color{red}, % string literal style
tabsize=4, % sets default tabsize to 4 spaces
}
\makeatletter
\newcommand{\ssymbol}[1]{\@fnsymbol{#1}}
\newcommand{\romanNumeral}[1]{\expandafter\@slowromancap\romannumeral #1@}
\makeatother

38
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/neurips2025/main.tex Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[nonatbib, final]{neurips}
\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}
\makeatletter
\renewcommand{\@noticestring}{
\centering
}
\makeatother
\input{extra_pkgs}
\usepackage{physics}
\usepackage{mathtools}
\DeclarePairedDelimiter\p{(}{)}
\DeclarePairedDelimiter\n{|}{|}
\DeclarePairedDelimiter\B{[}{]}
\title{}
\author{
Bojian Zheng \\
University of Toronto \\
\href{mailto:bojian@cs.toronto.edu}{bojian@cs.toronto.edu}
}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
% \bibliographystyle{plainnat}
% \bibliography{bibliography}
\end{document}

382
skills/research/research-paper-writing/templates/neurips2025/neurips.sty Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
% partial rewrite of the LaTeX2e package for submissions to the
% Conference on Neural Information Processing Systems (NeurIPS):
%
% - uses more LaTeX conventions
% - line numbers at submission time replaced with aligned numbers from
% lineno package
% - \nipsfinalcopy replaced with [final] package option
% - automatically loads times package for authors
% - loads natbib automatically; this can be suppressed with the
% [nonatbib] package option
% - adds foot line to first page identifying the conference
% - adds preprint option for submission to e.g. arXiv
% - conference acronym modified
%
% Roman Garnett (garnett@wustl.edu) and the many authors of
% nips15submit_e.sty, including MK and drstrip@sandia
%
% last revision: April 2025
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{neurips_2025}[2025/04/02 NeurIPS 2025 submission/camera-ready style file]
% declare final option, which creates camera-ready copy
\newif\if@neuripsfinal\@neuripsfinalfalse
\DeclareOption{final}{
\@neuripsfinaltrue
}
% declare nonatbib option, which does not load natbib in case of
% package clash (users can pass options to natbib via
% \PassOptionsToPackage)
\newif\if@natbib\@natbibtrue
\DeclareOption{nonatbib}{
\@natbibfalse
}
% declare preprint option, which creates a preprint version ready for
% upload to, e.g., arXiv
\newif\if@preprint\@preprintfalse
\DeclareOption{preprint}{
\@preprinttrue
}
\ProcessOptions\relax
% determine whether this is an anonymized submission
\newif\if@submission\@submissiontrue
\if@neuripsfinal\@submissionfalse\fi
\if@preprint\@submissionfalse\fi
% fonts
\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm}
\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}
% change this every year for notice string at bottom
\newcommand{\@neuripsordinal}{39th}
\newcommand{\@neuripsyear}{2025}
\newcommand{\@neuripslocation}{San Diego}
% acknowledgments
\usepackage{environ}
\newcommand{\acksection}{\section*{Acknowledgments and Disclosure of Funding}}
\NewEnviron{ack}{%
\acksection
\BODY
}
% load natbib unless told otherwise
\if@natbib
\RequirePackage{natbib}
\fi
% set page geometry
\usepackage[verbose=true,letterpaper]{geometry}
\AtBeginDocument{
\newgeometry{
textheight=9in,
textwidth=5.5in,
top=1in,
headheight=12pt,
headsep=25pt,
footskip=30pt
}
\@ifpackageloaded{fullpage}
{\PackageWarning{neurips_2025}{fullpage package not allowed! Overwriting formatting.}}
{}
}
\widowpenalty=10000
\clubpenalty=10000
\flushbottom
\sloppy
% font sizes with reduced leading
\renewcommand{\normalsize}{%
\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xipt
\abovedisplayskip 7\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 5\p@
\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 3\p@
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
\belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus 3\p@ \@minus 3\p@
}
\normalsize
\renewcommand{\small}{%
\@setfontsize\small\@ixpt\@xpt
\abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus 1.5\p@ \@minus 4\p@
\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus 2\p@
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
\belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@
}
\renewcommand{\footnotesize}{\@setfontsize\footnotesize\@ixpt\@xpt}
\renewcommand{\scriptsize}{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt\@viiipt}
\renewcommand{\tiny}{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt\@viipt}
\renewcommand{\large}{\@setfontsize\large\@xiipt{14}}
\renewcommand{\Large}{\@setfontsize\Large\@xivpt{16}}
\renewcommand{\LARGE}{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviipt{20}}
\renewcommand{\huge}{\@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{23}}
\renewcommand{\Huge}{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{28}}
% sections with less space
\providecommand{\section}{}
\renewcommand{\section}{%
\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
{-2.0ex \@plus -0.5ex \@minus -0.2ex}%
{ 1.5ex \@plus 0.3ex \@minus 0.2ex}%
{\large\bf\raggedright}%
}
\providecommand{\subsection}{}
\renewcommand{\subsection}{%
\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
{-1.8ex \@plus -0.5ex \@minus -0.2ex}%
{ 0.8ex \@plus 0.2ex}%
{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}%
}
\providecommand{\subsubsection}{}
\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{%
\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
{-1.5ex \@plus -0.5ex \@minus -0.2ex}%
{ 0.5ex \@plus 0.2ex}%
{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}%
}
\providecommand{\paragraph}{}
\renewcommand{\paragraph}{%
\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
{1.5ex \@plus 0.5ex \@minus 0.2ex}%
{-1em}%
{\normalsize\bf}%
}
\providecommand{\subparagraph}{}
\renewcommand{\subparagraph}{%
\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}%
{1.5ex \@plus 0.5ex \@minus 0.2ex}%
{-1em}%
{\normalsize\bf}%
}
\providecommand{\subsubsubsection}{}
\renewcommand{\subsubsubsection}{%
\vskip5pt{\noindent\normalsize\rm\raggedright}%
}
% float placement
\renewcommand{\topfraction }{0.85}
\renewcommand{\bottomfraction }{0.4}
\renewcommand{\textfraction }{0.1}
\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{0.7}
\newlength{\@neuripsabovecaptionskip}\setlength{\@neuripsabovecaptionskip}{7\p@}
\newlength{\@neuripsbelowcaptionskip}\setlength{\@neuripsbelowcaptionskip}{\z@}
\setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{\@neuripsabovecaptionskip}
\setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\@neuripsbelowcaptionskip}
% swap above/belowcaptionskip lengths for tables
\renewenvironment{table}
{\setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{\@neuripsbelowcaptionskip}%
\setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\@neuripsabovecaptionskip}%
\@float{table}}
{\end@float}
% footnote formatting
\setlength{\footnotesep }{6.65\p@}
\setlength{\skip\footins}{9\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
\renewcommand{\footnoterule}{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width 12pc \kern 2.6\p@}
\setcounter{footnote}{0}
% paragraph formatting
\setlength{\parindent}{\z@}
\setlength{\parskip }{5.5\p@}
% list formatting
\setlength{\topsep }{4\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
\setlength{\partopsep }{1\p@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
\setlength{\itemsep }{2\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
\setlength{\parsep }{2\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@}
\setlength{\leftmargin }{3pc}
\setlength{\leftmargini }{\leftmargin}
\setlength{\leftmarginii }{2em}
\setlength{\leftmarginiii}{1.5em}
\setlength{\leftmarginiv }{1.0em}
\setlength{\leftmarginv }{0.5em}
\def\@listi {\leftmargin\leftmargini}
\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii
\labelwidth\leftmarginii
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 2\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@
\parsep 1\p@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@
\itemsep \parsep}
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
\labelwidth\leftmarginiii
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
\topsep 1\p@ \@plus 0.5\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@
\parsep \z@
\partopsep 0.5\p@ \@plus 0\p@ \@minus 0.5\p@
\itemsep \topsep}
\def\@listiv {\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
\labelwidth\leftmarginiv
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listv {\leftmargin\leftmarginv
\labelwidth\leftmarginv
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listvi {\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
\labelwidth\leftmarginvi
\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
% create title
\providecommand{\maketitle}{}
\renewcommand{\maketitle}{%
\par
\begingroup
\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
% for perfect author name centering
\renewcommand{\@makefnmark}{\hbox to \z@{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}}
% The footnote-mark was overlapping the footnote-text,
% added the following to fix this problem (MK)
\long\def\@makefntext##1{%
\parindent 1em\noindent
\hbox to 1.8em{\hss $\m@th ^{\@thefnmark}$}##1
}
\thispagestyle{empty}
\@maketitle
\@thanks
\@notice
\endgroup
\let\maketitle\relax
\let\thanks\relax
}
% rules for title box at top of first page
\newcommand{\@toptitlebar}{
\hrule height 4\p@
\vskip 0.25in
\vskip -\parskip%
}
\newcommand{\@bottomtitlebar}{
\vskip 0.29in
\vskip -\parskip
\hrule height 1\p@
\vskip 0.09in%
}
% create title (includes both anonymized and non-anonymized versions)
\providecommand{\@maketitle}{}
\renewcommand{\@maketitle}{%
\vbox{%
\hsize\textwidth
\linewidth\hsize
\vskip 0.1in
\@toptitlebar
\centering
{\LARGE\bf \@title\par}
\@bottomtitlebar
\if@submission
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\rule{\z@}{24\p@}
Anonymous Author(s) \\
Affiliation \\
Address \\
\texttt{email} \\
\end{tabular}%
\else
\def\And{%
\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[0]\hfil%
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\rule{\z@}{24\p@}\ignorespaces%
}
\def\AND{%
\end{tabular}\hfil\linebreak[4]\hfil%
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\rule{\z@}{24\p@}\ignorespaces%
}
\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\rule{\z@}{24\p@}\@author\end{tabular}%
\fi
\vskip 0.3in \@minus 0.1in
}
}
% add conference notice to bottom of first page
\newcommand{\ftype@noticebox}{8}
\newcommand{\@notice}{%
% give a bit of extra room back to authors on first page
\enlargethispage{2\baselineskip}%
\@float{noticebox}[b]%
\footnotesize\@noticestring%
\end@float%
}
% abstract styling
\renewenvironment{abstract}%
{%
\vskip 0.075in%
\centerline%
{\large\bf Abstract}%
\vspace{0.5ex}%
\begin{quote}%
}
{
\par%
\end{quote}%
\vskip 1ex%
}
% For the paper checklist
\newcommand{\answerYes}[1][]{\textcolor{blue}{[Yes] #1}}
\newcommand{\answerNo}[1][]{\textcolor{orange}{[No] #1}}
\newcommand{\answerNA}[1][]{\textcolor{gray}{[NA] #1}}
\newcommand{\answerTODO}[1][]{\textcolor{red}{\bf [TODO]}}
\newcommand{\justificationTODO}[1][]{\textcolor{red}{\bf [TODO]}}
% handle tweaks for camera-ready copy vs. submission copy
\if@preprint
\newcommand{\@noticestring}{%
Preprint. Under review.%
}
\else
\if@neuripsfinal
\newcommand{\@noticestring}{%
\@neuripsordinal\/ Conference on Neural Information Processing Systems
(NeurIPS \@neuripsyear).%, \@neuripslocation.%
}
\else
\newcommand{\@noticestring}{%
Submitted to \@neuripsordinal\/ Conference on Neural Information
Processing Systems (NeurIPS \@neuripsyear). Do not distribute.%
}
% hide the acknowledgements
\NewEnviron{hide}{}
\let\ack\hide
\let\endack\endhide
% line numbers for submission
\RequirePackage{lineno}
\linenumbers
% fix incompatibilities between lineno and amsmath, if required, by
% transparently wrapping linenomath environments around amsmath
% environments
\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{%
\newcommand*\patchAmsMathEnvironmentForLineno[1]{%
\expandafter\let\csname old#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname #1\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname oldend#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname end#1\endcsname
\renewenvironment{#1}%
{\linenomath\csname old#1\endcsname}%
{\csname oldend#1\endcsname\endlinenomath}%
}%
\newcommand*\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno[1]{%
\patchAmsMathEnvironmentForLineno{#1}%
\patchAmsMathEnvironmentForLineno{#1*}%
}%
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{equation}%
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{align}%
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{flalign}%
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{alignat}%
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{gather}%
\patchBothAmsMathEnvironmentsForLineno{multline}%
}
{}
}
\fi
\fi
\endinput